JP7202710B2 - game machine - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to gaming machines.

Conventionally, pachinko machines and slot machines (so-called reel-type game machines), which are types of game machines, call attention not to forget to take out cards from a card unit (so-called CR unit). There is For example, in the gaming machine described in Patent Document 1, two areas near the firing handle are used to remind players not to forget to take out their cards.

JP 2013-090762 A (in particular, paragraph [0246], FIG. 32, etc.)

Today, it is desired to devise a method of not only calling attention to not forgetting to take out a card but also calling attention to addiction.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION An object of the present invention is to provide a game machine capable of effectively calling attention to addiction.

A gaming machine that solves the above problems is configured to be able to enter a standby state, and is a gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous game that is advantageous to a player. Control information generating means for generating control information; and a display control means for controlling the display means, the display means is adapted to call attention to the immersion, and the standby state includes a first standby state and a second standby state. , in the case of the first standby state and in the second standby state, the mode of calling attention to addiction or whether or not to call attention to addiction is different, and there are a plurality of types of advantageous games, Depending on the type of game, the mode of calling attention to addiction executed upon completion of the advantageous game, or whether or not to call attention to addiction upon completion of the advantageous game, differs. While normal control information is generated when it is an advantageous game, special control information different from the normal control information is generated when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted and the normal control information is generated. is generated, the display means executes a warning regarding immersion in accordance with the end of the advantageous game, and supplies power when a warning regarding immersion is being executed in accordance with the end of the advantageous game. After the special control information is generated when the power supply is interrupted and then the power supply is resumed and the power supply is restored, the display means does not call attention to the addiction, and the attention to the addiction is not executed with the end of the advantageous game. If the power supply is interrupted before the normal control information is generated and executed when the attention is called, and the power supply is resumed after that, the The gist of the invention is that the normal control information is generated after the return, so that the display means calls attention to the immersion.

ADVANTAGE OF THE INVENTION According to this invention, it is possible to effectively call attention to immersion.

A perspective view of a pachinko game machine. Front view of the game board. The figure which shows the kind of jackpot. (a) is a diagram showing an example of a production pattern that is displayed as fixed and stopped, and (b) is a diagram that shows an example of a production pattern that is temporarily stopped and displayed. A block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the pachinko game machine. A flow chart showing special design input processing. Flowchart showing a special symbol start process. (a) is a diagram showing a right-handed notification image, (b) is a diagram showing a left-handed notification image, (c) is a diagram showing the display contents of the effect display device when the occurrence of a magnetic error is notified, (d) ) shows the display contents of the effect display device when the occurrence of the radio wave error is notified, (e) shows a full error image, and (f) shows a door open error image. (a) to (g) are diagrams showing the transition of the standby state after the end of the variable game and the display contents of the effect display device. (a) to (d) are diagrams showing the display contents of the effect display device when the customer waiting effect is executed. (a) to (d) are diagrams showing the display contents of the effect display device when the customer waiting effect is executed. (a) and (b) are diagrams showing the display contents of the effect display device during the ending period. A diagram showing the relationship between the game state when the jackpot is won, whether or not attention is called for being absorbed, and whether or not the attention is called for returning the storage medium. (a) is a diagram showing the display contents of the effect display device when attention is called for immersion when a jackpot game is occurring; The figure which shows the display content of the production|presentation display apparatus at the time of. 1 is a view showing an example of a game hall in which a pachinko game machine in which games are played using game balls and a slot machine in which games are played using medals are installed; FIG. The figure which shows the relationship between the scene where a 2nd end condition is satisfied and it switches from a high base state to a low base state, and execution of attention call regarding immersion. The figure which shows the relationship between the scene where a 2nd end condition is satisfied and it switches from a high base state to a low base state, a normal game and a normal hit game, and execution of the attention call regarding immersion. 11(a) to 11(e) are diagrams showing display contents of the effect display device when various errors are detected while attention is being drawn for immersion. FIG. (a) to (d) are diagrams showing execution of a call for attention regarding immersion after the end of the big win game when the execution of the special game is not suspended after the end of the big win game. (a) is a diagram showing the execution timing of the effect game in the case where the execution of the special game is suspended when a call for attention regarding immersion is executed while the jackpot game is occurring, and (b) is the standby state. The figure which shows the execution timing of an effect|presentation game when execution of a special game is withheld when the attention call regarding immersion is performed in time. The front view of the game board in 2nd Embodiment. The figure which shows the sorting apparatus in 2nd Embodiment, a 1st starting opening, and a 2nd starting opening. (a) and (b) are diagrams showing switching from the first distribution state to the second distribution state of the rotary valve accompanying entry of a game ball into the distribution device in the second embodiment; and (d) is a diagram showing switching from the second distribution state to the first distribution state of the rotary valve accompanying entry of a game ball into the distribution device in the second embodiment. The flowchart which shows the special design start processing in 2nd Embodiment. FIG. 11 is a diagram showing the relationship between a scene in which a second end condition is satisfied and the high base state is switched to a low base state, and the execution of a call for attention regarding immersion in the second embodiment; In the second embodiment, a diagram showing the relationship between the scene where the second end condition is satisfied and the high base state is switched to the low base state, the normal game and the normal winning game, and the execution of a call for attention regarding immersion. The front view of the game board in 3rd Embodiment. The figure which shows the distribution apparatus in 2nd Embodiment, a 1st starting opening, and a non-variable 2nd starting opening. FIG. 11 is a diagram showing the relationship between a scene in which a second end condition is satisfied and the high base state is switched to a low base state, and execution of a call for attention regarding immersion in the third embodiment; In the third embodiment, a diagram showing the relationship between a scene where the second end condition is satisfied and the high base state is switched to the low base state, the normal game and the normal winning game, and execution of a call for attention regarding immersion. The figure which shows the production|presentation mode in 4th Embodiment. (a) to (e) are diagrams showing the display contents of the effect display device when the ending effect is executed in the fourth embodiment, and (f) is effect display when the special effect is executed in the fourth embodiment. The figure which shows the display content of an apparatus. In the fourth embodiment, a diagram showing the type of ending effect and whether or not the special effect can be executed according to the game state and the type of the big win when the big win is won. 14(a) to 14(c) are diagrams showing display contents of the effect display device during the ending period of successive jackpot games in the fourth embodiment; FIG. (a) to (d) are executed according to the gaming state when the big win is won in the fourth embodiment and whether or not there is a special game that will win the big win among the pending special games. The figure which shows the kind of ending production|presentation, and the execution presence or absence of a special production|presentation. (a) is a diagram showing the display contents of the effect display device when attention is called for immersion in the first mode in the fifth embodiment; (b) is a diagram for calling attention to immersion in the second mode in the fifth embodiment; The figure which shows the display content of the production|presentation display apparatus when is performed. FIG. 14 is a diagram showing the relationship between the gaming state when a big win is won, the mode of calling attention to immersion, and the mode of calling attention to returning the storage medium in the fifth embodiment; The figure explaining the relationship between a game state and the aspect of calling attention regarding immersion in 5th Embodiment. (a) and (b) are diagrams for explaining the relationship between the game state, the normal game, the normal winning game, and the mode of calling attention to immersion in the fifth embodiment. The figure which shows the relationship between the kind of jackpot, the execution presence/absence of the alerting|requiring about a immersion, and the execution presence/absence of the attention|calling regarding return of a storage medium in 6th Embodiment. FIG. 21 is a diagram showing the relationship among the types of jackpots, the mode of calling attention to immersion, and the mode of calling attention to returning the storage medium in the seventh embodiment; FIG. The figure which shows the kind of big hit in 8th Embodiment. In the eighth embodiment, a diagram showing the relationship between the game state after the end of the jackpot game, the execution/non-execution of attention calling regarding immersion, and the execution/non-execution of attention calling regarding return of the storage medium. In the ninth embodiment, the diagram showing the relationship between the game state after the end of the jackpot game, the mode of calling attention to immersion, and the mode of calling attention to returning the storage medium. (a) is a diagram showing the display contents of the effect display device when attention is called for immersion in the second standby state of the tenth embodiment; (b) is the first late standby state of the tenth embodiment; A diagram showing the display contents of the effect display device when a call for attention regarding immersion is executed in the state. (a) and (b) are diagrams showing the first meter in the eleventh embodiment, and (c) and (d) are diagrams showing the second meter in the eleventh embodiment. The figure which shows the condition which can perform volume adjustment in 11th Embodiment. (a) to (c) are effects when the first volume control switch or the second volume control switch is operated while attention is being drawn for immersion in the second standby state in the eleventh embodiment. FIGS. 11(d) to 11(f) show the display contents of the display device, and (d) to (f) are when the first volume control switch or the second volume control switch is activated when a jackpot game is occurring and attention is being drawn for immersion in the eleventh embodiment. The figure which shows the display content of the production|presentation display apparatus when a volume control switch is operated. (a) is a diagram showing the display contents of the effect display device when a call for attention regarding immersion is executed while the jackpot game is occurring in the twelfth embodiment; A diagram showing the display contents of the effect display device when the attention regarding immersion is not executed while it is occurring, (c) is the display content of the effect display device when returning during the occurrence of the jackpot game in the twelfth embodiment. illustration. 12(a) and 12(b) are diagrams showing the relationship between a case where the power supply is restarted after the power supply has been cut off in the twelfth embodiment, and execution of a warning regarding immersion. 12(a) and 12(b) are diagrams showing the length of time until a call for attention regarding immersion is executed in the standby state when the execution of the special game is not suspended after the end of the jackpot game in the twelfth embodiment. The figure which shows the display content of the production|presentation display apparatus when returning during occurrence of a jackpot game in 13th Embodiment. FIG. 21 is a diagram showing the relationship between a case where the power supply is restarted after being cut off and execution of a warning regarding immersion in the thirteenth embodiment; (a) to (f) show the effect display device in the fourteenth embodiment when a specific error is detected while attention is being called for immersion, and then another type of specific error is detected. The figure which shows the display content of . (a) to (e) are effects display devices in the fifteenth embodiment when a specific error is detected while attention is being called for immersion, and then another type of specific error is detected. The figure which shows the display content of . (a) and (b) are diagrams showing the display contents of the effect display device when limiting the special effect in another example.

(First embodiment)
An embodiment of the game machine will be described below with reference to FIGS. 1 to 20. FIG. Up, down, left, right, front (front), and rear (back) in this specification indicate respective directions when viewed from the player.

FIG. 1 shows a pachinko gaming machine 10 as a gaming machine, and a card unit CU provided side by side with the pachinko gaming machine 10 in an island facility of a game hall.
The card unit CU is provided with an insertion/return opening CUa for inserting a prepaid card as a storage medium. Further, in the card unit CU, when returning the prepaid card, the prepaid card is returned from the insertion/return port CUa. The prepaid card stores, for example, the balance of the card as a value that can be used in a game, and the number of acquired balls as an acquired acquisition value.

A pachinko game machine 10 has a frame 11. - 特許庁The frame body 11 includes an outer frame 12, a middle frame 13, and a front frame 14. - 特許庁The outer frame 12 is fixed to a game machine installation facility (so-called island facility) such as a game arcade. The middle frame 13 is supported on the opening front side of the outer frame 12 so as to be openable and closable. A game board unit including a game board 20 is fixed to the middle frame 13 . The game board unit includes a game board 20 and various substrates. The front frame 14 is openably and closably supported on the front side of the middle frame 13 so as to cover the front surface of the game board 20 . A protective glass 15 that protects the game board 20 is supported by the front frame 14 . In FIG. 1 , the protective glass 15 is partially omitted, but actually covers the entire opening 14 a of the front frame 14 . The middle frame 13 and the front frame 14 are supported by the outer frame 12 so as to be openable and closable.

The pachinko game machine 10 has a shooting handle 16 on the front side of a front frame 14.例文帳に追加In the pachinko game machine 10, a game ball as a game medium (first game medium) used when playing a game in the pachinko game machine 10 is fired at an intensity corresponding to the amount of operation (rotation amount) of the shooting handle 16. fired. That is, the pachinko game machine 10 is configured to be able to adjust the shooting intensity of game balls by operating the shooting handle 16 .

The pachinko game machine 10 has an upper tray Z1 and a lower tray Z2 as ball trays for storing game balls on the front side of the front frame 14.例文帳に追加The upper tray Z1 is a storage tray for storing game balls that are mainly shot into the game area 21 by operating the shooting handle 16 and that are taken into the machine. The lower tray Z2 is mainly a game ball paid out from the pachinko game machine 10, and is a storage tray for storing game balls overflowing from the upper tray Z1.

The pachinko game machine 10 has a decorative lamp 17 on the front side of the front frame 14.例文帳に追加As one of the effects, the decorative lamp 17 executes effects (hereinafter referred to as "luminous effects") in which the built-in luminous body emits light, blinks, and goes out. The pachinko game machine 10 has a speaker 18 for outputting sound on the front side of the front frame 14.例文帳に追加As one of the effects, the speaker 18 executes effects (hereinafter referred to as "sound effects") that output sounds such as human and animal voices, sound effects, and music. For example, sounds output from the speaker 18 include background music (so-called BGM).

The pachinko game machine 10 has an operation button BT which can be operated by a player on the front side of the front frame 14.例文帳に追加The pachinko game machine 10 is provided with a first sound volume control switch OS1 on the front side of the front frame 14 that can be operated by the player. The first volume control switch OS1 is composed of two switches, a first volume up switch OS1a and a first volume down switch OS1b. The pachinko game machine 10 has a second volume control switch OS2 on the front side of the front frame 14 that can be operated by the player. The second volume control switch OS2 is composed of two switches, a second volume up switch OS2a and a second volume down switch OS2b.

In addition, the pachinko gaming machine 10 is provided with a ball lending switch (not shown) that can be operated by the player on the front side of the front frame 14 . In this embodiment, for example, when a prepaid card is inserted from the insertion/return port CUa and the ball lending switch is operated in a state in which game balls can be borrowed, game media are borrowed and game balls are paid out. . The pachinko gaming machine 10 also has a return switch (not shown) that can be operated by the player on the front side of the front frame 14 . In this embodiment, for example, the value stored in the prepaid card remains, and when the return switch is operated in a state in which the prepaid card can be returned, the prepaid card is returned, and the prepaid card is returned from the insertion/return port CUa. A prepaid card is ejected.

Next, the configuration of the game board 20 will be described in detail.
As shown in FIG. 2, on the front side of the game board 20, a substantially circular game area 21 is defined when viewed from the front. The game board 20 is provided with a guide passage 21a for guiding the game ball shot by operating the shooting handle 16 to the game area 21. - 特許庁The game board 20 is provided with an anti-return valve 21b that prevents the game ball launched into the game area 21 from returning to the guide passage 21a. A game ball shot by operating the shooting handle 16 is guided by a guide passage 21a positioned on the left side when the game board 20 is viewed from the front, and a reverse prevention mechanism positioned at the most downstream side of the guide passage 21a in the passage direction of the game ball. It reaches the game area 21 through the valve 21b. Then, the game ball that has reached the game area 21 flows down the game area 21 .

The pachinko game machine 10 has an information display panel 22. - 特許庁Various information indicating the control state of the pachinko gaming machine 10 is reported on the information display panel 22 . The information display panel 22 has a first special symbol display portion 22a. The first special symbol display unit 22a displays a first special symbol variation game (hereinafter referred to as "first special game") in which predetermined symbols are variably displayed and the first special symbol is finally fixed and stopped. do. The information display panel 22 has a second special symbol display portion 22b. The second special symbol display unit 22b displays a second special symbol variation game (hereinafter referred to as a "second special game") in which a predetermined symbol is variably displayed and the second special symbol is finally fixed and stopped. do. In the following description, the first special game and the second special game may be simply referred to as "special game". The special game corresponds to a special symbol variation game. The special symbol is a symbol for notifying the result of an internal lottery (big hit lottery) to be described later. Thus, the pachinko gaming machine 10 of this embodiment is configured to be able to execute a special symbol variation game.

In this specification, "variable display" means a state in which the type of displayed pattern changes with the lapse of time. In this specification, the term "determined stop display" means a state in which the symbols are definitely stopped and displayed, and the type of the displayed symbols does not change. The special symbols that can be fixed and displayed in the special symbol display portions 22a and 22b include at least a big hit symbol as a big hit display result and a losing symbol as a losing display result. In the special game, the player can recognize the big win when the big win symbols are fixed and stopped. In the special game, when a winning symbol is fixed and stopped, the player can recognize the losing symbol.

In this embodiment, the first special game and the second special game are never executed at the same time. In this embodiment, when execution of the second special game is suspended, the second special game is executed with priority over the first special game. Thus, in this embodiment, the second special game is executed with priority over the first special game. In this embodiment, when a big win is won, a big win game is generated after the special game targeted for the win is finished. A jackpot game is extremely advantageous for the player, since a large number of prize balls and other benefits can be obtained. Further, in this embodiment, the first special game and the second special game are not executed while the big win game is occurring.

The information display panel 22 has a first special hold display portion 22c. The first special pending display unit 22c indicates the number of first special games whose execution is suspended because the starting condition is met but the execution condition is not yet met (hereinafter referred to as "first special pending number"). ) are recognizably displayed. The information display panel 22 has a second special hold display section 22d. The second special pending display unit 22d displays the number of second special games whose execution is suspended because the starting condition is met but the execution condition is not yet met (hereinafter referred to as "second special pending number"). ) are recognizably displayed. For example, the upper limit number (maximum number) of the first special reservation number and the second special reservation number is 4, respectively. Thus, the pachinko gaming machine 10 of this embodiment is configured to be able to suspend the execution of the special game.

The information display panel 22 includes a normal symbol display portion 22e. The normal symbol display section 22e displays a normal symbol variation game (hereinafter referred to as "normal game") in which predetermined symbols are variably displayed and the normal symbols are finally determined and stopped. The normal game corresponds to the normal variation game. Normal symbols that can be fixed and displayed on the normal symbol display portion 22e include at least normal winning symbols and normal losing symbols. In the normal game, when the normal winning symbols are fixed and stopped, the player can recognize the normal winning. In the normal game, when the normal losing pattern is fixed and stopped, the player can recognize the normal losing. In this embodiment, when an internal lottery (normal winning lottery) is won, normal winning symbols are fixed and displayed in a normal game, and then a normal winning game is generated after the normal winning game ends. The information display panel 22 also has a normal hold display section 22f. The normal pending display part 22f makes it possible to recognize the number of normal games whose execution is suspended because the starting condition is satisfied but the execution condition is not yet satisfied (hereinafter referred to as "normal pending number"). indicate. For example, the upper limit number (maximum number) of the number of normal reservations is four. Thus, the pachinko gaming machine 10 of this embodiment is configured to be able to suspend the execution of the normal game. Further, in this embodiment, the normal game is configured to be executable even during execution of the special game. Further, in this embodiment, the normal game is configured to be executable even during the occurrence of the jackpot game. Further, in the present embodiment, the normal winning game is configured to occur even during execution of the special game. Moreover, in this embodiment, the normal winning game is configured to be executable even during the occurrence of the big winning game.

In addition, for example, the information display panel 22 may be provided with a right-handed display section for informing about the shooting intensity of the game ball. Further, the information display panel 22 may include a remaining number display section for displaying the remaining number of prize balls to be paid out to the player. Further, the information display panel 22 may include a round number display section for displaying the number of round games during the jackpot game. These plural display units do not need to be provided on the same member (in this embodiment, the information display panel 22), and may be provided separately on different members. In this embodiment, part or all of the display units that constitute the information display panel 22 function as special display means.

The pachinko game machine 10 is provided with a center frame 23 with various decorations in the approximate center of the game area 21 of the game board 20.例文帳に追加The center frame 23 has an opening 23a. The center frame is also called a center role or a center role.

The pachinko game machine 10 has a performance display device 25. - 特許庁For example, the effect display device 25 may be a display device such as a liquid crystal display or an organic EL display, or may be a display device including a projector and a screen. The effect display device 25 has a display area 25r in which an image is displayed. In this embodiment, the display area 25r of the effect display device 25 has a function as an image display section on which an image is displayed. The effect display device 25 is assembled to the game board 20 so that the player can visually recognize the display area 25r through the opening 23a of the center frame 23. As shown in FIG. As one of the effects, the effect display device 25 executes an effect (hereinafter referred to as “display effect”) of displaying an image simulating a predetermined character or characters.

The pachinko game machine 10 has a first start port 26. - 特許庁The first starting port 26 is located below the center frame 23 in the game area 21 . The first starting port 26 is always open so that a game ball can be entered. The pachinko gaming machine 10 includes a first starting sensor SE1 (shown in FIG. 5) that detects a game ball entering the first starting hole 26. As shown in FIG. For example, the first starting port 26 is connected to a ball passage (not shown) that guides the entering game ball to the back side of the game board 20 (discharges it from the game board 20 to the outside), and the ball passage is connected to the first start. A sensor SE1 is provided. In this embodiment, when the game ball is detected by the first starting sensor SE1, the condition for starting the first special game can be established, and the condition for paying out the prize ball is established.

The pachinko game machine 10 has a second start port 27. - 特許庁The second starting port 27 is located in the lower right part of the center frame 23 in the game area 21 . The pachinko game machine 10 is provided with a second starting sensor SE2 (shown in FIG. 5) that detects a game ball entering the second starting hole 27. As shown in FIG. For example, the second starting port 27 is connected to a ball passage (not shown) that guides the entering game ball to the back side of the game board 20 (discharges it to the outside from the game board 20), and the second start opening is connected to the ball passage. A sensor SE2 is provided. In this embodiment, when the game ball is detected by the second starting sensor SE2, the condition for starting the second special game can be established, and the condition for paying out the prize ball is established.

The second starting port 27 has a first variable member 28 . The first variable member 28 has an open state in which the game ball can be easily entered into the second starting port 27 or can be entered, and a game ball is difficult to enter into the second starting port 27 or is entered. It is operable in a closed state and in a non-operable state. The first variable member 28 operates by receiving power from a first actuator A1 (shown in FIG. 5). The first variable member 28 is operated to an open state when winning the normal winning lottery.

Thus, the pachinko game machine 10 of this embodiment has a plurality of starting ports including the first starting port 26 and the second starting port 27 . Among the plurality of starting ports, the first starting port 26 can be said to be a starting port that allows game balls to enter at all times, while the second starting port 27 is a starting port that cannot allow game balls to enter at all times. It can be said.

The pachinko game machine 10 is provided with a big winning opening 29. - 特許庁The big winning opening 29 is located in the lower right part of the center frame 23 in the game area 21 . The pachinko gaming machine 10 is provided with a count sensor SE3 (shown in FIG. 5) that detects a game ball that has entered the big winning hole 29. As shown in FIG. For example, a ball passage (not shown) that guides the entered game ball to the back side of the game board 20 (discharges it to the outside from the game board 20) is connected to the big winning hole 29, and the count sensor SE3 is connected to the ball passage. are arranged. In this embodiment, when the game ball is detected by the count sensor SE3, the prize ball payout condition is established.

The big winning opening 29 has a second variable member 30 . The second variable member 30 can operate between an open state in which a game ball can enter the big winning opening 29 and a closed state in which a game ball cannot enter the big winning opening 29 . The second variable member 30 operates by receiving power from a second actuator A2 (shown in FIG. 5). The second variable member 30 is operated to an open state when the jackpot is won. In this embodiment, when the second variable member 30 is in the open state, entry of game balls into the big winning opening 29 is permitted. In this embodiment, when the second variable member 30 is in the closed state, entry of game balls into the big winning opening 29 is not permitted. In the following description, the open state of the second variable member 30 is indicated as "opening of the large winning opening 29", and the closed state of the second variable member 30 is indicated as "closing of the large winning opening 29". may be indicated as

The pachinko game machine 10 has a gate 31 as a specific ball entrance. The gate 31 is positioned to the right of the center frame 23 in the game area 21 . The gate 31 always has a gate opening that is open so that a game ball can be entered. A gate sensor SE4 (shown in FIG. 5) for detecting game balls entering and passing through the gate is provided. When the game ball is detected by the gate sensor SE4, the condition for starting the normal game can be established.

The pachinko game machine 10 has an out port 34. - 特許庁In the present embodiment, game balls that do not enter the first start hole 26, the second start hole 27, or the big winning hole 29 are discharged outside the machine through the out hole 34 (discharged outside from the game board 20). is done). Incidentally, the pachinko gaming machine 10 is provided with game components such as nails (game nails) and windmills for changing the behavior of the game balls flowing down the game area 21 .

The pachinko game machine 10 includes an out sensor OS for detecting game balls (out balls) discharged from the game board 20 to the outside. The out-sensor OS is disposed on a passage through which game balls discharged to the outside of the game board 20 are aggregated and passed. The game balls ejected to the outside of the game board 20 include game balls entering the out port 34 . Therefore, the out sensor OS can be said to be detection means capable of detecting a game ball entering the out port 34 . In addition, the game balls ejected to the outside of the game board 20 include game balls that enter the first start hole 26, the second start hole 27, and the big winning hole 29. Therefore, the out-sensor OS can also be said to be detection means capable of detecting a game ball entering the first starting hole 26, the second starting hole 27, or the big winning hole 29. FIG. The out-sensor OS in this embodiment functions as discharged ball detection means for detecting game balls discharged from the game board 20 .

Next, in this embodiment, the path along which the game ball flows will be described.
The pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment configured as described above has a plurality of paths in the game area 21 as the paths along which the game balls flow, depending on the shooting intensity of the game balls. The path along which the game ball flows can also be grasped as an area in which the game ball flows. In this embodiment, the plurality of routes include a first route R1 passing through the left side of the center frame 23 (effect display device 25) and leading to the outlet 34, and the right side of the center frame 23 (effect display device 25). There is a second route R2 through which the out port 34 is reached. The first route R1 and the second route R2 may partially overlap or may not overlap entirely.

In the following description, a region located on the left side of the center line CL that bisects the game area 21 horizontally when the game board 20 is viewed from the front is referred to as a left region R1a, and is located on the right side of the center line CL. The region to be oriented may be indicated as a right region R2a. The route that flows down the left region R1a corresponds to the first route R1, and the route that flows down the right region R2a corresponds to the second route R2. The left region R1a is a region near the guide passage 21a, and conversely, the right region R2a is a region away from the guide passage 21a.

Then, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the player operates the shooting handle 16 to adjust the shooting intensity of the game ball, thereby dividing the game ball into the left region R1a and the right region R2a. A game ball can enter the starting port 26 , the second starting port 27 , the big prize winning port 29 or the gate 31 . Specifically, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the game ball is shot by adjusting the shooting intensity to a stronger value (so-called right-handed hitting), the game ball is likely to flow down and guided to the right region R2a. 2 There is a possibility that the ball will enter the starting hole 27, the big winning hole 29, or the gate 31. On the other hand, when the game ball is shot by adjusting the shooting intensity to be weaker (so-called left-handed hitting), the game ball is likely to flow down and guided to the left region R1a, and may enter the first start port 26. . Therefore, in the present embodiment, it can be said that there is the first starting port 26 on the first route R1. Further, in the present embodiment, it can be said that there are the second starting port 27, the big prize winning port 29, and the gate 31 on the second route R2.

As described above, in the present embodiment, when the game ball flows down on the first route R1, compared to the case where it flows down on the second route R2, the second starting port 27, the big winning port 29, and the gate Possibility of entering 31 is low. Also, when the game ball flows down the second route R2, it is less likely to enter the first start hole 26 than when it flows down the first route R1. In the following description, among the game ball launch intensity, the launch intensity at which the game ball is launched so as to flow down the first route R1 is referred to as the first launch intensity, and the game ball flows down the second route R2. The firing intensity emitted in this manner is referred to as a second firing intensity. Also, shooting a game ball with the first firing intensity may be indicated as "left hitting", and shooting a game ball with the second firing strength may be indicated as "right hitting".

Next, the game state of the pachinko gaming machine 10 will be described.
The pachinko game machine 10 has a low-probability state and a high-probability state as game states with different jackpot probabilities. The jackpot probability is the probability of winning a jackpot in an internal lottery (jackpot lottery). The high-probability state is a gaming state with a high jackpot probability compared to the low-probability state. In the high-probability state, the possibility of winning the jackpot is higher than in the low-probability state, so that the game state is advantageous for the player. The high-probability state is a so-called "variable probability state (variable probability state)".

The pachinko game machine 10 has a low base state and a high base state as game states in which the ratio of the number of prize balls to the number of shot game balls is different. The high base state is a gaming state in which the probability of the game ball entering the second starting port 27 is higher than in the low base state. The high base state is the so-called "electrical support state", and the low base state is the so-called "non-electrical support state". In the high base state, the probability that the game ball enters the second start hole 27 increases, which is advantageous for the player.

For example, the high base state can be realized by performing one control arbitrarily selected from among the three controls described below, or by performing a combination of multiple controls. The first control is normal symbol variation time shortening control for shortening the variation time of the normal game as compared with the low base state. The second control is normal symbol probability variation control for varying the probability of winning the normal winning lottery (normal winning probability) to a higher probability than in the low base state. The third control is open time extension control that makes the total open time of the first variable member 28 in one normal per game longer than in the low base state. In addition, as the opening time extension control, the number of opening times of the first variable member 28 in one normal winning game is greater than the time of the low base state, and one time of the first variable member 28 in the normal winning game At least one control of making the open time of is longer than that in the low base state. Also, the high base state may be realized by combining the fourth control described below. The fourth control is a special symbol variation time shortening control that makes the variation time of the special game (for example, average variation time) more likely to be shorter than in the low base state. When the variation time shortening control of the special symbol is performed, the high base state becomes a so-called "variation time shortening state".

In addition, in the present embodiment, the first variable member 28 may be in the open state even in the low base state. There is However, when it is in the low base state, for example, it is configured so as not to win the normal winning lottery, and when it is in the low base state, the first variable member 28 is not opened, and the game is opened to the second start port 27. It may be configured so that the ball does not enter the ball. In addition, when it is in the low base state, for example, even if it wins the normal winning lottery, the first variable member 28 is configured not to be in the open state, so that the game ball does not enter the second start port 27. can be configured to In the above configuration, the low base state is a state in which a game ball cannot enter the second starting port 27, and the high base state is a state in which a game ball can enter the second starting port 27. I can say.

The game state (type of game state) includes a low probability state and a low base state, a low probability state and a high base state, and a high probability state and a low base state. and a game state that is a high probability state and a high base state. In the following description, the game state that is a low probability state and a low base state is a "low probability low base state", the game state that is a high probability state and a low base state is a "high probability low base state", and a low A game state that is both a probability state and a high base state may be referred to as a "low probability and high base state", and a game state that is a high probability state and a high base state may be referred to as a "high probability and high base state". Then, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, it is controlled to one game state among a plurality of types of game states.

As described above, in the present embodiment, when in the high base state, the advantage of entering the game ball into the second starting port 27 is higher than in the low base state. That is, in the present embodiment, when the low probability high base state or high probability high base state, compared to when the low probability low base state or high probability low base state, the game ball to the second start port 27 The advantage of entering the ball is high. Thus, in this embodiment, the low base state corresponds to the first game state, and the high base state corresponds to the second game state. That is, in the present embodiment, the low probability low base state and the high probability low base state correspond to the first game state, and the low probability high base state and the high probability high base state correspond to the second game state. And, in the pachinko game machine 10 of the present embodiment, when in the first game state, it is recommended to flow down the game ball to the first route R1 corresponding to the first flow direction, while in the second game state, It is recommended to let the game ball flow down to the second route R2 corresponding to the second flow direction. By the way, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, it is recommended to let the game ball flow down to the second route R2 corresponding to the second flow direction when the jackpot game is occurring. As described above, even in the first game state, when the big win game is not occurring, it is recommended to let the game ball flow down the first route R1 corresponding to the first flow direction, while the big win game is occurring. When there is, it is recommended to let the game ball flow down to the second route R2 corresponding to the second flow direction.

Next, the jackpot in the pachinko gaming machine 10 will be described.
The pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment has a plurality of types of jackpot symbols as special jackpot symbols. The plurality of kinds of jackpot patterns are classified into first jackpot patterns, second jackpot patterns, third jackpot patterns, and fourth jackpot patterns. The types of jackpots are determined for each of the plurality of types of jackpot symbols. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the first jackpot pattern is the first probability variable jackpot, the second jackpot pattern is the second probability jackpot, the third jackpot pattern is the first non-probability variable jackpot, and the fourth jackpot pattern is the second jackpot. 2 non-definite variable jackpots are defined respectively.

In the big-hit game, first, an opening performance for notifying the start of the big-hit game is performed over a predetermined opening period. In the jackpot game, a round game is performed in which the jackpot 29 is opened after the opening effect is finished. A round game is performed with a predetermined upper limit number of times as the upper limit. In one round game, the big winning opening 29 is the first round end condition in which a predetermined upper limit number of game balls enter, or the second round end condition in which a predetermined upper limit time elapses. open for a while. In the round game, a round production is performed. In the jackpot game, when the final round game is finished, an ending effect for notifying the end of the jackpot game is performed over a predetermined ending period. The jackpot game ends when the ending effect ends.

As shown in FIG. 3, each jackpot has an upper limit of the number of round games (indicated as "number of rounds" in FIG. 3). Specifically, in the first variable probability jackpot, "four times" is set as the upper limit number of round games. Also, in the second probability variable jackpot, "16 times" is set as the upper limit number of round games. For the first non-probability variable jackpot, "8 times" is set as the upper limit number of round games. Further, in the second non-probability variable jackpot, "10 times" is set as the upper limit number of round games.

Each jackpot has a game state after the jackpot game ends. Specifically, for the first variable probability jackpot and the second variable probability jackpot, until the next jackpot game is generated (in FIG. 3, it is indicated as “until the next time”), it is stipulated that the base state will be a high probability and high base state. It is For the first non-probable variable jackpot and the second non-probable variable jackpot, until the special game is completed a predetermined number of times (50 times in this embodiment) (in FIG. 3, "up to 50 times"), or , it is determined that the low-probability-high base state is set until a big win game is generated before a predetermined number of special games are finished. Incidentally, although not shown, in the present embodiment, after the end of the jackpot game based on the first non-probability variable jackpot, the end of the jackpot game based on the second non-probability variable jackpot, and the end of a predetermined number of special games When a big hit game is not generated in , it becomes a low probability low base state.

In addition, the length of the opening period (hereinafter referred to as "opening time") is determined for each jackpot. The length of the opening period differs depending on the game state when the big win is won in the big win lottery (in FIG. 3, indicated as "game state at the time of the big win"). In this embodiment, for the first variable probability jackpot, the second variable probability jackpot, the first non-variable probability jackpot, and the second non-variable probability jackpot, the gaming state when the jackpot is won is the low-probability/low-probability base state or the high-probability/low-probability base state. "12 seconds" is defined as the length of the opening period at one time. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, for the first variable probability jackpot, the second probability variable jackpot, the first non-probability variable jackpot and the second non-probability variable jackpot, the gaming state when the jackpot is won is the low-probability base state or the high-probability base state. "3 seconds" is defined as the length of the opening period when in the state. As described above, the length of the opening period in the present embodiment is such that if the gaming state at the time of winning the jackpot is the low-probability base state or the high-probability-low base state, the gaming state at the time of winning the jackpot is low probability. It is different from being in the high base state or the high probability high base state.

In addition, the length of the ending period (hereinafter referred to as "ending time") is set for each jackpot. The length of the ending period varies depending on the game state when the big win is won in the big win lottery. In this embodiment, for the first variable probability jackpot, the second variable probability jackpot, the first non-variable probability jackpot, and the second non-variable probability jackpot, the gaming state when the jackpot is won is the low-probability/low-probability base state or the high-probability/low-probability base state. "15 seconds" is defined as the length of the ending period at one time. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, for the first variable probability jackpot, the second probability variable jackpot, the first non-probability variable jackpot and the second non-probability variable jackpot, the gaming state when the jackpot is won is the low-probability base state or the high-probability base state. "5 seconds" is defined as the length of the ending period when in the state. As described above, the length of the ending period in this embodiment is such that if the gaming state when winning the big win is the low probability base state or the high probability low base state, the gaming state when winning the jackpot is low probability. It is different from being in the high base state or the high probability high base state. That is, in the present embodiment, the length of the ending period when the game state is the low base state (first game state) when winning the jackpot lottery and the game state when the jackpot lottery is won are high. The length of the ending period when in the base state (second game state) is different.

In the following description, the jackpot game based on the first variable jackpot (that is, the jackpot game based on the first jackpot pattern) is the "first variable jackpot game", the second jackpot game based on the second jackpot pattern (that is, the second jackpot pattern Based jackpot game) is shown as "second probability variable jackpot game". Also, in the following description, the jackpot game based on the first non-probable variable jackpot (that is, the jackpot game based on the third jackpot pattern) is referred to as the "first non-probable variable jackpot game", and the second non-probable variable jackpot game (that is, A jackpot game based on the fourth jackpot pattern) is referred to as a "second non-probability variable jackpot game".

In the pachinko game machine 10 of the present embodiment, when a big hit is won in the big win lottery triggered by the entry of the ball into the first start port 26, the first big win pattern has a probability of 60%, and the first big win pattern has a probability of 5%. 2 jackpot patterns, 35% probability determines the 3rd jackpot pattern. On the other hand, in the pachinko game machine 10 of the present embodiment, when a big win is won in the big win lottery triggered by the entry of the ball into the second start port 27, the first big win pattern has a probability of 15% and the probability of 50%. , the second jackpot pattern is determined, and the fourth jackpot pattern is determined with a probability of 35%. In this embodiment, when a big win is won in a jackpot lottery triggered by a ball entering the second starting hole 27, a big win is won in a jackpot lottery triggered by the ball entering the first starting hole 26. This is advantageous compared to the case where That is, in this embodiment, when the second special game (second symbol variation game) results in a big win, it is more advantageous than when the first special game (first symbol variation game) results in a big win.

Next, a description will be given of the effect symbol variation game using the effect symbols (hereinafter referred to as "effect symbol").
The display effect that can be executed by the effect display device 25 in the present embodiment includes a effect pattern variation game (hereinafter referred to as "effect game") in which the effect symbols are variably displayed in a plurality of rows, and finally the combination of the effect symbols is fixed and displayed. ”). As described above, the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment is configured to be able to execute a performance game using performance symbols.

The effect pattern is a pattern in which a character is decorated, and is for diversifying the display effect. The production design is also called "decoration design" or "decoration design". In the present embodiment, the effect game is performed by vertically variably displaying (scrolling) the pattern columns of the first, second, and third columns. The performance symbols in the first row are so-called first symbols, the performance symbols in the second row are so-called second symbols, and the performance symbols in the third row are so-called third symbols. In the following description, the "first column" is indicated as "left column", the "first pattern" is indicated as "left pattern", the "second column" is indicated as "middle column", and the "second pattern" is indicated. The "middle pattern" is indicated, the "third row" is indicated as the "right row", and the "third pattern" is indicated as the "right pattern". In the present embodiment, in each row, effect symbols including numbers [1] to [8] are variably displayed in a predetermined order. The production pattern in this embodiment includes a character image.

The production game is played in conjunction with the special game. Specifically, the effect game is started with the start of the special game and ended with the end of the special game. Thus, the pachinko gaming machine 10 is configured to be able to execute the effect game while the special game is being executed. Then, in the effect game, a combination of effect symbols corresponding to the special symbols fixed and stopped in the special game is fixed and stopped. In the special game, when the big-hit symbols are determined and stopped and displayed, the big-hit symbols based on the performance symbols are determined and stopped and displayed in the effect game. For example, the big hit pattern by the production pattern is a pattern combination such as "777" in which the production pattern of all rows is the same. For example, when the first variable probability big win game or the second variable probability big win game is awarded after the special game is over, the pattern combination (for example, [777]) in which the performance symbols of all rows are the same odd number of performance symbols is confirmed. It may be configured so as to be stopped and displayed. On the other hand, when the first non-probability variable jackpot game or the second non-probability variable jackpot game is awarded after the end of the special game, the pattern combination in which the performance symbols of all rows are the same even number of performance symbols (for example, [222]) may be configured to be displayed as a fixed stop.

Further, in the special game, when the winning symbols are determined and stopped displayed, in the performance game, the winning symbols due to the performance symbols are determined and stopped. For example, the missing design by the production design is a design combination such as "323", "556", "426", etc., in which at least some rows of production symbols are different from other rows of production symbols. In addition, in the effect game of the present embodiment, the effect symbol is once stopped and displayed before the fixed stop display.

As shown in FIG. 4(a), when the effect symbol is fixed and stopped, the character image included in the effect symbol is displayed as a still image. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 4B, when the performance symbols are temporarily stopped and displayed, the performance symbols are displayed in a swaying state, and the character images included in the performance symbols are displayed as moving images. “Displaying a character image as a moving image” means that the character represented by the character image moves (for example, a change in facial expression such as laughing, a change in posture such as raising a hand, etc.). In this way, when the performance symbols are fixed and stopped, the performance symbols including the character image are displayed as a still image. On the other hand, when the performance symbols are temporarily stopped and displayed, the performance symbols including the character image are displayed as moving images. Incidentally, the effect pattern in the present embodiment includes a character image, but may be a effect pattern imitating a number without including a character image. When such performance symbols are temporarily stopped and displayed, the performance symbols may be displayed in a swaying state.

In the effect game, the ready-to-win effect is performed when the display mode of the effect pattern is the ready-to-win mode (when the ready-to-win is formed). In the reach mode, a specific column (in this embodiment, the left column and the right column) of a plurality of columns is temporarily displayed with a production pattern imitating the same number, and a column different from the specific column (this In the embodiment, it is a state in which the production pattern of the middle row) is continuously displayed in a variable manner. Further, for example, the ready-to-win effect may include a plurality of types of ready-to-reach effects in which characters to appear are different. For example, ready-to-win effects include a normal ready-to-win effect and a super ready-to-win effect that is performed after the start of the normal ready-to-win effect. The super ready-to-win effect is executed, for example, by developing the effect contents of the normal ready-to-win effect. The ready-to-win effect is executed during execution of the special game.

Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko gaming machine 10 will be described.
As shown in FIG. 5, the pachinko gaming machine 10 includes a main board 40. As shown in FIG. The main board 40 performs various processes and outputs control information such as control signals (control commands) according to the results of the processes. The pachinko game machine 10 is provided with a general board 41. - 特許庁The general board 41 performs predetermined processing based on the control information output by the main board 40 . For example, the general board 41 performs processing for causing the decorative lamp 17 to emit light and processing for causing the speaker 18 to produce sound. The general board 41 performs various processes and outputs control information according to the results of the processes. The pachinko game machine 10 has a display substrate 42. - 特許庁The display board 42 performs predetermined processing based on the control information output by the general board 41 . For example, the display board 42 performs processing for executing a display effect by the effect display device 25 . The pachinko gaming machine 10 also includes a power supply board 43 for supplying a predetermined power supply voltage to various electronic components in the pachinko gaming machine 10 such as the main board 40 , the general board 41 and the display board 42 . In this embodiment, when the main board 40 is used as the main control section, the general board 41 and the display board 42 can also be regarded as sub-control sections.

In the pachinko game machine 10 , the main board 40 , the general board 41 , the display board 42 and the power board 43 are arranged on the back side of the game board 20 . The game board unit in this embodiment includes a main board 40 , a general board 41 , a display board 42 and a power supply board 43 . The game board unit is fixed to the middle frame 13. - 特許庁Therefore, in the pachinko game machine 10, it can be said that the main board 40, the integrated board 41, the display board 42 and the power supply board 43 are arranged inside the machine. The main board 40 is connected to the integrated board 41 . Also, the general board 41 is connected to the display board 42 .

First, the main substrate 40 will be explained.
The main substrate 40 includes a main control CPU 40a, a main control ROM 40b, and a main control RAM 40c. The main control CPU 40a performs various processes by executing a control program (main control program) of the main control CPU 40a. The main control ROM 40b stores a main control program, a lottery table used for a predetermined lottery, determination values, and the like. For example, the judgment value stored in the main control ROM 40b includes a big-hit judgment value used in a big-hit lottery. The jackpot judgment value includes a common jackpot judgment value used in the jackpot lottery in both the low probability state and the high probability state, and a high probability jackpot judgment value used in the jackpot lottery only in the high probability state among the low probability state and the high probability state. There are values and

Further, the main control ROM 40b stores a plurality of types of variation patterns. A plurality of types of variation patterns are associated with variation times from the start of the special game to the end of the special game. That is, the variation pattern is associated with the variation time of the special game. Therefore, the variation pattern can be said to be information capable of specifying the variation time of the special game. The variation pattern may be information that can specify part or all of the effect contents of the effect game performed from the start of the special game until the end of the special game. Variation patterns include, for example, a big hit variation pattern and a losing variation pattern. The big hit variation pattern is associated with the production contents of the production game such that after the ready-to-win production, the final jackpot pattern is determined and stopped to be displayed.

Loss fluctuation patterns include a fluctuation pattern without loss reach and a fluctuation pattern with loss reach. The non-lose reach variation pattern is associated with, as the effect content of the effect game, the effect content of finalizing and stopping display of the losing symbol combination without going through the ready-to-win effect. The fluctuation pattern with the losing reach is associated with the effect content of finalizing and stopping display of the losing symbol combination through the ready-to-win effect as the effect content of the effect game.

The main control RAM 40c is configured to be capable of storing various information that can be appropriately rewritten during operation of the pachinko gaming machine 10. FIG. Information stored in the main control RAM 40c includes, for example, flags, counters and timers. The main board 40 is configured to be able to generate random numbers. For example, the random number may be generated as a hardware random number by mounting a random number generation circuit that updates the value of the random number every predetermined cycle on the main substrate 40, and the main control CPU 40a generates the random number every predetermined control cycle. It may be generated as a software random number by updating the value of .

A first start sensor SE1, a second start sensor SE2, a count sensor SE3, and a gate sensor SE4 are connected to the main board 40. As shown in FIG. The main control CPU 40a is configured to be capable of inputting detection signals output by various sensors SE1 to SE4 via ports (not shown). An information display panel 22 is also connected to the main board 40 . The main control CPU 40a can control the display contents of the information display panel 22 via a drive circuit (not shown). A first actuator A<b>1 and a second actuator A<b>2 are connected to the main board 40 . The main control CPU 40a can control the operation of the first actuator A1 and the operation of the second actuator A2 via a drive circuit (not shown). Further, an out-sensor OS is connected to the main board 40 . The main control CPU 40a is configured to be able to input detection signals output by the out-sensor OS via a port (not shown).

An error detection sensor ES is connected to the main board 40 as error detection means for detecting an error. The main control CPU 40a is configured to be capable of inputting a detection signal output by the error detection sensor ES via a port (not shown). As the error detection sensor ES, for example, there is a magnetic sensor that detects magnetism. When the magnetic sensor is arranged on the back side of the game board 20 , the magnetism of the magnet can be detected when the magnet approaches the game board 20 . That is, the magnetic sensor corresponds to an error detection sensor ES that detects magnetic errors. Further, as the error detection sensor ES, for example, there is a radio wave sensor (induced magnetic field detection sensor) that detects radio waves such as an induced magnetic field. When the radio wave sensor is arranged on the back side of the game board 20, radio waves directed toward the game board 20 can be detected. That is, the radio wave sensor corresponds to an error detection sensor ES that detects radio wave errors. Further, as the error detection sensor ES, for example, there is a full sensor that detects that the lower tray Z2 is full. When the full sensor is arranged in the lower tray guide passage for guiding the put-out game balls to the lower tray Z2, it is possible to detect that the lower tray Z2 is full. That is, the full sensor corresponds to the error detection sensor ES that detects a full error. Further, as the error detection sensor ES, for example, there is a door open sensor that detects opening of the middle frame 13 or the front frame 14 . When the door opening sensor is arranged on the middle frame 13 or the front frame 14, it can detect that the middle frame 13 or the front frame 14 is opened. That is, the door open sensor corresponds to an error detection sensor ES that detects a door open error. In the present embodiment, magnetic errors and radio wave errors correspond to specific errors, and the error detection sensor ES for detecting them realizes the function of specific error detecting means for detecting specific errors. As described above, there are multiple types of specific errors in the specific error in this embodiment. In this embodiment, the full error and the door open error correspond to non-specific errors, and the error detection sensor ES for detecting them realizes the function of non-specific error detecting means for detecting non-specific errors. Thus, there are multiple types of non-specific errors in this embodiment.

Next, the general board 41 will be described.
The general board 41 is connected to the main board 40 as described above. The integrated circuit board 41 includes an integrated control CPU 41a, an integrated control ROM 41b, and an integrated control RAM 41c. For example, the overall control CPU 41a executes a control program (overall control program) of the overall control CPU 41a to perform various types of processing (for example, processing related to sound effects). The overall control ROM 41b stores an overall control program, a lottery table used for lottery, determination values, and the like. In addition, the overall control ROM 41b stores light emission effect data capable of specifying the mode (content) of the light emission effect of the decoration lamp 17. FIG. The overall control ROM 41 b stores sound effect data that can specify the mode (content) of the sound effect in the speaker 18 .

The overall control RAM 41c is configured to be able to store various information that can be rewritten as appropriate during operation of the pachinko gaming machine 10 . Information stored in the overall control RAM 41c includes, for example, flags, counters, and timers. The general board 41 is configured to be able to generate random numbers. For example, the random number may be generated as a hardware random number by installing a random number generation circuit that updates the value of the random number in each predetermined period on the general board 41, and the general control CPU 41a generates the random number in each predetermined control period. It may be generated as a software random number by updating the value of .

A decorative lamp 17 is connected to the general board 41 . The overall control CPU 41a can control the decorative lamp 17 via a drive circuit (not shown). A speaker 18 is connected to the general board 41 . The overall control CPU 41a can control the speaker 18 via a drive circuit (not shown).

A first volume control switch OS1 is connected to the general board 41 . The overall control CPU 41a inputs a detection signal output when the first volume up switch OS1a is operated and a detection signal output when the first volume down switch OS1b is operated via a port (not shown). configured as possible. A second volume control switch OS2 is connected to the general board 41 . The overall control CPU 41a inputs a detection signal output when the second volume up switch OS2a is operated and a detection signal output when the second volume down switch OS2b is operated via a port (not shown). configured as possible. An operation button BT is connected to the general board 41 . The overall control CPU 41a is configured to receive a detection signal output when the operation button BT is operated via a port (not shown).

A volume adjuster OT is connected to the general board 41 . The overall control CPU 41a is configured to be able to input a signal indicating the maximum volume set by operating the volume adjuster OT via a port (not shown). The pachinko gaming machine 10 of this embodiment is configured so that the maximum volume of the sound output from the speaker 18 can be set within a predetermined range by operating the volume controller OT. The volume adjuster OT is arranged on the back side of the game board 20. - 特許庁

Next, the display substrate 42 will be described.
The display board 42 is connected to the general board 41 as described above. The display substrate 42 includes a display control CPU 42a, a display control ROM 42b, and a display control RAM 42c. For example, the display control CPU 42a performs various types of processing (for example, processing related to display effect) by executing a control program (display control program) of the display control CPU 42a. The display control ROM 42b stores a display control program, display effect data capable of specifying the mode (content) of the display effect in the effect display device 25, and the like. The display control RAM 42c is configured to be able to store various information that can be rewritten as appropriate during operation of the pachinko gaming machine 10. FIG. Information stored in the display control RAM 42c includes, for example, flags, counters and timers. Also, the effect display device 25 is connected to the display board 42 . The display control CPU 42a can control the effect display device 25 via a drive circuit (not shown).

Next, the power supply board 43 will be described.
The power supply board 43 includes a power supply circuit 43a, a power interruption monitoring circuit 43b, a reset signal circuit 43c, a backup power supply 43d, a RAM clear switch circuit 43e, and a RAM clear switch 43f.

The power supply circuit 43a converts the power supply voltage supplied from the main power supply of the game arcade into a predetermined power supply voltage (V1 (eg, DC30V)), and transmits the converted power supply voltage to the main board 40, the integrated board 41, and the like. It is further converted into a power supply voltage (V2) to be supplied to each control board. A power supply voltage (V2) required for operation is supplied to each control board (main board 40, etc.) through a power supply circuit 43a.

The power interruption monitoring circuit 43b monitors whether there is an abnormality in the power supply (power supply) to the pachinko game machine 10. FIG. Specifically, the power-off monitoring circuit 43b monitors whether the power supply voltage (V1) supplied from the power supply circuit 43a has dropped to a predetermined voltage (V0 (for example, DC 20V)). The power-off monitoring circuit 43b transmits a power-off signal when the power supply voltage (V1) drops to a predetermined voltage (V0). The power-off signal is received by the control board (main board 40) that performs backup processing and the reset signal circuit 43c. The predetermined voltage (V0) is set to the minimum required voltage for operating the pachinko gaming machine 10. FIG. In addition, when the power supply voltage (V1) drops to the predetermined voltage (V0), for example, when the main power supply of the game hall is cut off, when the power switch provided in the pachinko game machine 10 is turned off, power failure etc. Power supply to the pachinko gaming machine 10 may be cut off due to an external factor.

The reset signal circuit 43c outputs a reset signal. The reset signal is output to a board, such as the main board 40, on which a microcomputer is mounted and which controls electrical components. The reset signal is a signal that can take two states, a first state (for example, high level) and a second state (for example, low level). The control board to which the reset signal is output is, for example, in a state of stopping operation (a state in which the operation is restricted) while receiving the reset signal in the first state, and the reset signal is in the first state. to the second state, it becomes an operable state. In the present embodiment, the reset signal circuit 43c outputs a reset signal in the first state for a predetermined period of time when supply of power supply voltage from the power supply circuit 43a is started (when power supply is started), and then outputs the reset signal in the second state. Outputs a reset signal in the state of

The backup power supply 43d is, for example, an electric double layer capacitor. The power of the backup power source 43d is supplied to the main control RAM 40c when the power supply to the pachinko gaming machine 10 is interrupted. Thereby, the main control RAM 40c can retain the memory contents for a predetermined period even when the power supply to the pachinko gaming machine 10 is interrupted. The predetermined period is a period until the power of the backup power supply 43d is discharged and the backup power supply 43d becomes unable to supply power.

A RAM clear switch 43f is connected to the RAM clear switch circuit 43e. The RAM clear switch 43f is a switch operated when instructing initialization of at least part of the memory contents of the main control RAM 40c. When power supply to the pachinko gaming machine 10 is started while the RAM clear switch 43f is operated, an initialization signal is transmitted from the RAM clear switch circuit 43e. The initialization signal is sent to the main control CPU 40a and the overall control CPU 41a. The RAM clear switch 43f is arranged at a position where the player cannot operate it, such as inside the machine or on the back side of the machine. In this embodiment, the power supply board 43 includes the RAM clear switch circuit 43e and the RAM clear switch 43f, but this is not restrictive, and the main board 40 may include, for example, the RAM clear switch circuit 43e. is preferably output to the main control CPU 40a.

Next, the main processing performed by the main control CPU 40a based on the main control program will be described. The main process is a process that is performed when power supply is started (power supply is started). Specifically, the main control CPU 40a performs main processing when the reset signal in the first state is input for a predetermined time or more and then the reset signal in the second state is input.

First, the main control CPU 40a performs various settings required when power supply is started. As various settings required at the start of power supply, the main control CPU 40a prohibits interruption of interrupt processing, permits access to a storage area built in the main control CPU 40a, and controls peripheral devices and watches of the main control CPU 40a. Initialize the dog timer. Subsequently, the main control CPU 40a confirms whether the RAM clear switch 43f is operated based on whether or not the initialization signal is input from the RAM clear switch circuit 43e. Specifically, the main control CPU 40a determines whether an initialization signal instructing erasure of various control information stored in the main control RAM 40c has been input.

When the RAM clear switch 43f is not operated, the main control CPU 40a determines whether there is an abnormality in the control information (stored contents) stored in the main control RAM 40c. Specifically, the main control CPU 40a checks the backup flag stored in the main control RAM 40c when the power supply is interrupted, and determines whether the backup flag is normal. The backup flag is a flag for determining whether the information stored in the main control RAM 40c is correct when power supply is started. The main control CPU 40a also calculates the checksum of the main control RAM 40c and determines whether the calculated checksum matches the checksum value calculated when the power supply was cut off.

When the RAM clear switch 43f is operated, or when there is an abnormality in the information stored in the main control RAM 40c, the main control CPU 40a erases the backup information stored in the main control RAM 40c. Then, an initial startup process for starting the pachinko gaming machine 10 based on the initial value is performed. On the other hand, when the RAM clear switch 43f is not operated and there is no abnormality in the information stored in the main control RAM 40c, the main control CPU 40a starts the pachinko game machine 10 based on the set value of the backup information. Perform backup startup processing to

In the initial activation process, the main control CPU 40a initializes the contents stored in the main control RAM 40c. For example, the main control CPU 40a sets initial values, such as a stack pointer, in the main control RAM 40c. Subsequently, the main control CPU 40a stores the control information regarding the initialization in the output buffer for the general board 41. FIG. Control information related to initialization includes an initialization command designating initialization. Next, the main control CPU 40a sets an interrupt interval timer (for example, 4 ms) and enables interrupts. Then, the main control CPU 40a ends the main processing. Thereafter, the main control CPU 40a performs interrupt processing at predetermined intervals. The control information (control command) stored in the output buffer by the main control CPU 40a is output to the general board 41 in subsequent interrupt processing. In the following description, the term "initialized with the start of power supply" means that the power supply is started and the initial activation process is performed.

On the other hand, in the backup startup process, the main control CPU 40a restores the stack pointer before the power supply was interrupted. Next, the main control CPU 40a stores the control information regarding activation based on the backup information in the output buffer of the general board 41. FIG. The control information related to activation based on the backup information includes, for example, a return command specifying activation based on the backup information, and a symbol state specifying the control state such as whether to return to the execution of the special game or to the jackpot game. There are a designation command, a game state designation command for designating a game state, and the like. It should be noted that the main control CPU 40a identifies the control state based on the backup information and generates a symbol state designation command. Further, the main control CPU 40a identifies the game state based on the backup information and generates a game state designation command. Subsequently, the main control CPU 40a sets an interrupt interval timer (for example, 4 ms) and restores the register when the power supply was interrupted. Subsequently, the main control CPU 40a restores the interrupt permission/non-permission (prohibition) to the state before the power supply was cut off, sets the address before the power supply is cut off, and returns to the set address. return. As a result, restoration based on the backup information is performed. Thereafter, the main control CPU 40a performs interrupt processing at predetermined intervals. In the following description, "when the power supply is restarted after being cut off" means the case where the power supply is started and the backup activation process is performed. Thus, the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment is configured to be able to return after the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted.

Further, in the present embodiment, when the power supply to the pachinko gaming machine 10 is interrupted (when the power supply is interrupted), the main control CPU 40a is triggered by the input of the power interruption signal from the power interruption monitoring circuit 43b. , the main control RAM 40c is backed up.

In the backup process, the main control CPU 40a causes the main control RAM 40c to store and hold information such as registers and stack pointers in addition to various information stored and held in the main control RAM 40c. Various types of information to be backed up include values of various random numbers (random number information described later), information capable of identifying game states, information capable of identifying control states (for example, control state flags indicating control states), and the like. Further, the main control CPU 40a calculates and stores a checksum of the main control RAM 40c, and sets a backup flag in the main control RAM 40c.

Thereafter, the main control CPU 40a prohibits access to the main control RAM 40c and waits until the reset signal in the first state is input. When the reset signal in the first state is input, the operation of the main control CPU 40a is restricted. After the power supply is interrupted, power is supplied from the backup power supply 43d to the main control RAM 40c, and when the power supply is interrupted, part or all of the information stored in the main control RAM 40c is backed up. Retained as information.

Next, special design input processing is explained. The special symbol input process is a process called in the interrupt process, and is performed by the main control CPU 40a at predetermined intervals.
As shown in FIG. 6, the main control CPU 40a determines whether a game ball has entered the first starting port 26 based on whether a detection signal has been input from the first starting sensor SE1 (step S101). When the game ball has not entered the first starting port 26 (step S101: NO), the main control CPU 40a proceeds to the process of step S106. On the other hand, when the game ball has entered the first starting port 26 (step S101: YES), the main control CPU 40a determines that the first special reservation number stored in the main control RAM 40c is the upper limit number (this implementation In the form, it is determined whether it is less than 4) (step S102). When the first special reservation number is not less than the upper limit number (step S102: NO), the main control CPU 40a proceeds to the process of step S106.

On the other hand, when the first special reservation number is less than the upper limit number (step S102: YES), the main control CPU 40a updates the first special reservation number stored in the main control RAM 40c by adding 1 (step S103). In the process of step S103, the main control CPU 40a controls the information display panel 22 to display the updated first special reservation number. In addition, the main control CPU 40a stores control information (hereinafter referred to as "first reservation number command") that can specify the updated first special reservation number in the output buffer.

Subsequently, the main control CPU 40a acquires random numbers generated in the main board 40, and stores random number information based on the acquired random numbers in the main control RAM 40c (step S104). For example, random numbers are random numbers used for jackpot lottery (hereinafter referred to as "jackpot lottery random numbers"), random numbers used to determine jackpot patterns (hereinafter referred to as "jackpot seed determination random numbers"), random numbers used to determine variation patterns ( hereinafter referred to as "fluctuation pattern determination random number"). In the process of step S104, the main control CPU 40a stores the random number information in the main control RAM 40c so that the random number information is for the first special game and the storage order of the random number information can be specified. In this embodiment, by storing the random number information for the first special game in the main control RAM 40c, execution of the first special game is suspended until the conditions for executing the first special game are satisfied. The random number information may be the acquired random number itself, or may be information obtained by processing the random number by a predetermined method. When the process of step S104 ends, the main control CPU 40a performs the look-ahead information generation process (step S105), and then proceeds to the process of step S106. The lookahead information generation processing in step S105 will be described later together with the lookahead information generation processing in step S110.

In the process of step S106, the main control CPU 40a determines whether the game ball has entered the second starting hole 27 based on whether the detection signal is input from the second starting sensor SE2. When the game ball has not entered the second starting port 27 (step S106: NO), the main control CPU 40a terminates the special symbol input process. On the other hand, when the game ball has entered the second starting port 27 (step S106: YES), the main control CPU 40a determines that the second special reservation number stored in the main control RAM 40c is the upper limit number (this implementation In the form, it is determined whether it is less than 4) (step S107). When the second special reservation number is not less than the upper limit number (step S107: NO), the main control CPU 40a ends the special symbol input process.

On the other hand, when the second special reservation number is less than the upper limit number (step S107: YES), the main control CPU 40a updates the second special reservation number stored in the main control RAM 40c by adding 1 (step S108). In the process of step S108, the main control CPU 40a controls the information display panel 22 so as to display the updated second special reservation number. In addition, the main control CPU 40a stores control information (hereinafter referred to as "second reservation number command") that can specify the updated second special reservation number in the output buffer.

Subsequently, the main control CPU 40a acquires random numbers generated in the main substrate 40, and stores random number information based on the acquired random numbers in the main control RAM 40c (step S109). For example, the random numbers are jackpot lottery random numbers, jackpot seed determination random numbers, variation pattern determination random numbers, and the like. In the processing of step S109, the main control CPU 40a stores the random number information in the main control RAM 40c so that it is the random number information for the second special game and the storage order of the random number information can be specified. In this embodiment, by storing the random number information for the second special game in the main control RAM 40c, execution of the second special game is suspended until the conditions for executing the second special game are met. When the process of step S109 ends, the main control CPU 40a ends the special symbol input process after performing the look-ahead information generation process (step S110).

Here, the prefetch information generation processing in steps S105 and S110 will be described. In the prefetch information generation process, a prefetch command is generated and stored in the output buffer.

In the look-ahead information generating process of step S105, the main control CPU 40a generates a look-ahead command that can be identified as a look-ahead command corresponding to the first special game based on the random number obtained in step S104. On the other hand, in the look-ahead information generating process of step S110, the main control CPU 40a generates a look-ahead command corresponding to the second special game based on the random number obtained in step S109.

In the look-ahead information generation process, the main control CPU 40a determines whether the value of the acquired jackpot lottery random number is a value that will hit the jackpot in either the low-probability state or the high-probability state (with a value that matches the common jackpot determination value If yes), generate the first prefetch command. In addition, in the look-ahead information generation process, the main control CPU 40a determines that the value of the acquired jackpot lottery random number is a value that results in a jackpot only in the high probability state of the low probability state and the high probability state (high probability jackpot determination value and match), generate a second lookahead command. In addition, in the look-ahead information generation process, the main control CPU 40a determines whether the value of the acquired jackpot lottery random number is a value that does not result in a jackpot in either the low-probability state or the high-probability state (common jackpot determination and high-accuracy jackpot determination). If the value does not match the judgment value), generate a third prefetch command. The "acquired jackpot lottery random number" means the jackpot lottery random number obtained in step S104 in the look-ahead information generation process of step S105, and the jackpot lottery random number obtained in step S109 in the look-ahead information generation process of step S110. Say. In this embodiment, the look-ahead command is generated regardless of the game state when the big win is won and the type of the big win. Further, in the present embodiment, the prefetch command corresponds to the second information.

Next, the special symbol start processing will be described. The special symbol start process is a process called in the interrupt process, and is performed by the main control CPU 40a at predetermined intervals.
As shown in FIG. 7, the main control CPU 40a determines whether the conditions for executing the special game are satisfied (step S201). In the process of step S201, the main control CPU 40a makes an affirmative determination when the big win game is not being played and the special game is not being performed, and makes a negative determination when the big win game is being played or the special game is being played. If the special game execution condition is not satisfied (step S201: NO), the main control CPU 40a ends the special symbol start process.

On the other hand, if the special game execution condition is satisfied (step S201: YES), the main control CPU 40a determines whether the second special reservation number stored in the main control RAM 40c is 1 or more ( step S202). When the second special reservation number is not 1 or more (step S202: NO), the main control CPU 40a determines whether the first special reservation number stored in the main control RAM 40c is 1 or more (step S203 ).

When the first special reservation number is 1 or more (step S203: YES), the main control CPU 40a updates the first special reservation number stored in the main control RAM 40c by subtracting 1 (step S204). In the process of step S204, the main control CPU 40a controls the information display panel 22 so that the updated first special reservation number is displayed. In addition, the main control CPU 40a stores in the output buffer a first reservation number command capable of specifying the updated first special reservation number. Subsequently, the main control CPU 40a reads the random number information stored first among the random number information for the first special game from the main control RAM 40c (step S205). When reading the first random number information, the main control CPU 40a erases the first stored random number information from the main control RAM 40c.

Next, the main control CPU 40a wins a big hit based on the value of the jackpot lottery random number that can be specified from the random number information read in the process of step S205 and the jackpot determination value stored in the main control ROM 40b. (step S206). The process of step S206 corresponds to a jackpot lottery. That is, the main control CPU 40a performs a jackpot lottery in step S206. In step S206, the main control CPU 40a performs a jackpot lottery using the common jackpot determination value in the low probability state, and uses the common jackpot determination value and the high probability jackpot determination value in the high probability state. Hold a raffle.

If a big win is won (step S206: YES), the main control CPU 40a determines the big win symbols to be derived in the first special game and the variation pattern of the first special game (step S207). For example, the main control CPU 40a determines the jackpot pattern based on the value of the jackpot seed determination random number that can be specified from the random number information read in the process of step S205. Also, for example, the main control CPU 40a determines the variation pattern based on the value of the variation pattern determination random number that can be specified from the random number information read in the process of step S205.

In addition, in the processing of step S207, the main control CPU 40a stores control information (hereinafter referred to as "symbol command") capable of specifying the determined big hit symbol in the output buffer. In the process of step S207, the main control CPU 40a stores control information (hereinafter referred to as "variation pattern specification command") that can specify the determined variation pattern in the output buffer. At this time, the main control CPU 40a stores the variation pattern designation command corresponding to the first special game in the output buffer. After that, the main control CPU 40a ends the special symbol start process.

When the big hit is not won (step S206: NO), the main control CPU 40a determines the winning symbols to be derived in the first special game and the variation pattern of the first special game (step S208). For example, the main control CPU 40a determines the variation pattern based on the value of the variation pattern determination random number that can be specified from the random number information read in the process of step S205. In this embodiment, the case where the determination result of step S206 is negative (step S206: NO) corresponds to the case of misalignment.

In the process of step S208, the main control CPU 40a stores a symbol command that can specify the determined lost symbol in the output buffer. In the process of step S208, the main control CPU 40a stores the variation pattern designation command in the output buffer. At this time, the main control CPU 40a stores the variation pattern designation command corresponding to the first special game in the output buffer. After that, the main control CPU 40a ends the special symbol start process.

It should be noted that the main control CPU 40a may be configured to perform a ready-to-win effect before determining the losing variation pattern. Then, when the ready-to-win lottery is won, the main control CPU 40a is configured to determine the losing variation pattern associated with the effect content for finally deriving the winning symbol combination through the ready-to-win effect. good too. On the other hand, when the ready-to-win lottery is not won, the main control CPU 40a is configured so as to determine a losing variation pattern associated with the performance content for finally deriving the winning symbol combination without going through the ready-to-win performance. may

When the second special reservation number is 1 or more (step S202: YES), the main control CPU 40a updates the second special reservation number stored in the main control RAM 40c by subtracting 1 (step S209). In the process of step S209, the main control CPU 40a controls the information display panel 22 so that the updated second special reservation number is displayed. In addition, the main control CPU 40a stores in the output buffer a second reservation number command that can specify the updated second special reservation number. Subsequently, the main control CPU 40a reads the random number information stored first among the random number information for the second special game from the main control RAM 40c (step S210). When reading the first random number information, the main control CPU 40a erases the first stored random number information from the main control RAM 40c.

Next, the main control CPU 40a wins a big hit based on the jackpot lottery random number value that can be specified from the random number information read in the process of step S210 and the jackpot determination value stored in the main control ROM 40b. (step S211). The process of step S211 corresponds to a jackpot lottery. That is, the main control CPU 40a performs a jackpot lottery in step S211. In step S211, as in step S206, the main control CPU 40a performs a jackpot lottery using the common jackpot determination value when in a low probability state, and when in a high probability state, the common jackpot determination value and a high probability jackpot. A big hit lottery is performed using the judgment value.

When the big hit is won (step S211: YES), the main control CPU 40a determines the big hit pattern to be derived in the second special game and the variation pattern of the second special game (step S212). For example, the main control CPU 40a determines the jackpot pattern based on the value of the jackpot seed determination random number that can be specified from the random number information read in the process of step S210. Also, for example, the main control CPU 40a determines the variation pattern based on the value of the variation pattern determination random number that can be specified from the random number information read in the process of step S210.

In addition, in the process of step S212, the main control CPU 40a stores in the output buffer a symbol command capable of specifying the determined big hit symbol. In the process of step S207, the main control CPU 40a stores the variation pattern designation command in the output buffer. At this time, the main control CPU 40a stores the variation pattern designation command corresponding to the second special game in the output buffer. After that, the main control CPU 40a ends the special symbol start process.

When the big hit is not won (step S211: NO), the main control CPU 40a determines the winning symbols to be derived in the second special game and the variation pattern of the second special game (step S213). For example, the main control CPU 40a determines the variation pattern based on the value of the variation pattern determination random number that can be specified from the random number information read in the process of step S210. In this embodiment, the case where the determination result of step S211 is negative (step S211: NO) corresponds to the case of misalignment.

In the processing of step S213, the main control CPU 40a stores a symbol command that can specify the determined lost symbol in the output buffer. In the process of step S213, the main control CPU 40a stores the variation pattern designation command in the output buffer. At this time, the main control CPU 40a stores the variation pattern designation command corresponding to the second special game in the output buffer. After that, the main control CPU 40a ends the special symbol start process.

As described above, in this embodiment, when the second special reservation number is 1 or more in step S202, the processing of steps S209 to S213 is performed without performing the processing of steps S203 to S208. That is, in the present embodiment, when execution of the second special game is suspended, the second special game is prioritized over the first special game (whether execution of the first special game is suspended). ) will be executed.

Also, when the first special reservation number is not 1 or more (step S203: NO), the main control CPU 40a stores the standby command in the output buffer (step S214), and ends the special symbol start process. However, if the special game is not executed after storing the standby command in the output buffer, the main control CPU 40a does not store the standby command in the output buffer in the processing of step S214, and ends the special symbol start processing. That is, when the standby command is stored in the output buffer in the process of step S214, the standby command is stored in the output buffer again in the process of step S214 on condition that the special game is executed. Incidentally, when the standby command is stored in the output buffer in the process of step S214, even if the special game is not executed, the standby command is output in the process of step S214 when the power supply is restarted after being cut off. It will be stored in the output buffer. The standby command corresponds to control information instructing a standby state, which will be described later. As described above, in the present embodiment, when the conditions for executing the special game are satisfied, the standby state is entered. That is, the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment enters a standby state when the special game is not being executed and the jackpot game is not occurring.

As described above, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the main control CPU 40a performs a big win lottery in the processing of steps S206 and S211, thereby realizing a function as a big win lottery means for performing a big win lottery. In addition, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the main control CPU 40a determines the jackpot pattern in the processing of steps S207 and S212, thereby realizing the function of jackpot type determination means for determining the jackpot type. .

Then, when the special symbol start process is finished, the main control CPU 40a performs a process different from the special symbol start process to execute a special game. Specifically, the main control CPU 40a controls the information display panel 22 so that the special game is started. The main control CPU 40a counts the variation time associated with the variation pattern determined in the special symbol start process. Further, when the special game starts to be executed, the main control CPU 40a sets information indicating that the special game is being executed in the control state flag. At this time, the main control CPU 40a sets information indicating that the first special game is being executed in the control state flag when executing the first special game, and sets information indicating that the first special game is being executed in the control state flag when executing the second special game. Information indicating that the second special game is being executed is set in the control state flag.

Then, the main control CPU 40a controls the information display panel 22 so that the special symbol determined in the special symbol start process is derived when the variation time associated with the variation pattern elapses. In addition, when the variation time associated with the variation pattern determined in the special symbol start process elapses, the main control CPU 40a instructs to stop the variation of the performance symbols, and outputs a game end command for deriving the symbol combination to the output buffer. store in In addition, when the execution of the special game ends, the main control CPU 40a sets information indicating that the special game is not being executed and the big win game is not occurring in the control state flag. Further, the main control CPU 40a sets a variable interval time after the special game ends. Execution of the special game is not started until the fluctuation interval time has passed. Also, the big win game is not generated until the fluctuation interval time elapses.

Next, prize ball processing will be described. The prize process is a process that is called in the interrupt process, and is performed at predetermined intervals by the main control CPU 40a.
When the detection signal from the first starting sensor SE1 is input, the main control CPU 40a controls so that a predetermined number of game balls are paid out. Similarly, when the detection signal from the second starting sensor SE2 is input, the main control CPU 40a controls so that a predetermined number of game balls are paid out. When the detection signal from the count sensor SE3 is input, the main control CPU 40a controls so that a predetermined number of game balls are paid out.

Next, the jackpot processing performed by the main control CPU 40a after the jackpot special game is finished will be described. Incidentally, the "big win special game" corresponds to a special game that becomes a big win, and corresponds to a special game to be won when a big win is won in a big win lottery. On the other hand, the "losing special game" corresponds to a losing special game, and corresponds to a special game for non-winning when a big winning lottery is not won.

In the jackpot process, the main control CPU 40a specifies the jackpot game type based on the jackpot pattern (that is, the jackpot type) determined in the special pattern start process. Then, the main control CPU 40a starts the control for causing the specified big win game after the big win special game ends. Therefore, the main control CPU 40a causes a jackpot game by executing the jackpot process. Thus, in the pachinko gaming machine 10, a jackpot game is generated after winning a jackpot. In addition, along with the occurrence of the jackpot game, the main control CPU 40a sets information that can specify that the jackpot game is occurring in the control state flag.

The main control CPU 40a stores the opening command in the output buffer when the big win special game ends. When the main control CPU 40a stores the opening command in the output buffer, it counts the opening time. After the opening time has elapsed, the main control CPU 40a performs processing for executing a round game. That is, the main control CPU 40a controls the second actuator A2 to open the big winning opening 29 according to the opening mode (opening pattern) set for the big win game, and starts the round game. After starting the round game, the main control CPU 40a controls the second actuator A2 so as to close the big winning opening 29 when the first round end condition or the second round end condition is established, and the round game is started. terminate. The main control CPU 40a repeats the processing for executing the round game until the upper limit number of round games set for the jackpot game is completed. Also, the main control CPU 40a stores a round command in the output buffer each time a round game is started.

Further, the main control CPU 40a stores the ending command in the output buffer when the final round game ends. When the main control CPU 40a stores the ending command in the output buffer, the main control CPU 40a counts the ending time. Then, when the ending time elapses, the main control CPU 40a ends the jackpot game. In addition, when the jackpot game ends, the main control CPU 40a sets information indicating that the special game is not being executed and the jackpot game is not occurring in the control state flag. In addition, the main control CPU 40a sets a variable interval time after the end of the jackpot game.

Next, the game state processing will be explained. The game state processing is performed by the main control CPU 40a.
The main control CPU 40a specifies the game state after the end of the jackpot game based on the jackpot pattern (that is, the type of jackpot) determined in the special pattern start process. When the main control CPU 40a specifies the provision of the low probability state, when ending the big hit game, the probability state flag stored in the main control RAM 40c is a value that can be specified to control to the low probability state. set to Further, the main control CPU 40a stores control information (hereinafter referred to as "low-probability state command") that can identify the low-probability state in the output buffer. When the main control CPU 40a specifies the provision of the high probability state, the probability state flag is set to a value that can be specified to control to the high probability state when ending the jackpot game. In addition, the main control CPU 40a stores control information (hereinafter referred to as "high-probability state command") that can identify the high-probability state in the output buffer. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the main control CPU 40a, after the end of the first non-probability variable jackpot game and after the end of the second non-probability variable jackpot game, the value that can be specified to control to a low probability state, the main control The probability state flag stored in the RAM 40c is set. The main control CPU 40a sets a probability state flag to a value that can be specified to control to a high probability state after the end of the first variable probability big win game and after the end of the second variable probability big win game.

When the main control CPU 40a specifies the granting of the high base state, it sets a base state flag to a value that can be specified to control to the high base state when ending the jackpot game. In addition, the main control CPU 40a stores control information that can identify the high base state (hereinafter referred to as "high base state command") in the output buffer. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the main control CPU 40a sets the base state flag to a value that can be specified to control to the high base state after the end of the jackpot game.

When the main control CPU 40a specifies the upper limit number of times to give the high base state, it stores the number of times corresponding to the upper limit number of times in the main control RAM 40c as the remaining number of special games to give the high base state. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the main control CPU 40a gives "50 times" to the high base state after the end of the first non-probability variable jackpot game and after the end of the second non-probability variable jackpot game. "50 times" is stored in the main control RAM 40c. Incidentally, in the present embodiment, the main control CPU 40a, after the end of the first variable probability jackpot game and after the end of the second probability variable jackpot game, information that can be specified to control to a high base state until the jackpot game is generated ( hereinafter referred to as "next time information") is stored in the main control RAM 40c.

If the next time information is not stored, the main control CPU 40a subtracts 1 from the remaining number of times stored in the main control RAM 40c every time the special game is executed. When the remaining number of times after the subtraction becomes 0, the main control CPU 40a sets a value that can be specified to control to the low base state as the base state flag when the special game in which the remaining number of times becomes 0 ends. set. That is, the main control CPU 40a terminates the high base state and shifts to the low base state. In addition, the main control CPU 40a stores control information that can identify the low base state (hereinafter referred to as "low base state command") in the output buffer.

By the way, the main control CPU 40a, when a jackpot game is generated, sets a value that can be specified to control to a low probability state in the probability state flag, and a value that can be specified to control to a low base state. Set the base state flags. Also, the main control CPU 40a stores the low probability state command and the low base state command in the output buffer. In this embodiment, the probability state flag, the base state flag, the remaining number of special games controlled to the high base state, and the next information correspond to the information that can specify the game state.

As described above, the end condition of the high base state as the second game state includes the end condition (first end condition) established by the occurrence of the big win game, and the high base state after the end of the big win game. There is an end condition (second end condition) that is satisfied when the special game is executed a predetermined number of times after that. In this embodiment, the main control CPU 40a performs the game state processing, thereby realizing the function of the game state control means for controlling the game state.

Next, normal design input processing will be described. The normal symbol input process is a process called in the interrupt process, and is performed by the main control CPU 40a at predetermined intervals.
In the normal symbol input process, the main control CPU 40a determines whether the game ball has passed through the gate 31 (entered) based on whether a detection signal has been input from the gate sensor SE4. When the game ball has not passed through the gate 31, the main control CPU 40a terminates the normal symbol input process. On the other hand, when the game ball passes through the gate 31, the main control CPU 40a determines whether the number of normal reservations stored in the main control RAM 40c is less than the upper limit number (4 in this embodiment). When the number of normal reservations is not less than the upper limit number, the main control CPU 40a ends the normal symbol input process. When the normal pending number is less than the upper limit number, the main control CPU 40a adds 1 to the normal pending number stored in the main control RAM 40c and updates it. In this case, the main control CPU 40a controls the information display panel 22 to display the updated number of normal reservations. In addition, the main control CPU 40a stores control information (hereinafter referred to as "normal reservation number command") that can specify the updated normal reservation number in the output buffer.

Next, the main control CPU 40a acquires random numbers generated in the main substrate 40, and stores random number information based on the acquired random numbers in the main control RAM 40c. In this case, the main control CPU 40a stores the random number information in such a manner that it is for the normal game and the storage order of the random number information can be specified. After that, the main control CPU 40a ends the normal symbol input process.

Next, normal design start processing will be described. The normal symbol start process is a process called in the interrupt process, and is performed by the main control CPU 40a at predetermined intervals.
In the normal symbol start process, the main control CPU 40a determines whether the conditions for executing the normal game are met. The main control CPU 40a makes an affirmative determination when the normal winning game is not in progress and when the normal game is not in progress, while making a negative determination when the normal winning game is in progress or the normal game is in progress. When the normal game execution condition is not established, the main control CPU 40a ends the normal symbol start process. On the other hand, when the normal game execution condition is satisfied, the main control CPU 40a determines whether or not the number of normal reservations stored in the main control RAM 40c is 1 or more. When the number of normal reservations is not 1 or more, the main control CPU 40a ends the normal symbol start process. When the number of normal reservations is 1 or more, the main control CPU 40a subtracts 1 from the normal number of reservations stored in the main control RAM 40c and updates it. In this process, the main control CPU 40a controls the information display panel 22 so that the updated number of normal reservations is displayed. In addition, the main control CPU 40a stores in the output buffer a normal pending number command that can specify the updated normal pending number.

Next, the main control CPU 40a reads the random number information stored first among the random number information for the normal game from the main control RAM 40c. When reading the first random number information, the main control CPU 40a erases the first stored random number information from the main control RAM 40c. Subsequently, the main control CPU 40a determines whether or not to win a normal win based on the read random number information and the normal win determination value stored in the main control ROM 40b. This process corresponds to normal winning lottery (normal winning determination). For example, when adopting the above-described probability variation control of the normal symbol, the main control CPU 40a is, in the high base state, compared to the low base state, so that the probability of winning the normal hit is high, It is preferable to judge whether or not to win. Thus, in the present embodiment, the main control CPU 40a performs a normal winning lottery, thereby realizing a function as a normal winning lottery means for performing a normal winning lottery or a normal winning determining means for determining whether a normal winning will occur. be.

In the case of normal winning, the main control CPU 40a determines the normal winning symbols to be fixed and displayed in the normal game and the variation time of the normal game. For example, when adopting the normal symbol variation time shortening control, the main control CPU 40a determines the first variation time in the low base state, and the second variation time shorter than the first variation time in the high base state. you should decide. After that, the main control CPU 40a ends the normal symbol start process.

Then, the main control CPU 40a executes a normal game by performing processing different from the normal symbol start processing. Specifically, the main control CPU 40a starts the normal game, and when the fluctuation time determined in the normal symbol start process has elapsed, the normal symbol determined in the normal symbol start process is fixed and stopped. It controls the information display panel 22 . In addition, the main control CPU 40a stores, in the output buffer, control information that can specify that the execution of the normal game is to be started when the execution of the normal game is started.

Next, the normal hit process performed by the main control CPU 40a after the end of the normal game will be described. Incidentally, the “normal game with normal winning” corresponds to a normal game that becomes a normal winning, and corresponds to a normal game to be won in the normal winning lottery. On the other hand, the "losing normal game" corresponds to a losing normal game, and corresponds to a normal game for non-winning when a normal winning lottery is not won in the normal winning lottery.

After the normal game ends, the main control CPU 40a determines the opening pattern of the second starting port 27, and the first actuator A1 so that the second starting port 27 is opened according to the determined opening pattern. to generate a normal winning game. For example, when adopting the opening time extension control described above, the main control CPU40a selects the first opening pattern in the low base state, in the high base state, one normal per game than the first opening pattern A second opening pattern with a longer total opening time of the first variable member 28 at is determined. Thus, in the present embodiment, the normal winning process is performed by the main control CPU 40a after the normal winning normal game is finished, so that the normal winning game is generated after the normal winning game is finished. A function as a means is realized.

In this embodiment, it is easier to win a normal hit when in the high base state than in the low base state. The pachinko game machine 10 is constructed so that a normal win can be won even in a low base state, and when a normal win lottery is won, the first variable member 28 is in an open state. . Therefore, in the pachinko game machine 10 of the present embodiment, when in the low base state, it is difficult for the game ball to enter the second start port 27 as compared to when it is in the high base state. There is a possibility that a game ball enters the ball.

In addition to the various processes described above, when the main control CPU 40a receives a detection signal from the out-sensor OS, the control information (hereinafter referred to as "out command") that can specify that the out-sensor OS has detected a game ball ) is stored in the output buffer.

Further, when the main control CPU 40a receives a detection signal from the magnetic sensor of the error detection sensors ES, it stores control information (hereinafter referred to as "magnetism detection command") indicating that magnetism has been detected in the output buffer. do. Further, when the detection signal from the magnetic sensor is input, the main control CPU 40a regulates the processing related to the special game, the processing related to the big win game, and the processing related to the winning balls. Further, when the main control CPU 40a receives a detection signal from the radio wave sensor among the error detection sensors ES, it stores control information (hereinafter referred to as "radio wave detection command") indicating that the radio wave has been detected in the output buffer. do. Further, when the detection signal from the radio wave sensor is input, the main control CPU 40a regulates the processing related to the special game, the processing related to the big win game, and the processing related to the prize balls. Note that even after regulating the processing related to the special game, the processing related to the big win game, and the processing related to the winning ball, the main control CPU 40a does not regulate the processing related to the error. Incidentally, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the restriction on the processing related to the special game, the processing related to the big win game, and the processing related to the prize balls is canceled by cutting off the power supply.

Further, when the main control CPU 40a receives a detection signal from the full sensor of the error detection sensors ES, the main control CPU 40a outputs control information indicating that the lower tray Z2 is full (hereinafter referred to as "full detection command"). Store in the output buffer. Further, when the main control CPU 40a receives a detection signal from the door open sensor among the error detection sensors ES, the main control CPU 40a receives control information indicating that the middle frame 13 or the front frame 14 is opened (hereinafter referred to as "door open detection command ) is stored in the output buffer. Even if the detection signal from the full sensor or the detection signal from the door open sensor is input, the main control CPU 40a does not regulate the processing related to the special game, the processing related to the big win game, and the processing related to the prize balls.

In this embodiment, the magnetic error detected by the magnetic sensor and the radio wave error detected by the radio wave sensor are worse errors than the full error detected by the full sensor and the door open error detected by the door open sensor. and In this embodiment, the magnetic error detected by the magnetic sensor and the radio wave error detected by the radio wave sensor correspond to the specific error. On the other hand, a full error detected by a full sensor and a door open error detected by a door open sensor correspond to non-specific errors.

Next, various processes performed by the overall control CPU 41a based on the overall control program will be described.
The overall control CPU 41a performs various necessary settings (initial settings) when power supply is started. After performing the initialization, the overall control CPU 41a waits until an initialization command or a return command is input. In this embodiment, the central control CPU 41a is activated before the main control CPU 40a. Therefore, when the initialization command or the return command is output from the main control CPU 40a, the overall control CPU 41a has already started and is in a state of waiting for the input of the initialization command or the return command.

When the initialization command is input, the overall control CPU 41a stores control information designating initialization in the output buffer. The control information specifying initialization includes, for example, an initialization specification command that specifies that it is at the time of initialization, an initialization-time effect specification command that instructs the effect at the time of initialization, and a effect pattern at the time of initialization. There is a production design specification command to specify. The control information stored in the output buffer by the central control CPU 41a is output to the display substrate 42 in subsequent interrupt processing. Further, when the initialization command is input, the overall control CPU 41a controls the decoration lamp 17 and the speaker 18 so as to execute the effect at the time of initialization.

On the other hand, when the return command is input, the overall control CPU 41a specifies the contents designated by the symbol state designation command. Specifically, the overall control CPU 41a returns to the state during the occurrence of the big win game, the return to the state during execution of the special game, or the state where the special game is not being executed and the big win game is not occurring. Whether it is return or not is specified from the symbol state designation command.

When it is specified that the return is to the situation where the special game is not being executed and the jackpot game is not occurring, the overall control CPU 41a designates the return to the situation where the special game is not being executed and the jackpot game is not occurring. store the control information to the output buffer. The control information designating the return to the situation where the special game is not being executed and the jackpot game is not occurring includes, for example, a general return command designating the return, and a performance design designation command designating the performance design at the time of return. And there is. Further, when the game state identifiable from the game state designation command is the high base state, the overall control CPU 41a stores a hitting to right notification command designating a hitting to right notification effect, which will be described later, in the output buffer. In this case, it can be said that the right-handed notification command is included in the control information specifying the return to the situation where the special game is not being executed and the jackpot game is not occurring.

When specifying the return to the execution of the special game, the overall control CPU 41a stores the control information designating the return to the execution of the special game in the output buffer. The control information designating return to the execution of the special game includes, for example, a general return command designating return. In addition, when the game state that can be specified from the game state designation command is the high base state, the overall control CPU 41a stores the right hitting notification command in the output buffer. In this case, it can be said that the right-handed notification command is included in the control information designating return to the execution of the special game.

When specifying that it is a return to the occurrence of the jackpot game, the overall control CPU 41a stores the control information designating the return to the occurrence of the jackpot game in the output buffer. The control information specifying the return to the occurrence of the jackpot game includes, for example, an overall return command to specify the return, a right-handed notification command, and a jackpot command to instruct the effect in returning to the occurrence of the jackpot game. There is a command for specifying a return effect. By the way, after the control information designating return to the occurrence of the jackpot game is stored in the output buffer, if the wait command to be described later is input without inputting the ending command, the second wait demo designation command to be described later is output to the output buffer. store in

Next, the effect game processing performed by the overall control CPU 41a will be described.
When the symbol command and the variation pattern designation command are input, the overall control CPU 41a stores information that can identify the type of special symbol that can be specified from the symbol command in the overall control RAM 41c, and the variation pattern that can be specified from the variation pattern designation command. is stored in the general control RAM 41c. Information that can specify the type of special symbol that can be specified from the symbol command is stored in the general control RAM 41c until the next symbol command is input. When the special symbol that can be specified from the symbol command is a jackpot symbol, the information that can specify the type of the special symbol that can be specified from the symbol command can be said to be the information that can specify the type of the big win.

Also, when a symbol command and a variation pattern designation command are input, the overall control CPU 41a performs control to execute a performance game. Specifically, the overall control CPU 41a determines the symbol combination of the effect symbols to be finally fixed and displayed in the effect game based on the variation pattern designation command and the symbol command. When the symbol combination of the performance symbols is determined, the overall control CPU 41a stores the performance symbol designation command for designating the symbol combination of the determined performance symbols in the output buffer. When the symbol that can be specified from the symbol command is a big-hit symbol, the overall control CPU 41a determines a big-hit symbol combination based on the performance symbols. When the symbol that can be specified from the symbol command is the missing symbol, the overall control CPU 41a determines the missing symbol combination based on the effect symbol. For example, the overall control CPU 41a may determine a symbol combination that includes a ready-to-win state when performing a ready-to-win effect in the current effect game because the ready-to-win condition is satisfied. In this embodiment, the reach condition is established when the variation pattern with the loss reach is specified. Incidentally, the ready-to-win condition may be constituted so as to be established when the CPU 41a for overall control performs a drawing for the effect and wins the lottery for the effect.

Further, when a variation pattern designation command is input, the overall control CPU 41a stores an effect game start command instructing the start of the effect game in the output buffer. On the other hand, when the game end command is input, the overall control CPU 41a stores the effect game end command instructing the end of the effect game in the output buffer. Incidentally, the game end command input by the overall control CPU 41a may be the same control information as the effect game end command output to the display board 42. FIG. Similarly, the variation pattern designation command input by the overall control CPU 41 a may be the same control information as the effect game start command output to the display board 42 .

In addition, the overall control CPU 41a determines, for example, whether a predetermined effect such as a jackpot announcement effect or a suggestive effect suggesting a game state is to be executed. Then, when executing a predetermined effect, the overall control CPU 41a stores control information instructing execution of the predetermined effect in the output buffer, and selects one of the decorative lamp 17 and the speaker 18 according to the predetermined effect to be executed. Control at least one.

Further, when a prefetch command that can be identified as a prefetch command corresponding to the first special game is input, the overall control CPU 41a determines that the prefetch command corresponds to the first special game, and determines the storage order of the prefetch commands. is stored in the RAM 41c for general control so that it can be specified. Similarly, when a prefetch command that can be identified as a prefetch command corresponding to the second special game is input, the overall control CPU 41a determines that the prefetch command corresponds to the second special game, and stores the prefetch command. The order is stored in the general control RAM 41c so that the order can be specified. Further, when a variation pattern specifying command corresponding to the first special game is input, the overall control CPU 41a selects the prefetch command stored first among the prefetch commands corresponding to the first special game stored in the overall control RAM 41c. is erased from the general control RAM 41c. Similarly, when a variation pattern designation command corresponding to the second special game is input, the overall control CPU 41a selects the first stored prefetch command among the prefetch commands corresponding to the second special game stored in the overall control RAM 41c. The command is erased from the general control RAM 41c.

Next, the game state processing performed by the overall control CPU 41a will be described.
When the low base state command is input, the overall control CPU 41a sets the overall base state flag stored in the overall control RAM 41c to a value that can identify the low base state. When receiving the high base state command, the overall control CPU 41a sets the overall base state flag to a value that can identify the high base state. The overall control CPU 41a can specify whether it is in the high base state (or whether it is in the low base state) by referring to the overall base state flag. Further, when the high base state can be specified from the overall base state flag, the overall control CPU 41a stores the right hitting notification command in the output buffer. In addition, when the base state that can be specified from the general base state flag switches from the high base state to the low base state, that is, when the high base state ends and becomes the low base state (a jackpot game is occurring) ), the overall control CPU 41a stores a left-handed notification command designating a left-handed notification effect in the output buffer.

Similarly, when the general control CPU 41a receives the low probability state command, it sets the general probability state flag stored in the general control RAM 41c to a value that can identify the low probability state. When the high-probability state command is input, the overall control CPU 41a sets a value that can identify the high-probability state in the overall probability state flag. The overall control CPU 41a can specify whether the state is a high-probability state (or whether it is a low-probability state) by referring to the overall probability state flag.

By the way, when a jackpot game is generated, the overall control CPU 41a stores, in the overall control RAM 41c, information that can specify the game state when the big win is won based on the overall probability state flag and the overall base state flag. do. In this embodiment, the information that can specify the type of special symbols that can be specified from the symbol command and the information that can specify the game state when winning the big win are at least the gaming state when the big win is won and the type of the big win. It corresponds to first information that can specify one.

Next, a description will be given of the big hit effect processing performed by the central control CPU 41a.
The overall control CPU 41a stores control information in an output buffer and controls at least one of the decoration lamp 17 and the speaker 18 so that a jackpot performance is performed when a jackpot game is being played. Specifically, when the opening command is input, the overall control CPU 41a stores the opening effect designation command designating execution of the opening effect in the output buffer, and controls at least the decorative lamp 17 and the speaker 18 as the opening effect is executed. control one. In addition, when the round command is input, the overall control CPU 41a stores the round effect designation command designating execution of the round effect in the output buffer, and at least one of the decorative lamp 17 and the speaker 18 is activated as the round effect is executed. to control. In addition, when the ending command is input, the overall control CPU 41a stores the ending effect designation command designating the execution of the ending effect in the output buffer, and activates at least one of the decoration lamp 17 and the speaker 18 as the ending effect is executed. to control. Also, when a jackpot game is being generated, the central control CPU 41a stores a right hitting notification command in the output buffer.

In addition, when receiving a magnetism detection command, the overall control CPU 41a stores a magnetism error designation command in the output buffer. In addition, when the magnetism detection command is input, the overall control CPU 41a controls the speaker 18 so as to output a sound corresponding to the magnetic error effect (for example, "magnetism detected"). Further, when receiving the radio wave detection command, the overall control CPU 41a stores the radio wave error designation command in the output buffer. In addition, when the radio wave detection command is input, the overall control CPU 41a controls the speaker 18 so as to output a sound corresponding to the radio wave error effect (for example, a voice saying "A radio wave has been detected").

Further, when the fullness detection command is input, the overall control CPU 41a stores a fullness error specification command in the output buffer. Further, when the full detection command is input, the overall control CPU 41a controls the speaker 18 so as to output a sound corresponding to the full error effect (for example, "Please pull out the ball"). Further, when the door open detection command is input, the overall control CPU 41a stores the door open error designation command in the output buffer. Further, when the door open detection command is input, the overall control CPU 41a controls the speaker 18 so as to output a sound corresponding to the door open error effect (for example, "the door is open").

Even if the radio wave detection command is input after the magnetic error designation command has already been stored in the output buffer, the overall control CPU 41a does not store the radio wave error designation command in the output buffer, and the speaker 18 also produces sound corresponding to the radio wave error effect. is not controlled so that is output. Further, even if the full detection command is input after the magnetic error designation command has already been stored in the output buffer, the overall control CPU 41a does not store the full error designation command in the output buffer, and the speaker 18 also displays the full error effect. Do not control so that the corresponding sound is output. Similarly, even if the door open detection command is input after the magnetic error designation command has already been stored in the output buffer, the central control CPU 41a does not store the door open error designation command in the output buffer, and the door opening error designation command is not stored in the output buffer. Control is not performed so that the sound corresponding to the opening error presentation is output.

Also, even if the magnetic detection command is input after the radio wave error designation command has already been stored in the output buffer, the overall control CPU 41a does not store the magnetic error designation command in the output buffer, and the speaker 18 also supports the magnetic error effect. Do not control so that the sound that you hear is output. Further, even if the full detection command is input after the radio wave error designation command has already been stored in the output buffer, the overall control CPU 41a does not store the full error designation command in the output buffer, and the speaker 18 also displays the full error effect. Do not control so that the corresponding sound is output. Similarly, even if the door open detection command is input after the radio wave error designation command has already been stored in the output buffer, the overall control CPU 41a does not store the door open error designation command in the output buffer, and the speaker 18 does not store the door open error designation command. Control is not performed so that the sound corresponding to the opening error presentation is output.

When the magnetic detection command is newly input after the full error designation command has already been stored in the output buffer, the overall control CPU 41a stores the magnetic error designation command in the output buffer and outputs a sound corresponding to the magnetic error effect. The speaker 18 is controlled as follows. Further, when the radio wave detection command is newly input after the full error designation command has already been stored in the output buffer, the overall control CPU 41a stores the radio wave error designation command in the output buffer and outputs a sound corresponding to the radio wave error effect. control the speaker 18 so that In addition, when the door open detection command is newly input after the full error designation command has already been stored in the output buffer, the overall control CPU 41a stores the door open error designation command in the output buffer and responds to the door open error presentation. A speaker 18 is controlled so that the voice and the voice corresponding to the full error rendering are alternately output. Incidentally, when the full detection command is not input for a predetermined period of time, the overall control CPU 41a stores in the output buffer a full error stop specifying command instructing to stop the notification of the occurrence of the full error. At the same time, the overall control CPU 41a stops controlling the speaker 18 to output the sound corresponding to the full error effect.

When the magnetic detection command is newly input after the door opening error designation command has already been stored in the output buffer, the overall control CPU 41a stores the magnetic error designation command in the output buffer and outputs a sound corresponding to the magnetic error effect. The speaker 18 is controlled so that Further, when the radio wave detection command is newly input after the door opening error designation command has already been stored in the output buffer, the overall control CPU 41a stores the radio wave error designation command in the output buffer, and the sound corresponding to the radio wave error effect is produced. The speaker 18 is controlled to output. Further, when the full detection command is newly input after the door open error designation command has already been stored in the output buffer, the overall control CPU 41a stores the full error designation command in the output buffer, and produces a sound corresponding to the door open error effect. And the speaker 18 is controlled so that the sound corresponding to the full error rendering is alternately output. Incidentally, when the door open detection command is not input for a predetermined period of time, the central control CPU 41a stores in the output buffer a door open error stop designation command instructing to stop notification of the occurrence of the door open error. At the same time, the overall control CPU 41a stops controlling the speaker 18 to output the sound corresponding to the door opening error effect.

As described above, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, occurrence of a specific error (magnetic error, radio wave error) is notified prior to occurrence of a non-specific error (full error and door open error). Further, in the pachinko game machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the occurrence of the magnetic error has already been reported, even if the occurrence of the radio wave error is detected, the occurrence of the radio wave error is not reported, and the occurrence of the magnetic error is not reported. continue to be informed. Further, in the pachinko game machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the occurrence of the radio wave error has already been reported, even if the occurrence of the magnetic error is detected, the occurrence of the magnetic error is not reported, and the occurrence of the radio wave error is not reported. continue to be informed.

Next, various processes performed by the display control CPU 42a based on the display control program will be described.
The display control CPU 42a performs various necessary settings (initial settings) when power supply is started. After the initial setting, the display control CPU 42a waits until control information is input from the overall control CPU 41a. In this embodiment, the display control CPU 42a is activated before the main control CPU 40a, like the overall control CPU 41a. Further, after performing the initial setting, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the image before returning is displayed. For example, the image before returning may be an image including characters (character information) saying "please wait for a while". In this specification, characters (character information) are phrases and mean phrases, and do not mean data (information) used for control.

The display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that various images are displayed according to the control information from the overall control CPU 41a. Specifically, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the effect symbol at the time of initialization is fixed and stopped when control information designating initialization is input. At this time, the performance symbol designated by the performance symbol designation command is fixed and displayed on the performance display device 25. - 特許庁

The display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the effect symbols at the time of return are temporarily stopped and displayed when the control information designating the return to the situation in which the special game is not being executed and the jackpot game is not occurring. to control. At this time, the performance symbol designated by the performance symbol designation command is temporarily stopped and displayed on the performance display device 25.例文帳に追加In addition, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the hitting to the right notification effect is executed when the hitting to the right notification command is input. In the present embodiment, the hitting to right notification effect is executed by displaying the hitting to right notification image RG shown in FIG. 8( a ) on the effect display device 25 . Further, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the left-handed informing effect is executed when the left-handed informing command is input. In the present embodiment, the left-handed informing effect is executed by displaying the left-handed informing image LG shown in FIG. 8B on the effect display device 25 . The display control CPU 42a executes the left-handed notification effect until a predetermined left-handed notification time elapses or until a jackpot game is generated before the predetermined left-handed notification time elapses. The effect display device 25 is controlled so as to be displayed. In this embodiment, the left-handed information effect and the right-handed information effect correspond to the information effect that prompts the shooting of the game ball. Also, the left-handed notification effect corresponds to the first notification effect of prompting the launch of the game ball for causing the game ball to flow down the first route R1 corresponding to the first flow direction. On the other hand, the right-handed information effect corresponds to the second information effect of prompting the shooting of the game ball for flowing down the game ball to the second route R2 corresponding to the second flow direction. Also, the first notification effect can be said to be an effect of prompting the shooting of a game ball to the left region R1a as the first region. Similarly, the second notification effect can also be said to be an effect that prompts the shooting of the game ball to the right side region R2a as the second region. That is, the notification effect can also be said to be an effect of recommending a region for launching game balls. In the present embodiment, the display control CPU 42a realizes the function of notification effect control means.

The display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the image at the time of returning to the execution of the special game is displayed when the control information designating the return to the execution of the special game is input. For example, the image at the time of returning to the execution of the special game may be an image including characters (character information) "under restoration". In addition, for example, the image at the time of returning to the execution of the special game may be an image including characters (character information) "Please continue playing the game". In addition, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the hitting to the right notification effect is executed when the hitting to the right notification command is input. By the way, after inputting the control information designating return to the execution of the special game, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device so that when the effect game end command is input, the effect symbols at the time of return are fixed and stopped. 25.

The display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the image at the time of returning to the occurrence of the big win game is displayed when the control information designating the return to the occurrence of the big win game is input. For example, the image at the time of returning to the occurrence of the jackpot game is an image that includes the characters (character information) "the jackpot game is occurring" and the characters (character information) "please shoot the game ball". may be Further, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the right-handed notification effect is executed when the control information designating the return to the occurrence of the jackpot game is input.

By the way, when the control information specifying the return to the occurrence of the jackpot game is input, and then the round effect specification command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the round effect is executed. . Further, when an ending effect designation command is input after inputting control information designating return to the occurrence of the jackpot game, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the ending effect is executed. . Further, after inputting the control information designating the return to the occurrence of the jackpot game, if the second standby demonstration designating command is input without inputting the ending designating command, the effect pattern at the time of returning is temporarily stopped and displayed. The effect display device 25 is controlled as follows. It should be noted that "when the second standby demo designation command is input without inputting the ending designation command after inputting the control information designating return to the occurrence of the jackpot game" means that the power supply is interrupted during the ending period. This corresponds to the case where the power supply is restarted after being cut off.

In addition, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that execution of the effect game is started when the effect game start command is input. Specifically, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so as to start the variable display of the effect symbols and start the execution of the effect game. In this embodiment, the "control to execute the effect game" performed by the display control CPU 42a corresponds to the conditional effect execution process. Further, the "control to execute the effect game" in this embodiment corresponds to the first condition effect execution process.

In addition, when the display control CPU 42a receives the performance design designation command, it stores the performance design designated by the performance design designation command in the display control RAM 42c. After that, when the performance game end command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the performance display device 25 so that the performance pattern (symbol combination of performance symbols) designated by the performance pattern designation command is fixed and stopped.

Further, when an opening effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the opening effect is executed. Further, when the round effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the round effect is executed. Similarly, when an ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the ending effect is executed.

Further, as shown in FIG. 8(c), the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the magnetic error effect is executed when the magnetic error designation command is input. When the magnetic error effect is executed in the effect display device 25, the effect display device 25 displays the characters (character information) "Magnetic error" and the characters (character information) "Please call the staff". , the occurrence of a magnetic error is reported. For example, when a magnetic error designation command is input while the effect game is being executed on the effect display device 25, the display control CPU 42a stops the execution of the effect game and displays effect so that the magnetic error effect is executed. Control the device 25 . In addition, when the magnetic error designation command is input during the big hit game, the display control CPU 42a stops the execution of the effect (for example, the ending effect) related to the big win game, and the effect display device so that the magnetic error effect is executed. 25. Similarly, when a magnetic error specifying command is input during execution of the customer waiting effect, the display control CPU 42a stops executing the customer waiting effect and controls the effect display device 25 so that the magnetic error effect is executed. . Further, when a magnetic error designation command is input during execution of the full error effect or the door open error effect, the display control CPU 42a stops the execution of the full error effect or the door open error effect being executed, and the magnetic error effect is stopped. The effect display device 25 is controlled so as to be executed.

Further, as shown in FIG. 8(d), the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the radio wave error effect is executed when the radio wave error specifying command is input. When the radio wave error effect is executed in the effect display device 25, the effect display device 25 displays characters (character information) of "radio wave error" and characters (character information) of "please call a staff". , the occurrence of a radio wave error is reported. For example, when a radio wave error designation command is input while the effect game is being executed on the effect display device 25, the display control CPU 42a stops the execution of the effect game and displays effects so that the radio wave error effect is executed. Control the device 25 . Further, for example, when a radio wave error designation command is input during a jackpot game, the display control CPU 42a stops the execution of the effect (for example, ending effect) related to the jackpot game, and directs the radio wave error effect to be executed. It controls the display device 25 . Similarly, for example, when a radio wave error designation command is input during execution of the customer waiting effect, the display control CPU 42a stops executing the customer waiting effect and controls the effect display device 25 so that the radio wave error effect is executed. Control. Further, when a radio wave error specification command is input during execution of a full error effect or a door open error effect, the display control CPU 42a stops executing the full error effect or door open error effect, and the radio wave error effect is stopped. The effect display device 25 is controlled so as to be executed.

As described above, in the present embodiment, when comparing the content of the notification when the occurrence of the magnetic error is notified and the content of the notification when the occurrence of the radio wave error is notified, the "staff member Please call me.” is displayed in common. On the other hand, when comparing the content of the notification when the occurrence of a magnetic error is notified and the content of the notification when the occurrence of a radio wave error is notified, the characters of "magnetic error" (character information ) is displayed, and the text “Radio wave error” (character information) is displayed.

The magnetic error effect and the radio wave error effect in the present embodiment correspond to effects for notifying the occurrence of a specific error, and correspond to effects based on detection of a specific error (effects based on establishment of the second condition). The "control for executing an effect for reporting the occurrence of a specific error" performed by the display control CPU 42a corresponds to the second condition effect execution process.

Further, as shown in FIG. 8(e), when the display control CPU 42a inputs a full error specifying command, it controls the effect display device 25 so that a full error effect in which a full error image ME is displayed is executed. . In addition, when the full error stop specifying command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the full error image ME displayed on the effect display device 25 is hidden and the full error effect ends. Control.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 8(f), when the display control CPU 42a inputs a door open error designation command, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the door open error effect in which the door open error image TE is displayed is executed. to control. In addition, when the door open error stop designating command is input, the display control CPU 42a displays an effect so that the door open error image TE displayed on the effect display device 25 is not displayed and the door open error effect ends. Control the device 25 .

Here, the standby state in this embodiment will be described.
The standby state includes a first standby state and a second standby state. In the first standby state, an effect pattern is displayed on the effect display device 25. - 特許庁On the other hand, in the second standby state, no effect pattern is displayed on the effect display device 25, and the customer waiting effect is executed. The first standby state includes a first early standby state and a first late standby state. In the first early standby state, the effect symbol is fixed and stopped on the effect display device 25.例文帳に追加On the other hand, in the first late standby state, the performance symbols are temporarily stopped and displayed on the performance display device 25 .

In the present embodiment, after the end of the first early standby state, the first late standby state is entered. If the background music is output from the speaker 18 before entering the first standby state, the background music continues to be output from the speaker 18 and is maintained even when the first standby state is entered. . On the other hand, if the background music is being output from the speaker 18 in the first early standby state before entering the first late standby state, when the first late standby state is entered after the end of the first early standby state, the speaker 18 Background music will not be output. It should be noted that the background music may be output from the speaker 18 when entering the first late standby state. For example, when the first late standby state is entered after the first early standby state ends, the speaker 18 It may be configured such that the volume of the background music output from is reduced (suppressed).

Further, in the present embodiment, after the end of the first late standby state, the second standby state is entered. Further, in the present embodiment, after the second standby state ends, the first late standby state is entered. That is, when the first early standby state is entered, the first late standby state and the second standby state are repeated thereafter. Thus, in the present embodiment, the second standby state is started after the first standby state ends. In addition, in the present embodiment, after the first early standby state corresponding to the first standby state of the early period ends, the first late standby state corresponding to the first standby state of the late period is started.

Further, in the present embodiment, the time for the first late standby state and the time for the second standby state are determined in advance. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, although the shortest time (lower limit time) is predetermined for the first standby state, the time may be longer than the shortest time. Concretely, in this embodiment, when the game ball is detected by the out-sensor OS in the first early standby state, the first early standby state continues. On the other hand, in this embodiment, when it is in the first early standby state, the process ends when the shortest time has passed without the game ball being detected by the out-sensor OS. Thus, in this embodiment, when a game ball is detected by the out-sensor OS during the first early standby state, the period until the first late standby state ends is extended. As a result, in the present embodiment, when the game ball is detected by the out-sensor OS while in the first early standby state, the period until the first standby state ends is extended. Incidentally, after entering the first late standby state, even if the game ball is detected by the out-sensor OS, it does not enter the first early standby state (does not return to the first early standby state). Similarly, after entering the second standby state, even if the game ball is detected by the out-sensor OS, it does not enter the first early standby state (does not return to the first early standby state).

Here, the transition of the standby state will be described with reference to FIGS. 9(a) to 9(g).
As shown in FIG. 9(a), during the execution of the special game, the performance symbols are variably displayed on the performance display device 25. FIG. Then, as shown in FIG. 9(b), when the special game ends, the effect display device 25 stops and confirms the symbol combination of the effect symbols. Further, after the variable interval time has passed since the end of the special game, the first early standby state is entered.

Until the fluctuation interval time elapses, the pattern combination by the performance pattern is fixed and stopped displayed on the performance display device 25, and after that, the pattern combination by the performance pattern is displayed on the performance display device 25 even after the first early standby state. Fixed stop display continues. As described above, in the present embodiment, if the background music is output from the speaker 18 before entering the first standby state, the background music will be output to the speaker 18 even if the first standby state is entered. continue to be output from and maintained. Thus, in the present embodiment, when the first previous standby state corresponding to the first standby state of the previous term, the production execution state (for example, the display mode of the production pattern, background music output from the speaker 18) is maintained.

Then, as shown in FIG. 9(c), during the variable interval time and in the first early standby state, the symbol combination of the effect symbols is fixed and stopped displayed on the effect display device 25. FIG. Further, after the end of the first early standby state, the first late standby state is entered. As shown in FIG. 9(d), in the first late standby state, the effect display device 25 temporarily stops and displays the symbol combination of the effect symbols.

When it is in the first early standby state, the pattern combination by the performance symbols is fixed and stopped displayed on the performance display device 25, whereas in the first late standby state corresponding to the first standby state of the late stage, the performance is displayed. In the device 25, the pattern combination by the production pattern is temporarily stopped and displayed. Further, as described above, in the present embodiment, when the background music is being output from the speaker 18 in the first early standby state before entering the first late standby state, after the end of the first early standby state, the first In the second stage standby state, the background music is no longer output from the speaker 18 . Thus, in the present embodiment, when the first late standby state corresponding to the first standby state of the late period after the end of the first early standby state corresponding to the first standby state of the early period, the production execution state (for example, The display mode of the effect pattern and the presence/absence of background music output from the speaker 18) are switched.

Further, after the end of the first late standby state, the second standby state is entered. As shown in FIG. 9(e), in the second standby state, the effect display device 25 executes a customer waiting effect. After the second standby state ends, the first late standby state is entered. Furthermore, after the end of the first late standby state, the second standby state is entered. Then, as shown in FIG. 9(f), in the first late standby state, the symbol combination of the effect symbols is temporarily displayed on the effect display device 25, and as shown in FIG. 9(g), in the second standby state , a customer waiting effect is executed in the effect display device 25 .

9(a) to 9(g) have been described after the end of the special game. The late standby state and the second standby state are repeated. Specifically, when the execution of the special game is not suspended after the end of the jackpot game, the first early standby state is entered after the lapse of the variable interval time, and then the first late standby state and the second standby state are repeated. .

Next, the customer waiting effect executed in the second standby state will be described.
The customer waiting effect in this embodiment includes a character effect, various alerts, and a logo effect. In the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, in the second standby state, after the character effect is executed, various alerts are executed, and then the logo effect is executed. In this embodiment, the time from the start of the character presentation to the end of the logo presentation corresponds to the second standby state. In addition, the various alerts executed in the second standby state include alerts about goto acts, alerts about hitting the gaming machine, alerts about addiction, alerts about leaving in the car, and playing games under the age of 18. There is a warning about this and a warning about the sale of malicious strategies.

Here, based on FIGS. 10(a) to 10(d) and FIGS. 11(a) to 11(d), display contents of the effect display device 25 in the second standby state will be described.
As shown in FIG. 10(a), in the second standby state, the effect display device 25 executes a character effect. The character production executed in the second standby state is, for example, production of production content introducing a character serving as a motif of the pachinko game machine 10, or production of production content explaining the advance notice production executed in the pachinko game machine 10. There may be.

As shown in FIG. 10(b), after the character effect is finished in the second standby state, the effect display device 25 calls the attention of the goto action. Specifically, the effect display device 25 displays item images TK1 to TK6 indicating items for calling attention. Further, in the effect display device 25, among the item images TK1 to TK6, the item image TK1 corresponding to the call for attention regarding the betrayal is displayed larger than the other item images TK2 to TK6. Then, the effect display device 25 displays a warning image GT1, and a warning regarding the act of fraud is executed. The alert image GT1 is "Goto act is a crime". ] is an image containing characters (character information). In other words, the content of the alert regarding the silly act in the second standby state is, ``The silly act is a crime. ] (character information) is displayed. As described above, in the effect display device 25 of the present embodiment, when in the standby state, attention is drawn to the action.

As shown in FIG. 10(c), in the second standby state, after the end of the call for attention regarding the goto action, the effect display device 25 executes the call for attention regarding hitting the gaming machine. Specifically, the effect display device 25 displays item images TK1 to TK6. In the effect display device 25, among the item images TK1 to TK6, the item image TK2 corresponding to calling attention to hitting the game machine is displayed larger than the other item images TK1, TK3 to TK6. Then, the effect display device 25 displays a warning image GT2, and a warning regarding hitting the gaming machine is executed. The alert image GT2 is ``Please treat the table ``gently and carefully''. ] is an image containing characters (character information). In other words, the content of the alert regarding hitting the gaming machine in the second standby state is ``Please treat the machine ``gently and carefully''. ] (character information) is displayed. Thus, in the effect display device 25 of the present embodiment, when in the standby state, attention is drawn to hitting the gaming machine.

As shown in FIG. 10(d), after the end of the call for attention regarding hitting the gaming machine in the second standby state, the effect display device 25 executes the call for attention regarding immersion. Specifically, the effect display device 25 displays item images TK1 to TK6. Further, in the effect display device 25, among the item images TK1 to TK6, the item image TK3 corresponding to the call for attention regarding immersion is displayed larger than the other item images TK1, TK2, TK4 to TK6. A warning image GT3 is displayed on the effect display device 25, and a warning regarding the immersion is executed. The alert image GT3 is "Pachinko/Pachislot is a game that can be enjoyed moderately. ] (character information) and ``Let's be careful not to get absorbed. ] (character information). In other words, the content of the alert regarding addiction in the second standby state is, "Pachinko/pachislot is a game that can be enjoyed moderately." ] (character information) is displayed. Also, the content of the alert regarding immersion in the second standby state is "Be careful of immersion. ] (character information) is displayed. As described above, in the effect display device 25 of the present embodiment, when in the standby state, attention is drawn to the immersion. In the present embodiment, the attention-calling related to immersion in which the attention-calling image GT3 is displayed corresponds to the second attention-calling. In this embodiment, "Pachinko/Pachislot is a game that can be enjoyed moderately. ” (character information) corresponds to the first character information, and “Be careful not to get addicted. ] (character information) corresponds to the second character information.

As shown in FIG. 11(a), after the end of calling attention to the immersion in the second standby state, the effect display device 25 calls attention to leaving in the car. Specifically, the effect display device 25 displays item images TK1 to TK6. Among the item images TK1 to TK6, the item image TK4, which calls attention to leaving the vehicle in the car, is displayed on the effect display device 25 larger than the other item images TK1 to TK3, TK5, and TK6. Then, a warning image GT4 is displayed on the effect display device 25, and a warning regarding leaving in the car is executed. The warning image GT4 is "Leaving in the car is 'child abuse'." ] is an image containing characters (character information). In other words, the content of the alert regarding leaving in the car in the second standby state is, "Leaving in the car is 'child abuse.' ] (character information) is displayed. As described above, in the effect display device 25 of the present embodiment, when in the standby state, attention is called regarding leaving in the car.

As shown in FIG. 11(b), after the end of calling attention to leaving in the car in the second standby state, the effect display device 25 calls attention to playing a game under the age of 18. As shown in FIG. Specifically, the effect display device 25 displays item images TK1 to TK6. Further, in the effect display device 25, among the item images TK1 to TK6, the item image TK5 corresponding to calling attention to playing a game under the age of 18 is displayed larger than the other item images TK1 to TK4, TK6. be. A warning image GT5 is displayed on the effect display device 25, and a warning regarding playing a game under the age of 18 is executed. The alert image GT5 is "Pachinko/Pachislot after turning '18'." ] is an image containing characters (character information). That is, the content of the alert regarding playing games under the age of 18 in the second standby state is "Pachinko/Pachislot after turning '18'." ] (character information) is displayed. Thus, in the effect display device 25 of the present embodiment, when it is in the standby state, a warning regarding playing a game under the age of 18 is executed.

As shown in FIG. 11(c), after the end of the call for attention regarding playing games under the age of 18 in the second standby state, the effect display device 25 executes a call for attention regarding the sale of malicious strategies. Specifically, the effect display device 25 displays item images TK1 to TK6. In the effect display device 25, among the item images TK1 to TK6, the item image TK6 corresponding to the call for attention regarding the sale of malicious strategies is displayed larger than the other item images TK1 to TK5. Then, a warning image GT6 is displayed on the effect display device 25, and a warning regarding the sale of malicious strategies is executed. The alert image GT6 is "Beware of 'sweet temptation'. ] is an image containing characters (character information). In other words, the content of the alert regarding the sale of malicious strategies in the second standby state is, "Beware of 'sweet temptations'. ] (character information) is displayed. As described above, the effect display device 25 in the present embodiment calls attention to the sale of malicious strategies when in the standby state.

As shown in FIG. 11(d), in the second standby state, the effect display device 25 executes a logo effect after the end of calling attention to the sale of malicious strategies. Further, the logo effect executed in the second standby state may be, for example, an effect of displaying the logo mark of the company that manufactured the gaming machine, or an effect of displaying the motto of the company that manufactured the gaming machine.

In this embodiment, the same customer waiting effect is executed regardless of the gaming state in the second waiting state. Therefore, when it is in the low probability low base state, when it is in the high probability low base state, when it is in the low probability high base state, and when it is in the high probability high base state, call attention to immersion in the standby state are the same. In other words, the content of the alert regarding immersion in the standby state in the low base state is the same as the content of the alert regarding immersion in the standby state in the high probability base state. As described above, in the present embodiment, the content of the alert regarding immersion in the standby state in the first game state is the same as the content of the alert regarding immersion in the standby state in the second game state. That is, in the present embodiment, even if the state when the predetermined condition is satisfied is different, the content of the alert regarding the immersion is the same. It should be noted that the "predetermined condition" in the present embodiment is a condition for executing an attention call regarding immersion. is executed.

Here, control related to the standby state will be described.
First, the control related to the standby state performed by the central control CPU 41a will be described.
When receiving the standby command, the overall control CPU 41a stores the first standby demonstration designation command in the output buffer. The first standby demonstration designation command corresponds to control information designating the first preceding standby state. Further, when the standby command is input while the background music is being output from the speaker 18, the overall control CPU 41a causes the background music being output to continue to be output from the speaker 18. FIG. Also, the overall control CPU 41a counts the shortest time to enter the first preliminary standby state after storing the first standby demonstration designation command in the output buffer. At this time, every time the out command is input, the overall control CPU 41a counts the shortest time for the first early standby state again.

Then, when the shortest time for the first early standby state has been measured (when the shortest time for the first early standby state has passed), the overall control CPU 41a outputs the second standby demonstration designation command to the output buffer. store in The second standby demonstration designation command corresponds to control information designating the first late standby state. In addition, when the shortest time for the first standby state is completed while the background music is being output from the speaker 18, the overall control CPU 41a stops outputting the background music. Also, the overall control CPU 41a counts the time to enter the first late standby state after storing the second standby demonstration designation command in the output buffer. Incidentally, even if the out command is input while the time for the first late standby state is being counted, the overall control CPU 41a does not count the time for the first late standby state again.

Also, when the time for the first late standby state has been measured (when the time for the first late standby state has elapsed), the overall control CPU 41a stores the customer waiting demonstration designation command in the output buffer. The customer waiting demonstration designation command corresponds to control information designating the second waiting state. Further, the overall control CPU 41a counts the time to enter the second standby state after storing the customer waiting demonstration designation command in the output buffer. Incidentally, even if the out command is input while the time for the second standby state is being measured, the overall control CPU 41a does not count the time for the second standby state again. Further, when the time for the second standby state has been measured, the overall control CPU 41a stores the second standby demonstration designation command in the output buffer, and measures the time for the first late standby state.

Next, the control related to the standby state performed by the display control CPU 42a will be described.
The display control CPU 42a controls the performance display device 25 so that, when the first standby demonstration designation command is input, the performance symbols (symbol combination of the performance symbols) which are fixed and stopped are displayed continuously. When the second standby demonstration designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the performance display device 25 so that the performance symbols (symbol combination of performance symbols) which are fixed and displayed are temporarily stopped and displayed.

Further, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the customer waiting effect is executed when the customer waiting demo specification command is input. Specifically, after the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the character effect is executed, the effect display device 25 causes the effect display device 25 to display the attention-calling image GT1 so as to call attention to the goto act. , and then the effect display device 25 is controlled so as to display a caution image GT2 to draw attention to hitting the game machine. After that, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so as to display the caution image GT3 to call attention to the immersion. In the present embodiment, the “control to display the attention-calling image GT3 to call attention to immersion” performed by the display control CPU 42a corresponds to the second attention-calling execution process.

Further, after the second attention calling execution process, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so as to display the attention calling image GT4 to call attention to leaving in the car, and thereafter, the attention calling image GT5. is displayed, and the performance display device 25 is controlled so as to call attention to playing a game under the age of 18. Furthermore, after that, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so as to display the caution image GT6 to call attention to the sale of malicious strategies, and then causes the logo effect to be executed. It controls the display device 25 . As described above, in the present embodiment, after the customer waiting demonstration designation command is generated, the effect display device 25 calls attention to the immersion.

Incidentally, when the execution of the special game is suspended in the standby state (that is, when the game ball enters the first start port 26 or the second start port 27), the special game is executed and An effect game is executed on the effect display device 25 . Therefore, when the second waiting state, that is, when the customer waiting effect is being executed on the effect display device 25, the execution of the special game is suspended, the second waiting state is interrupted and the customer waits. Execution of the waiting effect is finished, and the effect game is executed. Therefore, in the present embodiment, when a game ball enters the first start port 26 or the second start port 27 when a game ball enters the first start port 26 or the second start port 27 while the standby state is being executed, the attention regarding the immersion is executed. ends. Here, an example of calling attention to immersion is given, but not limited to calling attention to immersion, when the attention is being executed in the standby state, the game ball enters the first start port 26 or the second start port 27 A ball terminates a running alert. In the pachinko game machine 10 of the present embodiment, even when any effect (for example, character effect) is being executed in the effect display device 25 when in the standby state, the first start port 26 or the second When the game ball enters the starting hole 27, the effect display device 25 executes a production game based on the special game that is executed when the ball enters.

Even if the execution of the normal game is suspended in the second standby state, the effect display device 25 continues to execute the customer waiting effect. That is, in the present embodiment, even if a game ball enters the gate 31 when a game ball enters the gate 31 in the case where attention is being drawn for immersion in the standby state, the effect display device 25 continues to call attention for immersion. .

In the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when a jackpot game is occurring, there is a case where a call for attention regarding immersion is executed. The effect display device 25 calls attention to the immersion when the jackpot game is being generated. As described above, in the effect display device 25 in the present embodiment, when the jackpot game is being generated, a call for attention regarding immersion is executed.

In this embodiment, in the ending period corresponding to the specific period in the period in which the big win game is generated, there is a case where a warning regarding immersion is executed. That is, when the attention regarding immersion is executed in the ending period, the effect display device 25 executes the attention regarding immersion in addition to the ending effect.

In addition, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when a jackpot game is occurring, there is a case where an alert (specific alert) regarding an event different from immersion is executed. In this embodiment, the alert regarding an event different from immersion is the alert regarding return of the storage medium. The effect display device 25 calls attention to the return of the storage medium when the jackpot game is being played. As described above, in the effect display device 25 of the present embodiment, when a jackpot game is being played, a warning regarding the return of the storage medium is executed.

In this embodiment, in the ending period corresponding to a specific period in the period in which the big win game is generated, there is a case where a warning regarding the return of the storage medium is executed. That is, when the attention regarding the return of the storage medium is executed during the ending period, the effect display device 25 executes the attention regarding the return of the storage medium in addition to the ending effect.

As shown in FIG. 12(a), when the jackpot game is being played, the effect display device 25 displays a warning image GTa to draw attention to the immersion. The warning image GTa is "Pachinko/Pachislot is a game that can be enjoyed moderately. ] (character information) and ``Let's be careful not to get absorbed. ] (character information). In other words, the content of the alert regarding addiction when a jackpot game is occurring is "Pachinko/Pachislot is a game that can be enjoyed moderately." ] (character information) is displayed. In addition, the content of the warning regarding addiction when a jackpot game is occurring is "Be careful of addiction." ] (character information) is displayed. In the present embodiment, the alert regarding immersion in which the alert image GTa is displayed corresponds to the first alert.

Further, when the jackpot game is being generated, the effect display device 25 displays the attention calling image GTb, and calls attention regarding the return of the storage medium. The warning image GTb is "Please be careful not to forget to take your prepaid card. ] is an image containing characters (character information). In other words, the warning regarding the return of the storage medium when a jackpot game is occurring is "Please be careful not to forget to take the prepaid card. ] (character information) is displayed.

By the way, as shown in FIG. 12(b), in the ending period of the jackpot game, when the attention regarding the immersion and the attention regarding the return of the storage medium are not executed, the attention images GTa and GTb are displayed on the effect display device 25. not. An ending effect is also executed in the areas where the caution images GTa and GTb are displayed.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 12(a) and 12(b), when a jackpot game is being played, a right hitting notification image RG is displayed on the effect display device 25, and a right hitting notification effect is executed. That is, in the present embodiment, when attention is called for immersion during the jackpot game, the effect display device 25 executes a right-handed notification effect in addition to the attention for immersion.

In the pachinko gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, whether or not to call attention to immersion is different depending on the game state when the jackpot is won in the jackpot lottery. Similarly, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, whether or not to call attention to the return of the storage medium is different depending on the gaming state when the jackpot is won.

As shown in FIG. 13, when the game state when the jackpot is won (in FIG. 13, indicated as "game state at the time of the jackpot") is a "low probability low base state", when the jackpot game is generated A warning about being absorbed in is executed (shown as "present" in FIG. 13). Further, when the game state at the time of winning the big win is the "low-probability low base state", a warning regarding the return of the storage medium is executed when the big win game is occurring.

When the game state at the time of winning the big win is the ``high-probability-low-base state'', a call for attention regarding the immersion is executed when the big win game is occurring. In addition, when the game state when the big win is won is the ``high-probability-low base state'', a warning regarding the return of the storage medium is executed when the big win game is being played.

When the game state when the big win is won is the ``low probability/low base state'' or when the game condition when the big win is won is the ``high probability/low base state'', the production is performed. A warning image GTa is displayed on the display device 25 . In other words, when the game state at the time of winning the big win is the "low-probability low base state", the content of the alert regarding the immersion executed when the big win game is occurring is the gaming state at the time of winning the big win. It is the same as the contents of the call for attention regarding immersion executed when the jackpot game is occurring when is in the "high-probability-low base state".

In addition, when the game state when the big win is won is the ``low-probability base state'', the call for attention regarding the immersion is not executed when the big win game is occurring (indicated as ``None'' in FIG. 13). Further, when the game state at the time of winning the big win is the ``low probability high base state'', the attention regarding the return of the storage medium is not executed when the big win game is occurring.

When the game state when the big win is won is the ``high-probability/high-base state'', the call for attention regarding the immersion is not executed when the big win game is occurring. Further, when the game state at the time of winning the big win is the "high-probability/high-base state", the attention regarding the return of the storage medium is not executed when the big win game is being played.

As described above, in the present embodiment, when the game state is the low base state when the big win is won in the big win lottery, the attention about the addiction is called during the occurrence of the big win game. On the other hand, when the game state when the big win is won in the big win lottery is the high base state, the call for attention regarding the addiction is not executed during the occurrence of the big win game. In this embodiment, the case where the game state is the low base state when the jackpot is won corresponds to the case where the specific condition is satisfied. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the case where the game state is the high base state when the jackpot is won corresponds to the case where the specific condition is not satisfied. Incidentally, as described above, in the present embodiment, the length of the ending period when the game state is the low base state when the big win is won is determined when the game state is the high base state when the big win is won. different from the length of the ending period. Therefore, in this embodiment, it can be seen that the length of the ending period as the specific period differs between when the specific condition is satisfied and when the specific condition is not satisfied.

In the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the type of jackpot is not involved in whether or not to call attention to immersion when a jackpot game is being played. Therefore, for example, regardless of whether the type of the jackpot is the first variable-probability jackpot or the first non-probability-variable jackpot, if the game state at the time of winning the jackpot is in the low base state, the player will be absorbed in the game when the jackpot game is occurring. The alert regarding is executed. On the other hand, for example, regardless of whether the type of the jackpot is the first probability variable jackpot or the first non-probability variable jackpot, if the game state at the time of winning the jackpot is a high base state, the player is absorbed when the jackpot game is occurring. The alert for is not executed.

Similarly, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the type of jackpot is irrelevant to whether or not to call attention to the return of the storage medium when a jackpot game is being played. Therefore, for example, regardless of whether the type of the jackpot is the first variable-probability jackpot or the first non-variable-probability jackpot, if the game state when the jackpot is won is the low base state, the memory is stored when the jackpot game is occurring. A reminder regarding the return of the media is executed. On the other hand, for example, regardless of whether the type of the jackpot is the first probability variable jackpot or the first non-probability variable jackpot, if the game state at the time of winning the jackpot is a high base state, the memory is stored when the jackpot game is occurring. Reminders regarding the return of media are not performed.

In addition, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, regardless of the type of jackpot, when a warning regarding immersion is executed during the occurrence of a jackpot game, the effect display device 25 displays a warning image GTa. is displayed, and a warning about the immersion is executed. Therefore, in this embodiment, regardless of whether the type of the jackpot is the first jackpot (for example, the first variable jackpot) or the second jackpot (for example, the first variable jackpot), when the jackpot game is occurring. The content of the alert regarding the immersion is the same when the alert regarding the immersion is executed.

In addition, in the pachinko game machine 10 of the present embodiment, even if the game state when winning the big win is either the "low-probability low base state" or the "high-probability low base state", the player becomes absorbed in the occurrence of the big win game. When the attention regarding is executed, the effect display device 25 displays the attention calling image GTa, and the attention regarding the immersion is executed. Therefore, in the present embodiment, regardless of whether the game state when the big win is won is the "low-probability low base state" or the "high-probability low base state", attention should be paid to immersion when the big win game is occurring. When the alert is executed, the content of the alert regarding the immersion is the same.

Hereinafter, description will be made on the control for calling attention to immersion when a big win game is occurring and the control for calling attention to returning a storage medium when a big win game is occurring.

When the ending command is input, the overall control CPU 41a, when the game state when the jackpot is won is the low base state (low-probability-low base state or high-probability-low base state), selects the first ending effect specifying command. Stores the ending effect specification command in the output buffer.

Then, when the first ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the ending effect is executed. Further, when the first ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so as to display the attention-calling image GTa, that is, to execute attention-calling regarding immersion. . In the present embodiment, the "control to display the attention-calling image GTa to call attention to immersion" performed by the display control CPU 42a corresponds to the first attention-calling execution process.

Further, when the first ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the attention-calling image GTb is displayed, that is, the attention-calling regarding the return of the storage medium is executed. to control. In this way, the first ending effect specifying command is control information for instructing execution of the ending effect, and is also used as control information for instructing execution of alerting regarding immersion. Further, the first ending effect specifying command is control information for instructing the execution of the ending effect, and is also used as control information for instructing the execution of calling attention regarding the return of the storage medium.

On the other hand, when an ending command is input, the overall control CPU 41a, when the gaming state when the jackpot is won is a high base state (low-probability-high base state or high-probability-high base state), A command specifying a second ending effect is stored in the output buffer.

Then, when the second ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the ending effect is executed. Incidentally, when the second ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a does not control the effect display device 25 so as to display the caution image GTa and the caution image GTb. In other words, the effect display device 25 does not call attention to the immersion or to return the storage medium. In this embodiment, the effect display device 25 corresponds to the effect execution means, and the display control CPU 42a realizes the function as the effect control means.

Here, a description will be given of calling attention to immersion when a jackpot game is occurring and calling attention to immersion in a standby state.
FIG. 14(a) shows the display contents of the effect display device 25 when a call for attention regarding immersion is executed while the jackpot game is occurring. Further, FIG. 14(b) shows the display contents of the effect display device 25 in the case where a call for attention regarding immersion is executed in the standby state.

When the jackpot game is being generated, the attention calling image GTa is displayed on the performance display device 25, and the attention regarding the immersion is executed. On the other hand, when it is in the standby state, the attention calling image GT3 is displayed on the effect display device 25 to call attention to the immersion.

The alert image GTa and the alert image GT3 are both "Pachinko/Pachislot is moderately enjoyable play." ] (character information) and ``Let's be careful not to get absorbed. ] (character information). In other words, the content of the alert regarding addiction when the jackpot game is occurring and the content of the alert regarding addiction when in the standby state are both "pachinko/pachislot are moderately enjoyable games." ] (character information) is displayed. In addition, the content of the alert regarding addiction when the jackpot game is occurring and the content of the alert regarding addiction when in the standby state are both "Let's be careful of addiction." ] (character information) is displayed. In this way, the content of the alert regarding immersion when the jackpot game is occurring is the same as the content of the alert regarding immersion during the standby state. In other words, the content of the alert regarding immersion in the standby state is the same as the content of the alert regarding immersion when the jackpot game is occurring.

Also, when a warning about addiction is executed, "Pachinko/Pachislot is a game that can be enjoyed moderately. ] or the attention image GT3 including characters (character information) is displayed on the effect display device 25 . “Pachinko and pachislot are moderately enjoyable games. ] are the characters (character information) "Pachinko" indicating a pachinko machine in which games are played using game balls, and "Pachislot" indicating a slot machine in which games are played using medals. Characters (character information) and are included. In other words, “Pachinko and pachislot are moderately enjoyable games. ] (character information) includes a warning about devotion to the game on the pachinko game machine and a warning about devotion to the game on the slot machine. That is, in the present embodiment, the content of the alert regarding addiction includes, in addition to alerting regarding addiction to games in a pachinko gaming machine (a gaming machine in which a game is played using the first game medium), a slot machine ( (gaming machine in which the game is played using the second game medium).

As shown in FIG. 15, the game hall includes, for example, a pachinko game machine in which games are played using game balls, and a slot machine (rotary-type game machine) in which games are played using medals. There is a playground installed. As described above, some game halls are equipped with gaming machines that play games using different game media. In such amusement arcades, one player may play a game with a pachinko game machine, or may play a game with a slot machine before or after that.

Therefore, in the pachinko gaming machine 10, in addition to calling attention to addiction to games in pachinko gaming machines in which games are played using game balls, attention is also given to addiction to games in slot machines in which games are played using medals. It is possible to effectively call the attention of the addiction by executing the attention of the addiction with the content including the attention.

In addition, “Pachinko and pachislot are moderately enjoyable games. ], the characters (character information) of "Pachinko/Pachislot" can also be said to be characters (character information) indicating gaming machines in general. “Pachinko and pachislot are games that are enjoyed in moderation. ] is a character (character information) indicating the pachinko gaming machine 10 displaying the attention-calling image GTa or the attention-calling image GT3, that is, the character (character information) indicating the present gaming machine. It can be said. In this case, it can be said that the content of the alert regarding addiction includes the alert regarding addiction to the gaming machine in general in addition to the alert regarding addiction to the game on the gaming machine.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the content of the alert regarding immersion when the big win game is occurring is the same as the content of the alert regarding immersion in the standby state. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the mode of calling attention to immersion when a big win game is occurring is different from the mode of calling attention to immersion in the standby state.

Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 14A and 14B, the position where the attention calling image GTa is displayed on the effect display device 25 is the position where the attention calling image GT3 is displayed on the effect display device 25. different from Also, the size of the attention calling image GTa displayed on the effect display device 25 is different from the size of the attention calling image GT3 displayed on the effect display device 25 . That is, the display area where the attention-calling image GTa is displayed on the effect display device 25 is different from the display area where the attention-calling image GT3 is displayed on the effect display device 25 .

The typeface of the characters (character information) included in the alert image GTa is different from the typeface of the characters (character information) included in the alert image GT3. In addition, the color (so-called character color) of the characters (character information) included in the alert image GTa is different from the color of the characters (character information) included in the alert image GT3. In addition, the size of the characters (character information) included in the alert image GTa is different from the size of the characters (character information) included in the alert image GT3.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the mode of calling attention to immersion when a big win game is occurring is different from the mode of calling attention to immersion in the standby state. In other words, the mode of calling attention regarding immersion in the standby state is different from the mode of calling attention regarding immersion when the big win game is occurring.

In addition, in the present embodiment, when a jackpot game is generated, attention to immersion is made when the game state when the jackpot is won is "low-probability low base state" or "high-probability low base state", Executes when the ending period is reached. Therefore, in this embodiment, the condition (second predetermined condition) that the gaming state when winning the jackpot is "low-probability low base state" or "high-probability low base state" and the ending period is reached is established. In this case, attention is drawn to the immersion when the jackpot game is occurring. Thus, the second predetermined condition in the present embodiment is established during the occurrence of the jackpot game. Further, in the present embodiment, the predetermined condition (second predetermined condition) that is established when the big win game is occurring includes the predetermined condition that is established based on the gaming state when the big win is won.

On the other hand, the attention regarding immersion in the standby state is executed when the timing for starting execution of the attention regarding immersion among the various types of attention generation executed in the second standby state is reached. Therefore, in the present embodiment, when the condition (first predetermined condition) that the timing for starting the execution of the alert concerning immersion among the various alerts executed in the second standby state is reached is established, the standby state A call for attention regarding immersion when is is executed. As described above, the first predetermined condition in this embodiment is satisfied in the standby state. As described above, the predetermined conditions include a predetermined condition (first predetermined condition) that is established in the standby state and a predetermined condition (second predetermined condition) that is established during the occurrence of the big win game.

In the pachinko game machine 10 of the present embodiment, when a warning regarding immersion is executed when the first predetermined condition is satisfied, the content of the attention is a warning regarding immersion when the second predetermined condition is satisfied. It is the same as the contents of the alert when the alert is executed. On the other hand, in the pachinko game machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the alert regarding immersion is executed when the first predetermined condition is satisfied, the mode of alerting is that when the second predetermined condition is satisfied, the attention regarding immersion is triggered. It differs from the mode of alerting when alerting is executed.

In addition, the calling of attention regarding the immersion when the big win game is being generated ends on the condition that the ending time has passed. That is, the termination condition for calling attention to the immersion when the jackpot game is occurring includes an termination condition that is satisfied when the ending time elapses. On the other hand, the call for attention regarding immersion in the standby state ends on the condition that the timing for ending the execution of the call for attention regarding immersion among the various types of attention performed in the second standby state is reached. That is, the condition for ending the call for attention regarding immersion in the standby state includes an end condition that is met when the execution of the call for attention regarding immersion among the various types of attention that is executed in the second standby state is terminated. Contains conditions. As described above, in the present embodiment, when a warning regarding immersion is triggered by the establishment of the first predetermined condition, the end condition for the warning is to call attention to immersion upon the establishment of the second predetermined condition. includes a termination condition different from the termination condition of the alert when is executed.

By the way, in the present embodiment, as described above, when a game ball enters the first start port 26 or the second start port 27 in the standby state when attention is being drawn for immersion, immersion occurs. The execution of the alert regarding ends. Therefore, in the present embodiment, when the alert regarding the immersion is executed with the establishment of the first predetermined condition as a trigger, the termination condition of the alert is the termination condition that is satisfied when the game ball enters the start hole. is included. However, in this embodiment, even if a game ball enters the first starting port 26 or the second starting port 27 while the big win game is occurring, the special game is executed during the occurrence of the big win game. never. Even if the game ball enters the first start port 26 or the second start port 27 while the jackpot game is occurring and the attention regarding the immersion is being executed, the attention regarding the immersion is made. Arousal execution never ends. That is, in the present embodiment, when the attention is called for the immersion when the second predetermined condition is established, the end condition for the attention is the end condition that is established when the game ball enters the starting hole. is not included.

Further, as described above, the contents of the alert regarding immersion in the standby state are the same as the contents of the alert regarding immersion when the big win game is being generated. Therefore, in the present embodiment, when the attention about immersion is executed when the first predetermined condition is satisfied, the content of the attention is changed to the attention when the second predetermined condition is satisfied. It can be seen that the content of the alert is the same as the content of the alert in the case.

Further, as described above, the mode of calling attention regarding immersion in the standby state is different from the mode of calling attention regarding immersion when a big win game is occurring. Therefore, in the present embodiment, when the attention is called for immersion when the first predetermined condition is met, the attention is called when the second predetermined condition is met. It can be seen that it is different from the mode of alerting in the case.

Next, based on FIG. 16, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the relationship between the scene in which the second end condition is met and the high base state is switched to the low base state, and the execution of calling attention to immersion will be described. do. In addition, in FIG. 16, the second end condition is satisfied by executing the special game 50 times after being controlled to the high base state after the end of the first non-probability variable jackpot game, and the high base state is changed to the low base state. shall be switched to

As shown in FIG. 16, in the high base state, the effect display device 25 executes a right-handed informing effect. Also, assume that a game ball enters the second start hole 27 at timing t11 in the high base state, and execution of the second special game is suspended. It is assumed that this second special game is a special game for winning a jackpot.

Then, at timing t12 before execution of the second special game whose execution is suspended at timing t11, when the 50th special game after the end of the first non-probability variable jackpot game ends, the high base state ends. A condition is met to terminate the high base state and enter the low base state. When the high base state ends and the state becomes a low base state, the right-handed informing performance is finished, and the left-handed informing performance is executed on the performance display device 25.例文帳に追加The left-handed informing effect is executed in the effect display device 25 until the left-handed informing time elapses.

Further, the execution of the second special game suspended at timing t11 in the high base state is started at timing t13 after the second end condition is satisfied and the low base state is reached, and a big win is achieved. shall be elected. In this case, after the end of the second special game started at timing t13, the jackpot game is generated at timing t14. Incidentally, when the jackpot game is being generated, the effect display device 25 executes a right-handed informing effect.

Then, at timing t15 within the ending period (shown as "ED" in FIG. 16) of the jackpot game that occurred at timing t14, the effect display device 25 displays the attention image GTa to execute attention regarding the addiction. be done. At this time, in the effect display device 25, in addition to the attention image GTa, the attention image GTb is displayed to call attention to the return of the storage medium.

In FIG. 16, when the second special game executed at timing t13 is executed "while the left-handed informing effect is being executed", the timing within the ending period of the big win game that occurs at timing t14 It is exemplified that a warning about immersion is executed at t15. However, although not shown, even when the second special game executed at timing t13 is executed "when the left-handed informing effect is not executed", the ending period in the big win game that occurs at timing t14 At timing t15 in the above, a warning regarding the immersion is executed.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the execution of the special game is suspended in the high base state, and the special game is executed after the second end condition is met and the high base state ends and the low base state is entered. In the case of a special game that is played and a big win, attention is drawn to the addiction during the occurrence of the big win game after the end of the special game. That is, in the present embodiment, the execution of the symbol variation game is suspended in the second game state, and the symbol variation game ends in the first game state after the second end condition is satisfied. In the case of a symbol variation game that will be executed later and will result in a big win, a warning regarding immersion is executed during the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the completion of the symbol variation game.

In the present embodiment, the execution of the special game is suspended in the high base state, and the special game is executed after the second end condition is satisfied and the low base state is reached and during the execution of the left-handed notification effect. In addition, when the special game is a big win, the player is alerted to the addiction while the big win game is occurring after the special game is over. That is, in the present embodiment, the execution of the symbol variation game is suspended in the second game state, and the symbol variation game ends in the first game state after the second end condition is satisfied. Later, when the symbol variation game is executed during the execution of the first notification effect and is a big win, a warning regarding immersion is executed during the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the completion of the symbol variation game. be.

Incidentally, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the execution of the special game is suspended in the high base state, the special game is executed in the high base state, and when the special game is a big win, the special game is executed in the high base state. A call for attention regarding immersion is not executed during the occurrence of a big win game occurring after the end of the special game. That is, in the present embodiment, execution of the symbol variation game is suspended in the second gaming state, and when the symbol variation game is executed in the second gaming state and is a symbol variation game that results in a big win, A call for attention regarding immersion is not executed during the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the end of the symbol variation game.

Next, based on FIG. 17, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, a scene in which the second end condition is established and the high base state is switched to the low base state, a normal game and a normal winning game, and attention to immersion and the relationship between the execution of In addition, in FIG. 17, the second end condition is established by executing the special game 50 times after being controlled to the high base state after the end of the first non-probability variable jackpot game, and the high base state is changed to the low base state. shall be switched to

As shown in FIG. 17, in the high base state, the effect display device 25 executes a right-handed informing effect. Also, when a game ball enters the gate 31 in the high base state, execution of the normal game is suspended, and execution of the normal game is started at timing t21. It should be noted that the normal game (hereinafter referred to as "specific normal variation game") started at timing t21 is a normal winning game.

Then, after the execution of the specific normal variation game is started in the high base state, at timing t22 before the end of the specific normal variation game, the 50th time from the end of the first non-probability variable big win game When the special game ends, the end condition for the high base state is established, the high base state ends, and the low base state is entered. When the high base state ends and the state becomes a low base state, the right-handed informing performance is finished, and the left-handed informing performance is executed on the performance display device 25.例文帳に追加The left-handed informing effect is executed in the effect display device 25 until the left-handed informing time elapses.

In addition, after the execution of the specific normal variation game ends at timing t23 after the second end condition is satisfied and the low base state is reached, a normal winning game is generated, and the first variable member of the second start port 27 28 is open. Assume that a game ball enters the second starting port 27 at timing t24 when the first variable member 28 is opened, and execution of the second special game is suspended. It is assumed that the second special game whose execution is suspended at this timing t24 is a special game in which a big win is won.

After that, at timing t25 after timing t24, execution of the special game (the second special game for the big win) whose execution was suspended at timing t24 is started. Then, at timing t26 after the end of the special game whose execution was suspended at timing t24, a jackpot game is generated. At timing t27 within the ending period (shown as "ED" in FIG. 17) of the jackpot game that occurred at timing t26, the effect display device 25 displays a caution image GTa to draw attention to the immersion. . At this time, in the effect display device 25, in addition to the attention image GTa, the attention image GTb is displayed to call attention to the return of the storage medium.

In FIG. 17, when the normal winning game is generated and the first variable member 28 is in the open state, at the timing t24 when "the left-handed notification effect is being executed", to the second start port 27 When the second special game whose execution is suspended due to the entry of a ball becomes a big hit, a warning regarding the addiction is executed during the subsequent occurrence of the big win game. However, when the normal winning game is generated and the first variable member 28 is in the open state, and when "the left-handed notification effect is not executed", the entry of the ball into the second start port 27 is triggered. Even if the second special game whose execution is postponed is a big win, the attention of the addiction is called during the subsequent occurrence of the big win game.

Further, in FIG. 17, when the second special game executed at timing t25 is executed "when the left-handed informing effect is not executed", the timing within the ending period of the big win game occurred at timing t26 It is exemplified that an alert regarding the immersion is executed at t27. However, although not shown, even when the second special game executed at timing t25 is executed "while the left-handed informing effect is being executed", the ending period of the big win game that occurs at timing t26 At timing t27 in the above, a warning regarding the immersion is executed.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the normal game whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the gate 31 in the high base state is regarded as the specific normal variation game, and the specific normal variation game is regarded as the normal winning game. Then, the specific normal variation game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and the second end condition is satisfied while the specific normal variation game is being executed, ending the high base state. After reaching the low base state, the game ball enters the second starting port 27 when the normal winning game is generated after the specific normal variation game is finished after the low base state is reached and the first variable member 28 is opened. When the second special game whose execution is postponed with the entry of a ball becomes a big hit, attention is drawn to the addiction during the occurrence of the big win game after the end of the second special game. That is, in the present embodiment, the normal variation game whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the specific ball entrance in the second gaming state is defined as the specific normal variation game, and the specific normal variation game is the normal hit. In this case, the specific normal variable game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and the second game state is established when the second end condition is satisfied while the specific normal variable game is being executed. is completed to enter the first game state, and after the specific normal variation game is completed after the first game state, a normal winning game is generated and the opening and closing member is opened, the game ball is sent to the second start port. When the second symbol variation game whose execution is suspended due to the entry of the ball becomes a big hit, a warning about immersion is executed during the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the end of the second symbol variation game. .

Further, in the present embodiment, the normal game whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the gate 31 in the high base state is assumed to be the specific normal variation game, and the specific normal variation game is assumed to be the normal hit. Then, the specific normal variable game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and the second end condition is satisfied while the specific normal variable game is being executed, and the high base state ends and the low base state ends. After the base state and the low base state, the normal winning game is generated after the end of the specific normal variation game, and the first variable member 28 is in the open state, and during the execution of the left-handed informing effect. When a second special game whose execution is suspended due to the entry of a game ball into the second start port 27 results in a big win, attention is paid to being absorbed in the big win game occurring after the end of the second special game. Awakening is executed. That is, in the present embodiment, the normal variation game whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the specific ball entrance in the second gaming state is defined as the specific normal variation game, and the specific normal variation game is the normal hit. In this case, the specific normal variable game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and the second game state is established when the second end condition is satisfied while the specific normal variable game is being executed. is completed, the first game state is entered, and after the specific normal variation game is completed after the first game state, a normal winning game is generated and the opening and closing member is opened, and the first notification effect is performed. When the second symbol variation game whose execution is suspended due to the entry of the game ball into the second starting port during the execution results in a big win, the occurrence of the big win game after the end of the second symbol variation game. A warning about getting stuck inside is executed.

Further, in the present embodiment, the normal game whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the gate 31 in the high base state is assumed to be the specific normal variation game, and the specific normal variation game is assumed to be the normal hit. Then, the specific normal game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and after the specific normal variation game is finished before the second end condition is satisfied, the normal winning game is generated and the first variable is generated. A second special game whose execution is suspended when a game ball enters the second starting port 27 when the member 28 is in an open state becomes a big hit, and the second special game is a big win. If it is executed before the second end condition is established, the attention regarding immersion is not executed during the occurrence of the jackpot game occurring after the end of the second special game. That is, in the present embodiment, the normal variation game whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the specific ball entrance in the second gaming state is defined as the specific normal variation game, and the specific normal variation game is the normal hit. Then, the specific normal variation game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and the normal winning game occurs after the specific normal variation game is completed before the second end condition is satisfied. When the opening and closing member is opened and the game ball enters the second starting port, the execution of the second symbol variation game is suspended and the second symbol variation game becomes a big hit. When the variation game is executed before the second end condition is established, the attention regarding the immersion is not executed during the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the end of the second symbol variation game.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 18(a) to 18(e), a case where an error occurs while attention is being drawn for immersion will be described. FIG. 18(a) exemplifies the time when attention is being drawn for immersion when a jackpot game is occurring.

As shown in FIG. 18(a), in the case where a warning regarding immersion is executed in the ending period, when no error occurs (when no error is detected), the effect display device 25 displays a warning image. GTa is displayed, and a warning regarding the immersion is executed. In addition, the effect display device 25 displays a warning image GTb to execute a warning regarding the return of the storage medium. Also, the effect display device 25 executes an ending effect. In addition, the effect display device 25 displays a hitting to right notification image RG, and a hitting to right notification effect is executed.

Then, as shown in FIG. 18B, when a magnetic error is detected (when a magnetic error occurs), the effect display device 25 executes a magnetic error effect. At this time, the ending effect executed before the occurrence of the magnetic error is no longer executed in the effect display device 25. - 特許庁Further, the attention calling image GTa displayed on the performance display device 25 before the occurrence of the magnetic error is not displayed on the performance display device 25, and the attention regarding the immersion ends and is no longer executed. Further, the attention calling image GTb displayed on the performance display device 25 before the occurrence of the magnetic error is not displayed on the performance display device 25, and the attention regarding the return of the storage medium is terminated and is no longer executed. Similarly, the right hitting notification image RG displayed on the effect display device 25 before the occurrence of the magnetic error is not displayed on the effect display device 25, and the right hitting notification effect ends and is no longer executed.

By the way, if a magnetic error is detected while the alert regarding immersion is being executed in the standby state, the magnetic error is detected when the alert regarding immersion is being executed when the jackpot game is occurring. As in the case of detection, the effect display device 25 executes the magnetic error effect, and the call for attention regarding the immersion ends. Further, if a magnetic error is detected while the alert regarding immersion is being executed in the standby state, the magnetic error is detected when the attention regarding immersion is being executed when the jackpot game is occurring. The same magnetic error effect as when an error is detected is executed in the effect display device 25. - 特許庁That is, in the present embodiment, when a magnetic error is detected while a warning regarding immersion is being executed in the standby state, and when a jackpot game is occurring, a warning regarding immersion is executed. In the case where a magnetic error is detected when a magnetic error is detected, the manner of notifying the occurrence of the magnetic error (specific error) is the same.

Further, in the present embodiment, when the magnetic error effect has already been executed in the effect display device 25 in accordance with the detection of the magnetic error, even if the radio wave error is detected thereafter, the magnetic field that has already been notified Error occurrence continues to be reported (magnetic error effect continues to be executed). At this time, in the present embodiment, the effect display device 25 does not newly execute the radio wave error effect.

Further, as shown in FIG. 18(c), when a radio wave error is detected (when a radio wave error occurs), the effect display device 25 executes a radio wave error effect. At this time, the ending effect executed before the occurrence of the radio wave error is no longer executed in the effect display device 25. - 特許庁Further, the attention calling image GTa displayed on the performance display device 25 before the occurrence of the radio wave error is not displayed on the performance display device 25, and the attention regarding the immersion ends and is no longer executed. Further, the attention calling image GTb displayed on the performance display device 25 before the occurrence of the radio wave error is not displayed on the performance display device 25, and the attention regarding the return of the storage medium is terminated and is no longer executed. Similarly, the right hitting notification image RG displayed on the effect display device 25 before the occurrence of the radio wave error is not displayed on the effect display device 25, and the right hitting notification effect ends and is no longer executed.

By the way, if a radio wave error is detected while a warning regarding immersion is being executed in the standby state, a radio wave error is detected when a warning regarding immersion is being executed when a jackpot game is occurring. As in the case of detection, the radio wave error effect is executed in the effect display device 25, and the call for attention regarding the immersion ends. In addition, if a radio wave error is detected while the alert regarding immersion is being executed in the standby state, the radio wave is detected when the alert regarding immersion is being executed when the jackpot game is occurring. The effect display device 25 executes the same radio wave error effect as when an error is detected. That is, in the present embodiment, when a radio wave error is detected while a warning regarding immersion is being executed in the standby state, and when a jackpot game is occurring, a warning regarding immersion is executed. When a radio wave error is detected while the radio wave is on, the mode of notifying the occurrence of the radio wave error (specific error) is the same.

Further, in the present embodiment, when the radio wave error effect has already been executed in the effect display device 25 due to the detection of the radio wave error, even if the magnetic error is detected thereafter, the already notified radio wave Error occurrence continues to be reported (magnetic error effect continues to be executed). At this time, in the present embodiment, the effect display device 25 does not newly execute a magnetic error effect.

Further, as shown in FIG. 18(d), when a full error is detected (when a full error occurs), the effect display device 25 displays a full error image ME and executes a full error effect. Even when a full error occurs, the effect display device 25 continuously executes the ending effect. Further, even when a full error occurs, the effect display device 25 continues to display the attention-calling image GTa, and continues to execute attention-calling regarding immersion. Further, even when a full error occurs, the effect display device 25 continues to display the attention calling image GTb and continues to call attention to the storage medium. Further, even when a full error occurs, the effect display device 25 continues to display the right-handed informing image RG, and the right-handed informing effect continues to be executed.

By the way, if a full error is detected while a warning about immersion is being executed in the standby state, the effect display device 25 continues to display the warning image GT3 to continue to call attention to immersion. , a full error image ME is newly displayed and a full error effect is executed.

Further, as shown in FIG. 18(e), when a door open error is detected (when a door open error occurs), the effect display device 25 displays a door open error image TE, and a door open error effect is displayed. executed. Even when a door opening error occurs, the effect display device 25 continues to execute the ending effect. Further, even when a door opening error occurs, the effect display device 25 continues to display the attention calling image GTa to continue to call attention to the immersion. Further, even when a door opening error occurs, the effect display device 25 continues to display the attention calling image GTb and continues to call attention to the storage medium. Further, even when a door opening error occurs, the effect display device 25 continues to display the right-handed informing image RG, and the right-handed informing effect continues to be executed.

Incidentally, when a door opening error is detected while a warning regarding immersion is being executed in the standby state, the effect display device 25 continues to display the warning image GT3 to execute a warning regarding immersion. Subsequently, the door open error image TE is newly displayed and the door open error presentation is executed.

As described above, in the present embodiment, when a magnetic error or radio wave error is detected while a warning regarding immersion is being executed, the performance display device 25 restricts the execution of the warning regarding immersion and does not detect a magnetic error or radio wave error. The occurrence of a magnetic error or radio wave error is notified. As described above, in the present embodiment, even if any one of the magnetic error and the radio wave error corresponding to the specific error is detected, the effect display device 25 restricts execution of calling attention to the immersion. , the occurrence of a specific error of the type detected is reported.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, when a full error or a door open error is detected while a warning regarding immersion is being executed, the effect display device 25 continues to execute a warning regarding immersion and the detected full error. The occurrence of an error or door open error is reported.

Next, based on FIGS. 19(a) to 19(d), when execution of the special game is not suspended after the end of the jackpot game (first special suspension number=0, second special suspension number=0), A description will be given of the execution of calling attention to the immersion after the end of the jackpot game.

As shown in FIG. 19(a), when the game state when the jackpot is won is the low base state, and the type of the jackpot is the first probability variable jackpot, the first probability variable jackpot game is generated and the A call for attention regarding immersion in the first probability variable jackpot game is executed. When this first probability variable jackpot game is being generated, a warning image GTa is displayed on the effect display device 25, and a warning regarding immersion is executed. Then, when the execution of the special game is not suspended after the end of the first variable probability big win game, the standby state is entered after the end of the big win game. Specifically, when the standby state is entered after the end of the first probability variable jackpot game, the first standby state is entered first, followed by the first late standby state, and then the second standby state. Then, in the second standby state, the effect display device 25 displays the attention image GT3, and the attention about the immersion is executed.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 19(b), when the game state when the big win is won is the high base state and the type of the big win is the first probability variable big win, the first probability variable big win game is generated. However, since the game state when the jackpot is won is the high-base state, the attention regarding the immersion is not executed during the occurrence of the first probability variable jackpot game. Then, when the execution of the special game is not suspended after the end of the first variable probability big win game, the standby state is entered after the end of the big win game. Specifically, when the standby state is entered after the end of the first probability variable jackpot game, the first early standby state is entered first, then the first late standby state is entered, and then the second standby state is entered. Then, in the second standby state, the effect display device 25 displays the attention image GT3, and the attention about the immersion is executed.

As described above, in the present embodiment, when the game state at the time of winning the big win is the low base state, a warning regarding the immersion is executed during the occurrence of the big win game, but the game when the big win is won is executed. When the state is the high base state, the call for attention regarding the immersion is not executed when the jackpot game is occurring. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, regardless of whether the game state at the time of winning the jackpot is either the low-base state or the high-base state, if the standby state is entered after the jackpot game ends, attention should be paid to the immersion in the standby state. Awakening is executed. That is, in the present embodiment, although whether or not to call attention to immersion during the occurrence of the big win depends on the game state when the big win is won, the big win game ends regardless of the game state when the big win is won. In the subsequent standby state, a warning regarding the immersion is executed.

Further, in the present embodiment, even if the game state when the big win is won is either the low-base state or the high-base state, if the game state becomes a standby state after the end of the big win game, attention is drawn to the immersion in the standby state. is executed, the effect display device 25 displays an alert image GT3. That is, in the present embodiment, regardless of whether the game state when the big win is won is the low-base state or the high-base state (even if the game state is different), in the standby state after the big win game is over, When a warning about immersion is executed, the contents of the warning are the same.

As shown in FIG. 19(c), when the game state when the big win is won is the low base state, and the type of the big win is the second probability variable big win, the second probability variable big win game is generated and the A call for attention regarding immersion in the second probability variable jackpot game is executed. When the second probability variable jackpot game is being generated, the attention calling image GTa is displayed on the effect display device 25 to call attention to the immersion. Then, when the execution of the special game is not suspended after the end of the second variable probability big win game, the standby state is entered after the end of the big win game. Specifically, when the standby state is entered after the second variable probability jackpot game is finished, the first standby state is entered first, followed by the first late standby state, and then the second standby state. Then, in the second standby state, the effect display device 25 displays the attention image GT3, and the attention about the immersion is executed.

Further, as shown in FIG. 19(d), when the game state when the big win is won is the low base state, and the type of the big win is the first non-probability variable big win, the first non-probability variable big win game is generated. At the same time, a call for attention regarding immersion in the first non-probability variable jackpot game is executed. When the first non-probability variable jackpot game is being generated, the attention calling image GTa is displayed on the effect display device 25 to call attention to the immersion. Then, when the execution of the special game is not suspended after the end of the first non-probability variable jackpot game, a standby state is entered after the jackpot game is finished. Specifically, when the standby state is entered after the end of the first non-probability variable jackpot game, the first standby state is entered first, followed by the first late standby state, and then the second standby state. Then, in the second standby state, the effect display device 25 displays the attention image GT3, and the attention about the immersion is executed.

As described above, in the present embodiment, regardless of whether the type of the jackpot is the second probability variable jackpot or the first non-probability variable jackpot, when the attention regarding the immersion is executed while the jackpot game is occurring, , the attention-calling image GTa is displayed on the effect display device 25 . That is, in the present embodiment, even if the types of big wins are different, the contents of the attention are the same when the attention for immersion is executed during the occurrence of the big win game.

Further, in the present embodiment, regardless of whether the type of the jackpot is the second probability variable jackpot or the first non-probability variable jackpot, when the standby state is entered after the jackpot game is finished, attention to the immersion in the standby state is executed. be. That is, in the present embodiment, even if the types of big wins are different, when the game enters the standby state after the end of the big win game, attention is drawn to the immersion in the standby state.

Further, in the present embodiment, regardless of whether the type of the jackpot is the second probability variable jackpot or the first non-probability variable jackpot, when the standby state is entered after the jackpot game ends, a call for attention regarding immersion is executed in the standby state. When this is done, the effect display device 25 displays the attention calling image GT3. That is, in the present embodiment, even if the types of jackpots are different, when a warning regarding immersion is executed in the standby state after the jackpot game ends, the contents of the warning are the same.

Next, the execution timing of the effect game when the execution of the special game is suspended when the attention about the immersion is executed in the standby state, and the attention about the immersion when the big win game is occurring. The execution timing of the effect game when execution of the special game is suspended when the special game is executed will be described.

As shown in FIG. 20(a), at timing t31 when attention is drawn to the immersion in the standby state, a game ball enters the starting hole (for example, the second starting hole 27) and the special game is started. is suspended, the execution of the alert regarding immersion is suspended. Further, when the execution of the special game is suspended by entering the game ball into the start hole at the timing t31 when the attention about the immersion is executed in the standby state, the special game whose execution is suspended at the timing t31 Execution of the effect game based on the game is started.

At a stage prior to timing t31, the display control CPU 42a executes control (second attention calling execution process) to display the attention calling image GT3 on the effect display device 25 in the standby state to call attention to immersion. It is done. Then, when execution of the special game is suspended at timing t31, the control (second attention calling execution process) for displaying the attention calling image GT3 on the performance display device 25 to call attention to the immersion is stopped. As a result, the execution of the alert regarding the immersion in which the alert image GT3 is displayed is restricted. Then, the display control CPU 42a performs control (conditional effect execution processing, first conditional effect execution processing) to execute the effect game based on the special game whose execution is suspended after the game ball enters the starting hole. , the effect display device 25 executes the effect game based on the special game whose execution is suspended at the timing t31.

As described above, in the present embodiment, when the alert (second alert) regarding immersion in which the alert image GT3 is displayed is executed, the game ball enters the start hole and the special game is executed. When suspended, the effect game based on the special game whose execution is suspended is executed without delay. Then, at timing t31, the display content of the effect display device 25 changes from the display content in which the attention call image GT3 is displayed in the standby state to call attention to the immersion, and the effect game based on the special game whose execution is suspended. is switched to the display content that is being executed.

Incidentally, if a specific error is detected at timing t31 when attention is called for immersion in the standby state, execution of the attention for immersion is stopped. Then, when a specific error is detected at timing t31 when attention is called for the immersion in the standby state, the occurrence of the specific error is notified at timing t31. For example, when a magnetic error is detected at timing t31, the execution of the attention call regarding the immersion is stopped, and the magnetic error effect (the effect based on the detection of the specific error) that notifies the occurrence of the magnetic error is executed. be.

At a stage prior to timing t31, the display control CPU 42a executes control (second attention calling execution process) to display the attention calling image GT3 on the effect display device 25 in the standby state to call attention to immersion. It is done. Then, when the specific error is detected at timing t31, the control for displaying the attention image GT3 on the effect display device 25 and executing the attention regarding the immersion (second attention calling execution process) is stopped. As a result, the execution of the alert regarding the immersion in which the alert image GT3 is displayed is restricted. Then, the display control CPU 42a performs the control (second condition effect execution process) for executing the effect (effect based on the detection of the specific error) for notifying the occurrence of the specific error, so that the effect display device 25 , and at timing t31, an effect for notifying the occurrence of a specific error is executed.

As described above, in the present embodiment, when a specific error is detected while a warning (second warning) regarding immersion in which the warning image GT3 is displayed is being executed, the occurrence of the specific error is notified. The effect to be executed is executed without delay. Then, at timing t31, the display content of the effect display device 25 changes from the display content in which the caution image GT3 is displayed in the standby state to call attention to the immersion, to the display content informing of the occurrence of a specific error. switch.

As shown in FIG. 20(b), at a timing t41 when attention is being drawn for immersion during the awarding of the jackpot game, a game ball enters the starting port (for example, the second starting port 27) and special When the execution of the game is suspended, the execution of the alert regarding the addiction is not stopped, and the alert regarding the addiction continues to be executed. At this time, the effect display device 25 continues to display the alert image GTa. Then, execution of the effect game (and execution of the special game) based on the special game whose execution was suspended at timing t41 is delayed to timing after timing t41.

Specifically, the effect game based on the special game whose execution has been suspended at timing t41 is executed at timing t42 after the execution of calling attention to immersion during the awarding of the jackpot game is finished. For example, before execution of the special game is suspended at timing t41, if the execution of the special game is not suspended (number of first special suspension = 0, second number of special suspension = 0), after the end of the jackpot game At the timing after the fluctuation interval time has elapsed, execution of the effect game based on the special game whose execution was suspended at timing t41 is started.

In the stage before timing t41, when the big win game is occurring, the attention calling image GTa is displayed on the effect display device 25 to execute the attention calling regarding immersion (first attention calling execution processing) is display control. It is performed by the computer CPU 42a. Then, when the execution of the special game is suspended at timing t41, the display control CPU 42a continues the control of causing the effect display device 25 to display the attention calling image GTa to call attention to the immersion. Furthermore, at the timing (timing t42 in FIG. 20(b)) after the attention calling image GTa is displayed on the effect display device 25 to execute the attention calling regarding the immersion, the game ball enters the start hole. The display control CPU 42a performs control (conditional effect execution processing, first conditional effect execution processing) to execute the effect game based on the special game whose execution is suspended, so that the effect display device 25 at timing t31 Execution of the effect game based on the special game whose execution has been suspended is delayed.

As described above, in the present embodiment, when the alert (first alert) related to immersion in which the alert image GTa is displayed is executed, the game ball enters the start hole and the special game is executed. When suspended, the alert image GTa continues to be displayed, and execution of the effect game based on the suspended special game is delayed. Then, the display contents of the effect display device 25 are not switched at the timing t41, and at the subsequent timing t42, the attention calling image GTa is displayed during the occurrence of the jackpot game, and the display contents for calling attention to the immersion are executed. , the display content is switched to that the effect game based on the suspended special game is being executed.

By the way, when a specific error is detected at timing t41 when attention is called for immersion while a jackpot game is occurring, execution of the attention for immersion is stopped. Then, when a specific error is detected at timing t41 when a call for attention regarding immersion is executed while the jackpot game is occurring, the occurrence of the specific error is reported at timing t41. For example, when a radio wave error is detected at timing t41, the execution of the call for attention regarding immersion is stopped, and a radio wave error effect (a effect based on the detection of a specific error) is executed to notify the occurrence of the radio wave error. be.

In the stage before timing t41, when the big win game is occurring, the attention calling image GTa is displayed on the effect display device 25 to execute the attention calling regarding immersion (first attention calling execution processing) is display control. It is performed by the computer CPU 42a. Then, when the specific error is detected at timing t41, the control for displaying the attention calling image GTa on the effect display device 25 to call attention to the immersion (first attention calling execution process) is stopped. As a result, the execution of the alert regarding the immersion in which the alert image GTa is displayed is restricted. Then, the display control CPU 42a performs the control (second condition effect execution process) for executing the effect (effect based on the detection of the specific error) for notifying the occurrence of the specific error, so that the effect display device 25 , and at timing t41, an effect for notifying the occurrence of a specific error is executed.

As described above, in the present embodiment, when a specific error is detected when a warning (first warning) regarding immersion in which the warning image GTa is displayed is being executed, the occurrence of the specific error is notified. The effect to be executed is executed without delay. Then, at timing t41, the display content of the effect display device 25 changes from the display content in which the caution image GTa is displayed in the standby state to call attention to the immersion, to the display content informing of the occurrence of a specific error. switch.

In the present embodiment, the switching condition is established when a game ball enters the starting hole and execution of the special game is suspended. That is, the case where the switching condition is established means the case where the execution of the special game is suspended due to the game ball entering the starting hole. In this embodiment, the effect game based on the special game corresponds to the effect based on the fulfillment of the switching condition. In addition, in the present embodiment, the first condition is satisfied when a game ball enters the starting hole and execution of the special game is suspended. That is, the case where the first condition is established means the case where the execution of the special game is suspended due to the game ball entering the starting hole. In this embodiment, the effect game based on the special game corresponds to the effect based on the establishment of the first condition. Further, in the present embodiment, the second condition is established by detecting a specific error. That is, in the present embodiment, the case where the second condition is established means the case where a specific error is detected. In the present embodiment, the effect (magnetic error effect, radio wave error effect) for notifying the occurrence of the specific error corresponds to the effect based on the establishment of the second condition.

Further, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the game state when winning the jackpot is the low-probability-low base state or the high-probability-low base state, the length of the ending period in the jackpot game is set to "15 seconds". Become. On the other hand, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the game state when winning the jackpot is the low-probability-high base state or the high-probability-high base state, the length of the ending period in the jackpot game is set to "5 seconds". Become. Thus, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the ending period in the jackpot game when the game state when the jackpot is won is the low-probability base state corresponding to the normal game state is is longer than the ending period in the jackpot game when the game state is a high-probability-high base state corresponding to the special game state. As described above, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, it can be said that the length of the ending period (the length of the specific period) differs according to the gaming state when the jackpot is won.

Then, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the execution of the special game is not suspended when the jackpot game ends, the standby state is entered, and after the first early standby state, the first late standby state. After that, the second standby state is reached, and attention regarding the immersion is executed. Therefore, assuming that the period of the first preliminary standby state is not extended, when the ending period of the jackpot game is long, the execution of the special game is suspended after the jackpot game ends, compared to when the ending period is short. When it is not done, after the final round game in the jackpot game (fourth round game if it is the first probability variable jackpot game) is completed, it will be in a standby state and the attention about the immersion will be executed. it takes longer. Therefore, in the pachinko game machine 10 in which the length of the ending period differs according to the game state when the big win is won, the execution of the special game is suspended after the big win game ends according to the game state when the big win is won. If not, it can be said that the time from the end of the final round game in the big hit game to the execution of the call for attention regarding the immersion after entering the standby state is different.

In this way, depending on whether the game state at the time of winning the jackpot is a low-probability low base state or a high-probability high base state, the jackpot game ends after the final round game in the big win game is finished. By setting the time until the alert regarding addiction is executed in the standby state when the execution of the special game is not suspended later, the attention regarding addiction can be appropriately executed.

According to this embodiment, the following effects can be obtained.
(1) It is assumed that no game is being played in the standby state when the special game (symbol variation game) is not being executed and the jackpot game is not occurring. By calling attention to addiction in such a standby state, it is possible to effectively call attention to addiction to a player who starts a game or a player who has finished a game, thereby suppressing addiction. .

(2) There is a high possibility that the player is playing while the jackpot game is occurring. By calling attention to addiction during the occurrence of such a big win game, it is possible to effectively call attention to addiction and suppress addiction.

(3) If the contents of the alert regarding immersion in the waiting state (characters (character information)) differ from the contents of the alert regarding immersion during the occurrence of the jackpot game, different events will occur in each case. There is a risk of misrecognition, such as calling attention. Therefore, the contents of the alert regarding the immersion in the standby state and the contents regarding the immersion in the occurrence of the big win game are set to be the same. As a result, both in the standby state and during the occurrence of the jackpot game, it is possible to effectively call attention to the immersion, and to suppress misrecognition of the attention.

(4) Aspects of calling attention to immersion when in the standby state (for example, the position where the attention-calling image GTa is displayed, the size of the attention-calling image GTa, etc.), and relating to immersion when the jackpot game is occurring The mode of alerting (for example, the position where the alerting image GT3 is displayed, the size of the alerting image GT3, etc.) is made different. In this manner, when the game is in the standby state and when the big win game is occurring, by setting the mode according to each situation, it is possible to call attention to the immersion in a mode suitable for the situation. In other words, attention can be effectively executed by calling attention to the immersion in a mode suitable for each situation in the standby state and during the occurrence of the big winning game.

In addition, while the mode of calling attention to immersion is different between the standby state and the occurrence of the jackpot game, the content of the attention regarding immersion is the same. As a result, when the player is in the standby state and when the big win game is occurring, the content of the alert regarding the addiction is executed while executing the alert regarding the immersion in a manner suitable for each situation by setting the mode according to each situation. are the same, misrecognition can be suppressed.

(5) Conditions for ending the alert when the alert regarding immersion is executed while in the standby state, and conditions for terminating the alert when the alert regarding immersion is executed while the jackpot game is occurring Changed part of end condition and . In this way, by having end conditions according to each situation when the player is in the standby state and when the big win game is occurring, it is possible to end the call for attention regarding immersion under the end conditions suitable for each situation. It is possible to effectively execute and end the alert regarding the immersion.

(6) When a game ball enters the start port (for example, the first start port 26) when a call for attention regarding immersion is executed in the standby state, the call for attention regarding immersion ends. That is, the conditions for ending the attention when the attention is called for the immersion in the waiting state include the conditions for ending when the game ball enters the starting hole. When a game ball enters the starting hole in the standby state, it is assumed that the player has started the game. In other words, when the situation where it is assumed that the player is not playing the game is switched to the situation where it is assumed that the player has started playing, the call for attention regarding the immersion is ended. As a result, the player who has started the game can enjoy the game without continuing the execution of the alerting regarding the addiction by ending the alerting without continuing the execution of the alerting regarding the addiction. can. In other words, it is possible to improve interest while suppressing the execution of attention calling for addiction from interfering with the game of the player who has started the game.

On the other hand, when the attention regarding the immersion is executed while the jackpot game is occurring, the attention regarding the immersion does not end even if the game ball enters the start hole. During the occurrence of the jackpot game, it is assumed that the player is playing the game, and when the game ball enters the start hole and the call for attention regarding the immersion is terminated, the jackpot game is played. There is a possibility that the original meaning of issuing a warning regarding addiction during the occurrence of . Therefore, even if the game ball enters the starting hole during the occurrence of the big win game, by continuing to call attention to the immersion, it is possible to By executing the alerting, it is possible to effectively execute the alerting regarding immersion."

(7) When the game state is the low base state (first game state) when winning the jackpot in the jackpot lottery (when a specific condition is satisfied), and when the jackpot is won in the jackpot lottery. When is in the high base state (second game state) (when the specific condition is not established), whether or not to call attention to immersion during the occurrence of the jackpot game is different. Thus, depending on the game state (depending on whether or not a specific condition is established) when a big win is won in the big win lottery, it is possible to effectively call attention to the addiction and suppress the addiction.

(8) The length of the ending period (specified period) when the gaming state is the low base state (first gaming state) when winning the jackpot in the jackpot lottery, and the game when winning the jackpot in the jackpot lottery The length of the ending period when the state is the high base state (second game state) is made different. In this way, by setting the ending period according to the presence or absence of execution of attention regarding addiction, it is possible to properly execute attention regarding addiction.

In addition, comparing the opening period and the ending period in the jackpot game, the number of game balls (game media) owned by the player is larger in the ending period than in the opening period. likely to be increasing. In this way, it is possible to effectively suppress addiction by calling attention to addiction during the ending period when it is assumed that the number of game balls owned by the player is likely to increase. can be done.

(9) Either when the gaming state when winning the big win is "low probability low base state" or when the gaming state when winning the big win is "high probability low base state". Also, the contents (characters (character information)) of the attention regarding the immersion are the same when the attention regarding the immersion is executed while the jackpot game is occurring. Further, even if the types of big wins are different, the contents of the attention for the immersion are the same when the attention for the immersion is executed during the occurrence of the big win game.

In this way, even if at least one of the game state when the big win is won and the type of the big win are different, the attention regarding the immersion is executed when the big win game is occurring. The content of the alert is the same. For example, when at least one of the game state and the type of the jackpot when winning the jackpot is different, and when the content of the alert regarding the immersion during the occurrence of the jackpot game is different, each alerts different events. Misunderstandings may occur. However, even if at least one of the game state when the big win is won and the type of the big win is different, when the attention to the immersion is executed when the big win game is occurring, the attention to the immersion is not called. By making the contents the same, it is possible to suppress misunderstanding of the alert. Further, even if at least one of the game state when the big win is won and the type of the big win is different, it is possible to call attention to the addiction in common.

(10) In the first standby state, attention to immersion is not issued, while in the second standby state, attention is issued to immersion. That is, whether or not to call attention to immersion is made different between the first standby state and the second standby state. Accordingly, it is possible to effectively call attention to the immersion depending on whether it is in the first standby state or the second standby state.

(11) The content of the alert (characters (character information)) regarding the immersion in the standby state when the low base state (first game state) is in the standby state when the high base state (second game state) It is the same as the content of the alert regarding immersion. For example, if the content of the alert regarding immersion in the waiting state differs depending on the game state, there is a risk of misrecognition that the attention is alerted to different events. However, in both the low base state and the high base state, by making the content of the alert regarding immersion in the standby state the same, it is possible to call attention regarding immersion in common in any game state, Misrecognition of the alert can be suppressed.

(12) During the occurrence of the jackpot game after the jackpot has been won in the low base state (first game state), a warning regarding immersion is executed. On the other hand, during the occurrence of the jackpot game after winning the jackpot in the high base state (second game state), the call for attention regarding immersion is not executed. In this manner, whether or not to call attention to immersion is made different depending on whether the game state when winning the big win is the low-base state or the high-base state, thereby depending on the game state when winning the big win. It is possible to effectively call attention to immersion in the hand.

In particular, when in the standby state, the alert regarding the immersion is executed in both the low base state and the high base state, and the content of the alert regarding the immersion is the same. In this manner, in a gaming machine in which attention is drawn to the player's immersion in the waiting state in either the low base state or the high base state, it depends on whether the jackpot is won in the low base state or the high base state. Execution/non-execution of attention arousal regarding immersion during the occurrence of a jackpot game is made different. This makes it possible to more effectively call attention to the immersion.

(13) In the second standby state that starts after the first standby state, the possibility that the game is not being played is higher than in the first standby state. By calling attention to addiction in such a second standby state, it is possible to effectively call attention to addiction and suppress addiction to the player starting the game.

(14) Even when the special game (symbol variation game) is not being executed and the jackpot game is not occurring, there is a possibility that the player continues the game by shooting the game balls. In such a case, when the second waiting state is started and attention is drawn to the immersion, the impression that the special game is not executed and the game balls are just consumed is strengthened, and the interest is reduced. There is a risk that Therefore, when a game ball is detected by the out-sensor OS (ejected ball detection means) in the first standby state, the period until the first standby state ends is extended. As a result, when the game ball is being shot, the period until the second standby state is started is extended, and it is possible to suppress the decrease in interest.

(15) After the special game (symbol variation game) ends, if the standby state is reached and the effect execution state (for example, the display mode of the effect symbol) is switched to, the game ball has not entered the starting hole, There is a possibility that the impression that the special game is not executed and that the game balls are just consumed is strong, and that the interest is lowered. Therefore, when the first early standby state (the first standby state of the previous term) is entered after the special game is finished, the performance execution state until the first early standby state is reached is maintained. As a result, the effect execution state is maintained without being switched, so that it is possible to prevent the player from losing interest.

On the other hand, if the effect execution state is maintained even after the special game ends, there is a risk that the player may misunderstand that the game is continuing. Therefore, when the first late standby state is entered after the end of the first early standby state, the performance execution state is switched. It is possible to prevent the player from misunderstanding that the game is continuing due to such switching of the effect execution state.

(16) In amusement arcades, for example, a game state in which a pachinko game machine in which a game is played using game balls and a slot machine (a reel-type game machine) in which a game is played using medals is installed. be. As described above, some game halls have gaming machines that play games using different game media. In such amusement arcades, one player may play a game with a pachinko game machine, or may play a game with a slot machine before or after that. Therefore, in addition to calling attention to addiction to games in a pachinko gaming machine (a gaming machine in which a game is played using the first game medium), the content of the attention to addiction is a slot machine (second game medium). The contents include a call for attention regarding addiction to games on gaming machines where games are played using As a result, in addition to alerting a player who is playing a pachinko game machine about being addicted to the game at the pachinko game machine, it is possible to alert the player about being addicted to the game at the slot machine. It is possible to execute a warning regarding target immersion.

(17) Even if the conditions (predetermined conditions) for executing the alert regarding addiction are satisfied (for example, the game state and the type of jackpot) are different, the content of the alert regarding addiction is the same. , in addition to calling attention to addiction to games on pachinko gaming machines, the contents include attention to addiction to games on slot machines. For this reason, even if the conditions for executing the alert regarding addiction are different, in addition to the alert regarding addiction to the game on the pachinko game machine, the game on the slot machine It is also possible to issue an alert regarding immersion in the game, and effectively issue an alert regarding immersion.

Among the conditions (predetermined conditions) for calling attention to immersion in (18), the conditions that are satisfied when a big win game is occurring include the conditions that are satisfied based on the game state when the big win is won. . Therefore, based on the game state when the big win is won, it is possible to effectively call attention to the addiction and suppress the addiction.

(19) The high base state (second gaming state) is more advantageous than the low base state (first gaming state) in terms of entering the game ball into the second start port 27, so the player It can be said that this is a game state in which it is assumed that the game will be continued. Even a player who continues the game in such a high base state is expected to end the game when the high base state ends and the low base state is entered. That is, the situation in which the high base state ends and the low base state is reached is one of the situations in which the player ends the game. When the execution of a special game (symbol variation game) is suspended in the high base state, and the special game is executed after switching to the low base state and is a special game that results in a big win, it is generated after that. Attention regarding the immersion is executed during the occurrence of a big winning game. In this way, the execution of the special game is suspended in the high base state in which it is assumed that the game will be continued, and after switching to the game state in which it is assumed that the game will end after switching to the low base state, a big win is made. In this case, a warning regarding the immersion is executed. As a result, when the player who was thinking of ending the game due to the switch from the high base state to the low base state continues the game due to the occurrence of the big win game, attention is drawn to the addiction. can be effectively executed, and immersion can be effectively suppressed.

In a gaming machine in which the second special game (second symbol variation game) is executed with priority over the first special game (first symbol variation game) when execution of the second special game (second symbol variation game) is suspended, Even after the high base state ends and the low base state is reached, the second special game may be executed without the first special game being executed. However, when the execution of the special game is suspended in the high base state, and the special game is executed after switching to the low base state and is a special game that results in a big win, the special game is the first special game. Even if it is any of the second special games, a warning regarding the addiction is executed during the occurrence of the jackpot game that occurs thereafter. Therefore, it is possible to more effectively call attention to the immersion.

(20) Since the high base state (second game state) is more advantageous than the low base state (first game state), it is assumed that the player will continue playing the game. Therefore, every time a special game results in a big win in the high base state, if a warning regarding immersion is executed during the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the end of the special game, every time the high base state and the big win game are repeated. When the user is alerted about being immersed in the game, the alert may make the user feel annoyed and may reduce interest. Therefore, the execution of the special game is suspended in the high base state, and when the special game is executed in the high base state and is a special game that results in a big win, the jackpot game is generated after the end of the special game. Prevented the alert about immersion from being executed during the occurrence of As a result, it is possible to prevent the user from losing interest due to the repeated execution of the alert regarding the immersion in spite of the fact that the user is staying in a row of houses.

(21) In the low base state (first game state), it is recommended to let the game ball flow down the first route R1 (first flow direction), while in the high base state (second game state), the second It is recommended to let the game ball flow down the route R2 (second flow direction). In such a gaming machine, after the second end condition is established and the high base state ends and the low base state is reached, the game ball is pushed to flow down the first route R1. A beating notification effect (first notification effect) is executed. By executing such a left-handed informing effect, it is possible to prompt the shooting of the game ball for causing the game ball to flow down the first route R1.

On the other hand, when the left-handed informing effect is executed, it also informs that the high base state has ended and changed to the low base state, so the possibility of the player ending the game increases. Therefore, the execution of the special game (symbol variation game) is suspended in the high base state, and the special game is executed during execution of the left-handed notification effect after switching to the low base state, and a big hit is achieved. When it is a special game, a warning about immersion is executed during the occurrence of the jackpot game that occurs after that. As a result, the player, who was thinking of ending the game by switching from the high base state to the low base state and executing the left-handed informing performance, continues the game due to the occurrence of the jackpot game. By effectively calling attention to immersion in a case, immersion can be effectively suppressed.

(22) Since the high base state (second gaming state) has a higher advantage in terms of entering the game ball into the second starting port 27 than the low base state (first gaming state), the player It can be said that this is a game state in which it is assumed that the game will be continued. Even a player who continues the game in such a high base state is expected to end the game when the high base state ends and the low base state is entered. That is, the situation in which the high base state ends and the low base state is reached is one of the situations in which the player ends the game.

A normal game (normal variation game) whose execution is suspended when a game ball enters a gate 31 (specific ball entrance) in a high base state is defined as a specific normal variation game, and the specific normal variation game is a normal hit. shall be Then, the specific normal variation game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, the second end condition is satisfied during the execution of the specific normal variation game, the low base state is reached, and thereafter the specific normal variation game is executed. After the end of the variable game, when the normal winning game is generated and the first variable member 28 (opening and closing member) is opened, the execution is suspended when the game ball enters the second start port 27. When a second special game (second pattern variation game) results in a big win, attention to the addiction is called during the occurrence of the big win game after the end of the second special game.

In this way, it is possible to suspend the execution of the normal game in which the game is normally won in the high base state in which the game is expected to continue, and to switch to the low base state during the execution of the normal game to end the game. After switching to the assumed game state, the game ball enters the second start port 27 when the normal winning game is generated after the previous normal winning game is finished and the first variable member 28 is opened. When the second special game, whose execution is suspended due to the entry of the ball, results in a big win, a warning regarding the immersion is executed. As a result, when a player who has been thinking of ending the game due to the switch from the high base state to the low base state continues the game due to the occurrence of the big win game, attention is paid to the addiction. Engagement can be effectively suppressed by effectively executing the arousal.

(23) Since the high base state (second gaming state) is more advantageous than the low base state (first gaming state), it is assumed that the player will continue playing the game. Therefore, every time a special game results in a big win in the high base state, if a warning regarding immersion is executed during the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the end of the special game, every time the high base state and the big win game are repeated. When the user is alerted about being immersed in the game, the alert may make the user feel annoyed and may reduce interest.

Therefore, the specific normal variation game is executed before the high base state ends, and after the specific normal variation game ends before the high base state ends, the normal winning game is generated and the first variable member 28 is generated. When the game ball enters the second starting port 27 when the is opened, the second special game (second symbol variation game) whose execution is suspended becomes a big hit, and the When the second special game is executed before the end of the high base state, the call for attention regarding the immersion is not executed during the occurrence of the big winning game after the end of the second special game. As a result, it is possible to prevent a decrease in interest due to repeated execution of alerts regarding immersion in spite of the continuous residence.

(24) In the low base state (first game state), it is recommended to let the game ball flow down the first route R1 (first flow direction), while in the high base state (second game state), the second It is recommended to let the game ball flow down the route R2 (second downstream direction). In such a gaming machine, after the second end condition is established and the high base state is ended and the low base state is entered, the shooting of the game ball for flowing down the game ball to the first route R1 is promoted. A beating notification effect (first notification effect) is executed. By executing such a left-handed notification effect, it is possible to prompt the shooting of the game ball for flowing down the game ball to the first route R1.

On the other hand, when the left-handed informing effect is executed, it also informs that the high base state has ended and changed to the low base state, so the possibility of the player ending the game increases. Therefore, the specific normal variation game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, the second end condition is satisfied during the execution of the specific normal variation game, the low base state is reached, and then the specific normal variation game is executed. A game ball enters the second start port 27 during execution of a left-handed notification performance when a normal winning game is generated after the variable game is finished and the first variable member 28 (opening/closing member) is in an open state. When the second special game (second symbol variation game) whose execution is suspended due to the ball being thrown results in a big win, a warning regarding immersion is made during the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the end of the second special game. made it run. Therefore, after switching from the high base state in which it is assumed that the game is continued to the low base state, the state where the left-handed notification effect is being executed, that is, the state where the possibility of ending the game is increased. Even if the execution of the special game is suspended after the game is played, a warning regarding the immersion is executed in the event of a big win. As a result, the player, who was thinking of ending the game by switching from the high base state to the low base state and executing the left-handed informing performance, continues the game due to the occurrence of the jackpot game. By effectively calling attention to immersion in a case, immersion can be effectively suppressed.

(25) When a magnetic error (specific error) is detected while a warning about immersion is being executed, the effect display device 25 as the effect executing means restricts the execution of the attention about immersion, and the magnetic error is detected. Occurrence is reported. In this way, if a magnetic error occurs while a warning regarding immersion is being executed, the execution of the warning regarding immersion is restricted and the occurrence of the magnetic error is notified. As a result, even if a magnetic error occurs while the attention about immersion is being issued, the occurrence of the magnetic error is notified to prevent the occurrence of the magnetic error while suppressing immersion by executing the attention about immersion. Occurrences can be communicated to players or administrators.

(26) When a radio wave error (specific error) is detected while a warning regarding immersion is being executed, the performance display device 25 as a performance executing means limits the execution of the warning regarding immersion, and the radio wave error is detected. Occurrence is reported. In this way, when a radio wave error occurs while a warning regarding immersion is being executed, the execution of the warning regarding immersion is restricted and the occurrence of the radio wave error is notified. As a result, even if a radio wave error occurs while the warning regarding immersion is being executed, the occurrence of the radio wave error is notified, thereby suppressing immersion by executing the warning regarding immersion. Occurrences can be communicated to players or administrators.

(27) When a magnetic error (specific error) is detected and the occurrence of the magnetic error is notified, the notification can be canceled by cutting off the power supply. Similarly, when a radio wave error (specific error) is detected and the occurrence of the radio wave error is notified, the notification can be canceled by cutting off the power supply. Thus, magnetic errors and radio wave errors are so important that the power supply must be cut off.

Then, even if any of the magnetic error and the radio wave error is detected (when any of the plurality of types of specific errors is detected) when the warning regarding the immersion is being executed, the immersion will occur. Execution of the alert regarding is restricted so that the occurrence of the detected type of error is notified. In other words, while immersion is suppressed by executing a warning about immersion, even if either a magnetic error or a radio wave error is detected when the warning about immersion is executed (what kind of specific error detected), the occurrence of the detected type of error can be communicated to the player or administrator.

(28) When a magnetic error (specific error) is detected while a warning regarding immersion is being executed in the standby state, and when a jackpot game is occurring, a warning regarding immersion is executed. If a magnetic error is detected while the magnetic error is being detected, and the modes of reporting the occurrence of the magnetic error are different, there is a risk of misrecognition, such as that each reporting a different event. Therefore, when a magnetic error is detected when a warning regarding immersion is being executed in the standby state, and when a warning regarding immersion is being executed during the occurrence of a jackpot game, the magnetic When an error is detected, the mode of notifying the occurrence of a magnetic error is the same. As a result, misrecognition can be suppressed when the occurrence of a magnetic error is notified.

(29) When a radio wave error (specific error) is detected while a warning regarding immersion is being executed in the standby state, and when a jackpot game is occurring, a warning regarding immersion is executed. If a radio wave error is detected while the radio wave error is on, and the mode of notifying the occurrence of the radio wave error is different, there is a risk of misrecognition, such as that each notifies a different event. Therefore, when a radio wave error is detected while a warning regarding immersion is being executed in the standby state, and when a jackpot game is occurring and a warning regarding immersion is being executed, the radio wave is generated. When an error is detected, the mode of notifying the occurrence of a radio wave error is the same. As a result, it is possible to suppress misrecognition when the occurrence of the radio wave error is notified.

(30) For example, after intentionally generating a highly malicious specific error and reporting the occurrence of the specific error, intentionally generating a less malicious specific error and switching to notification of the occurrence of the specific error Otherwise, there is a risk that the administrator will not be able to know that a highly malicious specific error has occurred. Therefore, even if another type of specific error is detected when the occurrence of the specific error has already been reported, the occurrence of the already reported specific error continues to be reported. As a result, it is possible to notify the player or the manager of the specific error that has occurred first while suppressing the addiction by executing a warning regarding the addiction.

(31) Contents of notification when occurrence of magnetic error (first specific error) is notified and content of notification when occurrence of radio wave error (second specific error) is notified, respectively Includes different and common content. As a result, for example, it is possible to recognize that a specific error has occurred from common contents, and to recognize the type of specific error from different contents.

(32) When a magnetic error or a radio wave error is detected (when a specific error is detected) while a warning about immersion is being executed, the effect display device 25 as effect execution means does not issue a warning about immersion. Execution is regulated and the occurrence of detected magnetic or radio error is reported. In this way, if a magnetic error or radio wave error occurs while a warning regarding immersion is being executed, the execution of the warning regarding immersion is restricted, and the occurrence of the magnetic error or radio wave error that has occurred is notified. be. In other words, even if a magnetic error or a radio wave error occurs while the attention is being issued for the immersion, the occurrence of the error is notified and the error is suppressed. can be communicated to the player or administrator.

On the other hand, when a full error or a door open error is detected (when an unspecified error is detected) while the attention is being called for the immersion, the effect display device 25 continues to call the attention for the immersion, The occurrence of detected errors is reported. In this way, for errors classified as non-specific errors among errors, even if the error is detected, the notification of the occurrence of the error is performed together with the execution of the alert regarding the immersion.

In this way, depending on the type of error, the occurrence of an error is notified after restricting the execution of a warning about addiction, or the occurrence of an error is notified while continuing to alert about addiction. It is possible to effectively issue a warning regarding immersion and notify an error according to the type of immersion.

(33) Even if either a magnetic error or a radio wave error is detected while a warning regarding immersion is being executed, the execution of the warning regarding immersion is restricted and the type of error detected. is reported. Further, even if either of the full error and the door open error is detected while the warning regarding the immersion is being executed, the warning regarding the immersion continues to be executed, and the type of detected error is called. Occurrence is reported. In this way, there are multiple types of specific errors and non-specific errors, and regardless of which type of specific error or non-specific error is detected, depending on whether the detected error is a specific error or a non-specific error, cautions regarding penetration The occurrence of an error is reported after restricting the execution of the alert, or the occurrence of the error is reported along with the execution of the alert regarding the immersion. As a result, it is possible to effectively call attention to the immersion and notify the user of the error according to the type of the error.

(34) If a specific error such as a magnetic error or radio wave error is detected when a non-specific error such as a full error or door open error is being reported, the notification of the occurrence of the non-specific error ends. Then, the occurrence of the detected specific error is reported. On the other hand, when the occurrence of a specific error such as a magnetic error or radio wave error is reported, even if a non-specific error such as a full error or door open error is detected, the occurrence of the non-specific error is not reported and the specific error is not reported. continues to be reported.

In this way, the occurrence of a specific error is given priority over the occurrence of a non-specific error. For this reason, even if a non-specific error occurs while a warning about immersion is being executed and a specific error occurs after that, a specific error will occur while suppressing immersion by executing a warning about immersion. is given priority over the occurrence of a non-specific error, and the occurrence of a specific error can be notified to the player or administrator.

(35) When the gaming state at the time of winning the jackpot is the low base state, the kind of jackpot is either the first jackpot (for example, the first probability variable jackpot) or the second jackpot (for example, the first non-probability variable jackpot). Even if there is, in the jackpot game, a warning regarding immersion and a warning regarding return of the storage medium (a specific warning regarding an event different from immersion) are executed. On the other hand, when the game state at the time of winning the big win is the high base state, regardless of whether the kind of the big win is the first big win or the second big win, attention is drawn to the immersion in the big win game and the storage medium is returned. and is not executed. As described above, depending on whether the type of the jackpot is the first jackpot or the second jackpot, there is no change in the presence or absence of various alerts. On the other hand, depending on whether the game state at the time of winning the jackpot is a low-base state (first game state) or a high-base state (second game state), there is a change in whether or not various attention calls are executed. As a result, various attentions can be effectively executed according to the game state when the big win is won regardless of whether the type of the big win is the first big win or the second big win.

(36) Regardless of whether the game state at the time of winning the jackpot is either a low-base state (first game state) or a high-base state (second game state), in the case of a waiting state after the end of the jackpot game In the standby state, a warning regarding the immersion is executed. That is, there are cases where the call for attention regarding addiction during the jackpot game is not executed depending on whether the game state at the time of winning the jackpot is a low-base state or a high-base state. Calling attention to the obsession is executed regardless of whether the game state when winning the jackpot is a low base state or a high base state. In this way, in the waiting state after the end of the big win game, even if the game state when the big win is won is either the low base state or the high base state, it is possible to effectively call attention to the addiction and suppress the addiction. be able to.

(37) Regardless of whether the type of the jackpot is the first jackpot (for example, the first variable jackpot) or the second jackpot (for example, the first variable jackpot), if the standby state occurs after the jackpot game ends, the In the standby state, a warning regarding the immersion is executed. That is, the attention regarding the immersion during the jackpot game is executed regardless of whether the type of the jackpot is the first jackpot or the second jackpot. is executed regardless of whether the type is the first jackpot or the second jackpot. Thus, in the standby state after the end of the big win game, as in the case of the occurrence of the big win game, regardless of whether the type of the big win is the first big win or the second big win, the attention can be called for getting into the game. can be suppressed.

(38) When a jackpot game is occurring, there are cases where a call for attention regarding immersion and a call for attention regarding return of the storage medium (specific attention) may be executed. On the other hand, when the player is in the standby state, a warning regarding the immersion is executed, but a warning regarding the return of the storage medium is not executed.

Since it is assumed that no game is being played while in the standby state, for example, if a call for attention regarding the return of the storage medium is executed while in the standby state, the previous game has been played. It may appear as if the player has forgotten the storage medium. On the other hand, since it is assumed that the player is playing a game during the occurrence of the jackpot game, if the attention regarding the return of the storage medium is executed during the occurrence of the jackpot game, the game can be played. It is possible to effectively call the player's attention regarding the return of the storage medium.

In this way, in the standby state where it is not worthwhile to call attention to the return of the storage medium, the attention to the return of the storage medium is not executed, and a jackpot game is generated in which the attention to the return of the storage medium is worth executing. By executing a warning regarding the return of the storage medium, the warning regarding the return of the storage medium can be effectively executed. That is, in addition to effectively calling attention to immersion, it is possible to effectively call attention to returning the storage medium.

(39) When the gaming state when the jackpot is won is in the low base state (when a specific condition is satisfied), the first jackpot (for example, the first probability variable jackpot) and the second jackpot (for example, the first non- In any event, a call for attention regarding immersion is executed when a big win game is occurring. On the other hand, when the game state at the time of winning the big win is the high base state (when the specific condition is not established), when the big win game is occurring regardless of the first big win or the second big win. The alert regarding immersion is not executed. In this manner, there is no change in whether or not to call attention to getting into the game depending on whether the type of the jackpot is the first jackpot or the second jackpot. That is, since the execution of the call for attention regarding the immersion is not affected by the type of the big win, it is possible to effectively call the attention for the immersion.

In addition, since it is assumed that the game is not being played during the standby state, even if the presence or absence of the attention call for addiction is different depending on the type of standby state, the attention call for addiction is executed. The impact of not doing so is small. In view of this, it is arranged that the attention regarding the immersion is not executed in the first standby state, while the attention regarding the immersion is executed in the second standby state. In this way, when the type of standby state is different, whether or not to call attention to immersion in the standby state is changed, so that attention to immersion is issued according to the type of standby state. , can effectively call attention to immersion.

(40) When the type of jackpot is the first jackpot (for example, the first variable jackpot) and when the type of the jackpot is the second jackpot (for example, the first non-variable jackpot), calling attention to immersion during the occurrence of the jackpot game If the contents (characters (character information)) are different, there is a risk of misrecognition, such as calling attention to different events. However, the content of the alert when the alert regarding immersion is executed during the occurrence of the jackpot game when it is the first jackpot, and the alert regarding the immersion during the occurrence of the jackpot game when the second jackpot is generated. The content of the alert when it is executed is the same. As a result, regardless of whether the type of the big win is the first big win or the second big win, it is possible to commonly call attention to the immersion, and to suppress misrecognition of the attention.

(41) When a jackpot game is taking place, caution regarding getting into the jackpot regardless of whether the type of jackpot is a first jackpot (for example, a first variable jackpot) or a second jackpot (for example, a first variable jackpot). A warning and a warning (specific warning) regarding the return of the storage medium may be executed. On the other hand, although the attention to the immersion is issued in the standby state, the attention to the return of the storage medium is not issued in either the first standby state or the second standby state.

Since it is assumed that no game is being played while in the standby state, for example, if a call for attention regarding the return of the storage medium is executed while in the standby state, the previous game has been played. It may appear as if the player has forgotten the storage medium. On the other hand, since it is assumed that the player is playing a game during the occurrence of the jackpot game, if the attention regarding the return of the storage medium is executed during the occurrence of the jackpot game, the game can be played. It is possible to effectively call the player's attention regarding the return of the storage medium.

In this manner, in the standby state where it is not very worthwhile to call attention to the return of the storage medium, the attention to the return of the storage medium is not issued in either the first standby state or the second standby state. On the other hand, during the occurrence of a jackpot game in which it is worth calling attention to the return of the storage medium, whether it is the first jackpot or the second jackpot, the attention to the return of the storage medium can be raised by calling attention to the return of the storage medium. It is possible to effectively call attention to the return of the medium. That is, in addition to effectively calling attention to immersion, it is possible to effectively call attention to returning the storage medium.

(42) When the type of jackpot is the first jackpot (for example, the first variable jackpot) and when the second jackpot (for example, the first non-variable jackpot), the storage medium is returned during the occurrence of the jackpot game. If the contents of the alerts (characters (character information)) are different, there is a risk of misrecognition that the alerts are alerting different events. However, when the type of the jackpot is the first jackpot, the content of the warning regarding the return of the storage medium is executed during the occurrence of the jackpot game, and when the type of the jackpot is the second jackpot. The contents of the alert regarding the return of the storage medium are the same as when the alert regarding the return of the storage medium is executed during the occurrence of the jackpot game. As a result, regardless of whether the type of the big win is the first big win or the second big win, it is possible to commonly call attention to the immersion, and to suppress misrecognition of the attention.

(43) When a game ball enters the starting hole and execution of the special game is suspended (switching If the condition is met), the effect game based on the suspended special game (effect based on the fulfillment of the switching condition) is executed without delay. On the other hand, if a game ball enters the starting hole and the execution of the special game is suspended when the attention (first attention) related to immersion is being executed by displaying the attention image GTa, Execution of the alert is continued, and execution of the effect game based on the suspended special game is delayed. In other words, when the alert image GT3 is displayed and the attention about the immersion is executed, and when the attention image GTa is displayed and the attention about the immersion is executed, "A game ball enters the starting hole. When the event "the execution of the special game is suspended due to the above" occurs, the execution of the effect game based on the suspended special game may or may not be delayed. In this way, depending on the type of alert regarding immersion, when an event such as "a game ball enters the starting hole and the execution of the special game is suspended" occurs, whether or not the effect game is delayed can be changed. It is possible to effectively call attention to addiction according to its type and suppress addiction.

(44) The display control CPU 42a, which realizes the function as the effect control means, executes a first alert execution process for executing a first alert (first alert) regarding immersion in which the alert image GTa is displayed, and an alert image A second alert execution process for executing an alert (second alert) regarding immersion in which GT3 is displayed can be performed. In addition, the display control CPU 42a can perform conditional effect execution processing for executing the effect game (effect based on the establishment of the switching condition).

When the execution of the special game is suspended due to the game ball entering the start hole while the first attention calling execution process is being performed (when the switching condition is satisfied), the first attention calling is issued. Execution of the effect game is delayed by performing the execution process continuously and performing the conditional effect execution process at the timing after the first attention calling execution process ends. On the other hand, when the execution of the special game is suspended due to the game ball entering the starting hole while the second attention calling execution process is being performed, the second attention calling execution process is stopped, and the attention calling image is displayed. The performance game is executed without delay by restricting the execution of calling attention to the immersion in which GT3 is displayed and executing the conditional performance execution processing at the timing after the suspension of the second attention calling execution processing.

As described above, instead of simply creating "delayed case" and "non-delayed case" as effects, "delayed case" and "non-delayed case" are created as processing performed by the display control CPU 42a. By doing so, it is possible to effectively call attention to the addiction according to the type of the addiction more reliably, thereby suppressing the addiction.

(45) When a game ball enters the starting hole and the execution of the special game is suspended (the second alert) when the attention about the immersion is being performed (the second alert) where the attention alert image GT3 is displayed. If the first condition is established), the effect game based on the special game whose execution has been suspended (the effect based on the establishment of the first condition) is executed without delay. On the other hand, if a game ball enters the starting hole and the execution of the special game is suspended when the attention (first attention) related to immersion is being executed by displaying the attention image GTa, Execution of the attention calling is continued, and execution of the effect game based on the suspended special game is delayed. In other words, when the alert image GT3 is displayed and the attention about the immersion is executed, and when the attention image GTa is displayed and the attention about the immersion is executed, "A game ball enters the starting hole. When the event "the execution of the special game is suspended due to the above" occurs, the execution of the effect game based on the suspended special game may or may not be delayed. In this way, depending on the type of alert regarding immersion, when an event such as "a game ball enters the starting hole and the execution of the special game is suspended" occurs, whether or not the effect game is delayed can be changed. It is possible to effectively call attention to addiction according to the type of addiction and suppress addiction.

On the other hand, the specific error is detected in both the time when the caution about immersion is executed by displaying the caution image GTa and the time when the attention about immersion is executed by displaying the caution image GT3. When the second condition is satisfied (when the second condition is satisfied), the effect of notifying the occurrence of the specific error (the effect based on the establishment of the second condition) is executed without delay. That is, when the event "a specific error is detected" occurs instead of the event "a game ball enters the starting hole and the execution of the special game is suspended", the caution image GTa is displayed. The effect of notifying the occurrence of the specific error is delayed regardless of whether the attention regarding the immersion is being executed or when the attention regarding the immersion is being displayed by displaying the attention image GT3. run without

In this way, it is an event that can occur both when the alert regarding immersion is being executed by displaying the attention calling image GTa and when the attention regarding immersion is being called by displaying the attention calling image GT3. Even if there is, depending on the event (according to the condition that is satisfied among the first condition and the second condition), by creating cases where the execution of the effect based on the occurrence of the event is delayed and cases where it is not delayed, each event It is possible to effectively call attention to the addiction and suppress the addiction while executing the performance based on the occurrence of the. By the way, the ``production based on the occurrence of each event'' here means that the production based on the occurrence of the event ``a game ball enters the start hole and the execution of the special game is suspended'' means a production game. , and the effect based on the occurrence of the event "a specific error is detected" means the effect to notify the occurrence of the specific error.

(46) The display control CPU 42a, which realizes the function as the effect control means, performs a first alert execution process for executing a first alert (first alert) regarding immersion in which the alert image GTa is displayed, and an alert image. A second alert execution process for executing an alert (second alert) regarding immersion in which GT3 is displayed can be performed. In addition, the display control CPU 42a performs a first condition effect execution process for executing the effect game (effect based on the establishment of the first condition) and an effect for notifying the occurrence of a specific error (effect based on the establishment of the second condition). A second condition effect execution process to be executed can be performed.

When the execution of the special game is suspended due to the game ball entering the starting hole while the first attention calling execution process is being performed (when the first condition is satisfied), the first attention is given. The execution of the effect game is delayed by continuing the calling execution process and executing the first condition effect execution process at the timing after the first attention calling execution process ends. On the other hand, when the execution of the special game is suspended due to the game ball entering the starting hole while the second attention calling execution process is being performed, the second attention calling execution process is stopped, and the attention calling image is displayed. The performance game is executed without delay by performing the first condition effect execution process at the timing after the second attention call execution process is stopped by restricting the execution of the attention call related to the immersion in which GT3 is displayed. be.

Further, when a specific error is detected (when the second condition is satisfied) while the first attention-calling execution process is being performed, the first attention-calling execution process is stopped, and the attention-calling image GTa is displayed. is displayed, and the execution of the second condition effect execution process is performed at the timing after the first attention call execution process is stopped, thereby delaying the effect of notifying the occurrence of the specific error. run without Further, when a specific error is detected while the second attention-calling execution process is being performed, the second attention-calling execution process is stopped so that the attention-calling image GT3 is displayed to execute the attention about the immersion. By performing the second condition effect execution process at the timing after the second attention calling execution process is stopped, the effect of notifying the occurrence of the specific error is executed without delay.

As described above, instead of simply creating "delayed case" and "non-delayed case" as effects, "delayed case" and "non-delayed case" are created as processing performed by the display control CPU 42a. By doing so, it is possible to effectively call attention to the addiction according to the type of addiction more reliably, thereby suppressing the addiction.

(47) Even if the first probability variable jackpot as a specific jackpot is won, there are cases where the attention regarding the immersion is issued during the ending period, and there are cases where the attention regarding the immersion is not issued during the ending period. In this way, even when the first probability variable jackpot is won, it is possible to create a case where attention is called for the immersion and a case where the attention for the addiction is not executed, and the attention for the immersion can be effectively executed.

(Second embodiment)
Next, a second embodiment of the gaming machine will be described with reference to FIGS. 21 to 26. FIG. In addition, the structure similar to 1st Embodiment attaches|subjects the same code|symbol as 1st Embodiment, and abbreviate|omits about the detailed description and drawing.

As shown in FIG. 21, the configuration of the game board 20 in the second embodiment differs from the configuration of the game board 20 in the first embodiment. The pachinko gaming machine 10 of the second embodiment has a sorting device 50 . The sorting device 50 is positioned below the center frame 23 in the game area 21 . Further, in the game board 20 of the present embodiment, the first start opening 26 and the second start opening 27 are located below the distribution device 50 in the game area 21 .

As shown in FIG. 22, the sorting device 50 has a ball entrance 50a into which game balls can enter. The sorting device 50 also has a first discharge port 50b and a second discharge port 50c through which game balls entering the ball entrance 50a are discharged out of the sorting device 50. As shown in FIG. Further, the sorting device 50 includes a pre-sorting route 51, a sorting guideway 52, a first sorting route 53a, and a second sorting route 53b.

The pre-sorting route 51 is a route extending from the entrance 50 a to the sorting guideway 52 . The pre-allocation path 51 has a width that allows one game ball to flow down. The distribution guide path 52 is a space in which game balls that flow down the pre-distribution path 51 are distributed to the first distribution path 53a or the second distribution path 53b. A windmill-shaped rotary valve 54 is arranged in the distribution guideway 52 .

The rotary valve 54 has a plurality of (three in this embodiment) distribution members 54a, 54b, and 54c radially extending from the central axis. The rotary valve 54 rotates when game balls collide with the distribution members 54a to 54c. Further, a projecting portion 55 that restricts the rotation of the rotary valve 54 is formed in the lower portion of the rotary valve 54 of the distribution guide path 52 . When the rotary valve 54 rotates, the distribution member 54a or the distribution member 54b comes into contact with the protrusion 55, thereby restricting the rotation of the rotary valve 54. As shown in FIG. The first distribution route 53a is a route extending from the distribution guideway 52 to the first discharge port 50b. Further, the first distribution path 53a is formed with a width that allows one game ball to flow down. The second distribution route 53b is a route extending from the distribution guideway 52 to the second discharge port 50c. The second distribution path 53b is formed with a width that allows one game ball to flow down.

The first starting port 26 in this embodiment is arranged directly below the first discharge port 50b of the sorting device 50 . And the game ball ejected from the first ejection port 50b can enter the first starting port 26 in the present embodiment.

The second starting port 27 in this embodiment is arranged directly below the second discharge port 50 c of the sorting device 50 . Incidentally, the second starting port 27 in this embodiment has a first variable member 28, like the second starting port 27 in the first embodiment. The second starting port 27 in the present embodiment allows game balls discharged from the second discharge port 50c to enter even when the first variable member 28 is in the closed state.

Here, based on FIGS. 23(a) to 23(d), the operation of the rotary valve 54 included in the sorting device 50 will be described.
As shown in FIG. 23A, in a state where the distribution member 54a of the rotary valve 54 is in contact with the protrusion 55 (hereinafter referred to as "first distribution state"), the ball entering from the ball entrance 50a is When the played game ball flows down the pre-distribution path 51 and the distribution guide path 52 , the game ball enters between the distribution member 54 b and the distribution member 54 c of the rotary valve 54 . Then, the rotating valve 54 rotates clockwise due to the weight of the game ball.

As shown in FIG. 23B, when the rotary valve 54 rotates clockwise, the distribution member 54b of the rotary valve 54 contacts the projection 55 (hereinafter referred to as "second distribution state"). becomes. Then, the game balls are distributed to the second distribution path 53b and discharged from the second discharge port 50c. After that, the game ball discharged from the second discharge port 50c enters the second starting port 27. - 特許庁Therefore, the distribution of the game ball to the second distribution path 53b by the rotary valve 54 corresponds to the distribution of the game ball entering the distribution device 50 to the second starting port 27. FIG.

Further, as shown in FIG. 23(c), when the rotary valve 54 is in the second distribution state, a game ball that enters from the ball entrance 50a flows down the pre-distribution path 51 and moves to the distribution guideway. When flowing down to 52, the game ball enters between the distribution member 54a and the distribution member 54c in the rotary valve 54.例文帳に追加Then, the rotating valve 54 rotates counterclockwise due to the weight of the game ball.

As shown in FIG. 23(d), when the rotary valve 54 rotates counterclockwise, the rotary valve 54 enters the first distribution state. Then, the game balls are distributed to the first distribution path 53a and discharged from the first discharge port 50b. After that, the game ball discharged from the first discharge port 50b enters the first starting port 26. - 特許庁Therefore, the game ball distributed to the first distribution path 53 a by the rotary valve 54 corresponds to the game ball entering the distribution device 50 being distributed to the first start port 26 .

As described above, when a game ball is entered into the sorting device 50, the game ball is alternately sorted to the first start port 26 and the second start port 27. FIG. The sorting device 50 in this embodiment corresponds to sorting means for alternately sorting to the first start port and the second start port.

Next, the path along which the game ball flows down in this embodiment will be described.
As shown in FIG. 21, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the player operates the shooting handle 16 to adjust the shooting strength of the game ball, thereby shooting the game ball into the left area R1a and the right area R2a. A game ball can enter the first starting hole 26, the second starting hole 27, the big winning hole 29, the gate 31, and the sorting device 50.

Specifically, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the game ball is shot by adjusting the shooting intensity to a stronger value (so-called right-handed hitting), the game ball is likely to flow down and guided to the right region R2a. 2 There is a possibility that the ball will enter the starting hole 27, the big winning hole 29, or the gate 31. On the other hand, when the game ball is shot by adjusting the shooting intensity to be weaker (so-called left-handed hitting), the game ball is likely to be guided downward to the left region R1a, and may enter the sorting device 50. As a result, the ball may enter the first starting hole 26 or the second starting hole 27 . Therefore, in the present embodiment, it can be said that there are the first starting port 26 and the second starting port 27 on the first route R1. Further, in the present embodiment, it can be said that there are the second starting port 27, the big prize winning port 29, and the gate 31 on the second route R2. Thus, in the present embodiment, when the game ball flows down the first route R1, it is more likely to enter the big prize opening 29 or the gate 31 than when it flows down the second route R2. is low. Also, when the game ball flows down the second route R2, it is less likely to enter the first start hole 26 than when it flows down the first route R1.

In addition, in the pachinko game machine 10 of the present embodiment, while the game ball entering the sorting device 50 can enter the first starting port 26, the first starting port 26 does not enter the sorting device 50. A game ball does not enter the ball. Further, in the pachinko game machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the first variable member 28 of the second starting port 27 is in the closed state, the game ball entering the sorting device 50 enters the second starting port 27. On the other hand, no game ball enters the second starting port 27 without entering the sorting device 50.例文帳に追加However, in the pachinko game machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the first variable member 28 of the second starting port 27 is in the open state, the game ball enters the second starting port 27 even if the game ball does not enter the sorting device 50. A game ball is configured to be able to enter.

Next, special design input processing in this embodiment is explained. In addition, description is abbreviate|omitted about the control similar to the special design input process in 1st Embodiment, and control different from the special design input process in 1st Embodiment is demonstrated.

In steps S104 and S104, when storing the random number information, the main control CPU 40a stores the main control RAM 40c so that the storage order of the random number information for the first special game and the random number information for the second special game can be specified. memorize to At this time, the main control CPU 40a combines the random number information for the first special game and the random number information for the second special game so that the storage order can be specified. Random number information for the special game is stored in the main control RAM 40c.

Next, the special symbol start processing in this embodiment will be described.
As shown in FIG. 24, the main control CPU 40a determines whether the conditions for executing the special game are satisfied (step S301). In the process of step S301, as in step S201, the main control CPU 40a makes an affirmative determination when the jackpot game is not in progress and the special game is not in progress, while making a negative determination when the jackpot game or the special game is in progress. . If the special game execution condition is not satisfied (step S301: NO), the main control CPU 40a ends the special symbol start process.

On the other hand, if the execution condition for the special game is satisfied (step S301: YES), the main control CPU 40a determines whether the number of special reservations is 1 or more (step S302). In step S302, the main control CPU 40a determines whether the total number of the first special reservation number and the second special reservation number stored in the main control RAM 40c is 1 or more. When the number of special reservations is 1 or more (step S302: YES), the main control CPU 40a updates the special number of reservations stored in the main control RAM 40c by subtracting 1 (step S303).

In step S303, the main control CPU 40a selects the random number information stored first among the random number information (random number information for the first special game, random number information for the second special game) stored in the main control RAM 40c. If it is the random number information for the first special game, 1 is subtracted from the first special reserved number and updated. Then, the information display panel 22 is controlled so that the updated first special pending number is displayed. In addition, the main control CPU 40a stores in the output buffer a first reservation number command capable of specifying the updated first special reservation number. On the other hand, in step S303, the main control CPU 40a determines that if the random number information stored first among the random number information stored in the main control RAM 40c is the random number information for the second special game, the second special reserved number is decremented by 1 and updated. Then, the information display panel 22 is controlled so that the updated second special pending number is displayed. In addition, the main control CPU 40a stores in the output buffer a second reservation number command that can specify the updated second special reservation number.

Following the process of step S303, the main control CPU 40a first stores random number information (random number information for the first special game, random number information for the second special game) stored in the main control RAM 40c. The received random number information is read (step S304). When the main control CPU 40a reads out the earliest random number information in step S304, it erases the first stored random number information from the main control RAM 40c.

Next, the main control CPU 40a wins a big hit based on the jackpot lottery random number value that can be specified from the random number information read in the process of step S304 and the jackpot determination value stored in the main control ROM 40b. (step S305). The process of step S305 corresponds to a jackpot lottery. That is, the main control CPU 40a performs a jackpot lottery in step S305. In step S305, the main control CPU 40a performs a jackpot lottery using the common jackpot determination value in the low probability state, and uses the common jackpot determination value and the high probability jackpot determination value in the high probability state. Hold a raffle.

When a big hit is won (step S305: YES), the main control CPU 40a determines a big hit pattern and a variation pattern (step S306). Incidentally, when the random number information read out in the process of step S304 is the random number information for the first special game, in step S306 the main control CPU 40a determines the big hit symbols to be derived in the first special game and the variation of the first special game. determine the pattern and On the other hand, if the random number information read out in the process of step S304 is the random number information for the second special game, then in step S306 the main control CPU 40a determines the jackpot symbols to be derived in the second special game and the variation of the second special game. determine the pattern and

In addition, in the process of step S306, the main control CPU 40a stores in the output buffer a symbol command capable of specifying the determined big hit symbol. In the processing of step S306, the main control CPU 40a stores a variation pattern specification command that can specify the determined variation pattern in the output buffer. Incidentally, if the random number information read in the process of step S304 is the random number information for the first special game, the main control CPU 40a stores the variation pattern designation command corresponding to the first special game in the output buffer. On the other hand, if the random number information read in the process of step S304 is the random number information for the second special game, the main control CPU 40a stores the variation pattern designation command corresponding to the second special game in the output buffer. After that, the main control CPU 40a ends the special symbol start process.

When the big hit is not won (step S305: NO), the main control CPU 40a determines the losing pattern and the variation pattern (step S307). Incidentally, when the random number information read out in the process of step S304 is the random number information for the first special game, in step S307 the main control CPU 40a determines the winning symbols to be derived in the first special game and the variation of the first special game. determine the pattern and On the other hand, if the random number information read in the process of step S304 is the random number information for the second special game, in step S307 the main control CPU 40a determines the winning symbols to be derived in the second special game and the variation of the second special game. determine the pattern and In this embodiment, the case where the determination result of step S305 is negative (step S305: NO) corresponds to the case of misalignment.

In the process of step S307, the main control CPU 40a stores a symbol command that can specify the determined lost symbol in the output buffer. In the processing of step S307, the main control CPU 40a stores the variation pattern designation command in the output buffer. Incidentally, when the random number information read in the process of step S304 is the random number information for the first special game, the main control CPU 40a stores the variation pattern designation command corresponding to the first special game in the output buffer. On the other hand, if the random number information read in the process of step S304 is the random number information for the second special game, the main control CPU 40a stores the variation pattern designation command corresponding to the second special game in the output buffer. After that, the main control CPU 40a ends the special symbol start process.

As described above, in this embodiment, when the number of special reservations is 1 or more in step S302, according to the storage order of the random number information for the first special game and the random number information for the second special game, steps S303 to S307 is processed. That is, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when execution of the special games is suspended, the special games are executed in the order in which the execution was suspended. In other words, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the execution of the symbol variation games is suspended, the symbol variation games are performed in the order in which the execution was suspended.

Also, when the number of special reservations is not 1 or more (step S302: NO), the main control CPU 40a stores the standby command in the output buffer (step S308), and ends the special symbol start process. However, as in the process of step S214, if the special game is not executed after storing the standby command in the output buffer, the main control CPU 40a does not store the standby command in the output buffer in the process of step S308 and does not store the special game. End the symbol start process. As described above, in the present embodiment, when the conditions for executing the special game are satisfied, the standby state is entered. That is, the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment enters a standby state when the special game is not being executed and the jackpot game is not occurring.

As described above, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the main control CPU 40a performs a big-hit lottery in the process of step S305, thereby realizing a function as a big-hit lottery means for performing a big-hit lottery. In addition, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the main control CPU 40a determines the jackpot pattern in the process of step S306, thereby realizing the function of jackpot type determination means for determining the jackpot type.

Further, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment configured as described above, it is recommended to let the game ball flow down to the first route R1 when in the low base state, while in the high base state, the second It is recommended to let the game ball flow down the route R2. Then, when the game ball is shot so as to flow down the first route R1 in the low base state, the game ball enters the sorting device 50 and enters the sorting device 50. Game balls are alternately distributed to the first starting port 26 and the second starting port 27.例文帳に追加As a result, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the first special game and the second special game are alternately executed in the low base state. On the other hand, when the game ball is shot so as to flow down the second path R2 in the high base state, after the game ball enters the gate 31, a normal winning game is generated and the first variable member 28 is opened, a game ball can be entered into the second starting port 27 without entering the game ball into the sorting device 50.例文帳に追加

Next, based on FIG. 25, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the relationship between the scene where the second end condition is satisfied and the high base state is switched to the low base state, and the execution of calling attention to immersion will be described. do. In addition, in FIG. 25, the second end condition is established by executing the special game 50 times after being controlled to the high base state after the end of the second non-probability variable jackpot game, and the high base state is changed to the low base state. shall be switched to

As shown in FIG. 25, in the high base state, the effect display device 25 executes a right-handed informing effect. Also, assume that a game ball enters the second start hole 27 at timing t51 in the high base state, and execution of the second special game is suspended. It is assumed that this second special game is a special game for winning a jackpot.

Then, at timing t52 before execution of the second special game suspended at timing t51, when the 50th special game after the end of the second non-probability variable jackpot game ends, the high base state ends. A condition is met to terminate the high base state and enter the low base state. When the high base state ends and the state becomes a low base state, the right-handed informing performance ends, and the left-handed informing performance is executed on the performance display device 25.例文帳に追加The left-handed informing effect is executed in the effect display device 25 until the left-handed informing time elapses.

Further, the execution of the second special game suspended at the timing t51 in the high base state is started at the timing t53 after the second end condition is satisfied and the low base state is reached, and a big win is made. shall be elected. In this case, after the end of the second special game started at timing t53, the jackpot game is generated at timing t54. Incidentally, when the jackpot game is generated, the effect display device 25 executes a right-handed informing effect.

Then, at timing t55 within the ending period (shown as “ED” in FIG. 25) of the jackpot game that occurred at timing t54, the effect display device 25 displays a caution image GTa to execute a caution regarding devotion. be done. At this time, in the effect display device 25, in addition to the attention image GTa, the attention image GTb is displayed to call attention to the return of the storage medium.

In FIG. 25, when the second special game executed at timing t53 is executed "when the left-handed informing effect is not executed (after the left-handed informing effect ends)", the second special game is generated at time t54. It is exemplified that at timing t55 within the ending period of the jackpot game, a warning regarding the immersion is executed. However, although not shown, even when the second special game executed at timing t53 is executed "while the left-handed informing effect is being executed", the ending period in the big win game that occurs at timing t54 At timing t55 within, a call for attention regarding the immersion is executed.

As described above, in the present embodiment, execution of the special game is suspended in the high base state, and the special game is executed after the second end condition is met and the high base state ends and the low base state is entered. In the case of a special game that is played and is a big win, attention is drawn to the addiction during the occurrence of the big win game after the end of the special game. That is, in the present embodiment, the execution of the symbol variation game is suspended in the second game state, and the symbol variation game becomes the first game state after the second end condition is satisfied and the second game state ends. In the case of a symbol variation game that will be executed later and will result in a big win, a warning regarding immersion is executed during the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the completion of the symbol variation game.

Further, the execution of the special game is suspended in the high base state, and the left-handed informing effect is executed after the special game enters the low base state after the second end condition is satisfied and the high base state ends. When the game is a special game that is executed during the game and results in a big win, a warning about immersion is made during the occurrence of the big win game after the end of the special game. That is, in the present embodiment, the execution of the symbol variation game is suspended in the second game state, and the symbol variation game becomes the first game state after the second end condition is satisfied and the second game state ends. Later, when the symbol variation game is executed during the execution of the first notification effect and is a big win, attention is drawn to immersion during the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the completion of the symbol variation game. be.

Incidentally, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the execution of the special game is suspended in the high base state, the special game is executed in the high base state, and when the special game is a big win, the special game is executed in the high base state. A call for attention regarding immersion is not executed during the occurrence of a big win game occurring after the end of the special game. That is, in the present embodiment, execution of the symbol variation game is suspended in the second gaming state, and when the symbol variation game is executed in the second gaming state and is a symbol variation game that results in a big win, A call for attention regarding immersion is not executed during the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the end of the symbol variation game.

Next, based on FIG. 26, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, a scene in which the second end condition is established and the high base state is switched to the low base state, a normal game and a normal winning game, and attention to immersion and the relationship between the execution of In addition, in FIG. 26, the second end condition is established by executing the special game 50 times after being controlled to the high base state after the end of the second non-probability variable jackpot game, and the high base state is changed to the low base state. shall be switched to

As shown in FIG. 26, in the high base state, the effect display device 25 executes a right-handed informing effect. Also, when a game ball enters the gate 31 in the high base state, execution of the normal game is suspended, and execution of the normal game is started at timing t61. It should be noted that the normal game (hereinafter referred to as "specific normal variation game") started at timing t61 is a normal winning game.

Then, after the execution of the specific normal variation game is started in the high base state, at a timing t62 before the end of the specific normal variation game, the 50th time from the end of the second non-probability variable jackpot game. When the special game ends, the end condition for the high base state is established, the high base state ends, and the low base state is entered. When the high base state ends and the state becomes a low base state, the right-handed informing performance ends, and the left-handed informing performance is executed on the performance display device 25.例文帳に追加The left-handed informing effect is executed in the effect display device 25 until the left-handed informing time elapses.

In addition, after the execution of the specific normal variation game ends at timing t63 after the second end condition is satisfied and the low base state is reached, a normal winning game is generated, and the first variable member of the second start port 27 28 is open. Assume that the game ball enters the second starting port 27 at timing t64 when the first variable member 28 is opened, and execution of the second special game is suspended. It is assumed that the second special game whose execution is suspended at timing t64 is a special game in which a big win is won.

After that, at timing t65 after timing t64, execution of the special game (the second special game for the big win) whose execution was suspended at timing t64 is started. Then, at timing t66 after the end of the special game whose execution was suspended at timing t64, a big win game is generated. At timing t67 within the ending period (shown as "ED" in FIG. 26) of the jackpot game that occurred at timing t66, the effect display device 25 displays a caution image GTa to draw attention to the immersion. . At this time, in the effect display device 25, in addition to the attention image GTa, the attention image GTb is displayed to call attention to the return of the storage medium.

In FIG. 26, when the normal winning game is generated and the first variable member 28 is in the open state, the timing when "the left information effect is not executed (the left information effect is finished)" At t64, when the second special game whose execution has been suspended due to the entry of the game ball into the second starting port 27 becomes a big hit, a warning regarding the immersion is made during the subsequent occurrence of the big win game. exemplifies that. However, when the normal winning game is generated and the first variable member 28 is in the open state, and when "the left-handed notification effect is being executed", the game ball enters the second start port 27. Even if the second special game, whose execution is postponed as a result of playing the game, becomes a big win, attention is drawn to the addiction during the subsequent occurrence of the big win game.

Also, in FIG. 26, when the second special game executed at timing t65 is executed "when the left-handed informing effect is not executed", the timing within the ending period of the big win game generated at timing t66 It exemplifies that an alert regarding the immersion is executed at t67. However, although not shown, even if the second special game executed at timing t65 is executed "while the left-handed informing effect is being executed", the ending period of the big win game that occurs at timing t66 At timing t67 in the above, a warning regarding the immersion is executed.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the normal game whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the gate 31 in the high base state is regarded as the specific normal variation game, and the specific normal variation game is regarded as the normal winning game. Then, the specific normal variation game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and the second end condition is satisfied while the specific normal variation game is being executed, ending the high base state. After reaching the low base state, the game ball enters the second starting port 27 when the normal winning game is generated after the specific normal variation game is finished after the low base state is reached and the first variable member 28 is opened. When the second special game whose execution is postponed with the entry of a ball becomes a big hit, attention is drawn to the addiction during the occurrence of the big win game after the end of the second special game. That is, in the present embodiment, the normal variation game whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the specific ball entrance in the second gaming state is defined as the specific normal variation game, and the specific normal variation game is the normal hit. In this case, the specific normal variable game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and the second game state is established when the second end condition is satisfied while the specific normal variable game is being executed. is completed to enter the first game state, and after the specific normal variation game is completed after the first game state, a normal winning game is generated and the opening and closing member is opened, the game ball is sent to the second start port. When the second symbol variation game whose execution is suspended due to the entry of the ball becomes a big hit, a warning about immersion is executed during the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the end of the second symbol variation game. .

Further, in the present embodiment, the normal game whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the gate 31 in the high base state is assumed to be the specific normal variation game, and the specific normal variation game is assumed to be the normal hit. Then, the specific normal variable game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and the second end condition is satisfied while the specific normal variable game is being executed, and the high base state ends and the low base state ends. After the base state and the low base state, the normal winning game is generated after the end of the specific normal variation game, and the first variable member 28 is in the open state, and during the execution of the left-handed informing effect. When a second special game whose execution is suspended due to the entry of a game ball into the second start port 27 results in a big win, attention is paid to being absorbed in the big win game occurring after the end of the second special game. Awakening is executed. That is, in the present embodiment, the normal variation game whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the specific ball entrance in the second gaming state is defined as the specific normal variation game, and the specific normal variation game is the normal hit. In this case, the specific normal variable game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and the second game state is established when the second end condition is satisfied while the specific normal variable game is being executed. is completed, the first game state is entered, and after the specific normal variation game is completed after the first game state, a normal winning game is generated and the opening and closing member is opened, and the first notification effect is performed. When the second symbol variation game whose execution is suspended due to the entry of the game ball into the second starting port during the execution results in a big win, the occurrence of the big win game after the end of the second symbol variation game. A warning about getting stuck inside is executed.

Further, in the present embodiment, the normal game whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the gate 31 in the high base state is assumed to be the specific normal variation game, and the specific normal variation game is assumed to be the normal hit. Then, the specific normal game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and after the specific normal variation game is finished before the second end condition is satisfied, the normal winning game is generated and the first variable is generated. A second special game whose execution is suspended when a game ball enters the second starting port 27 when the member 28 is in an open state becomes a big hit, and the second special game is a big win. If it is executed before the second end condition is established, the attention regarding immersion is not executed during the occurrence of the jackpot game occurring after the end of the second special game. That is, in the present embodiment, the normal variation game whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the specific ball entrance in the second gaming state is defined as the specific normal variation game, and the specific normal variation game is the normal hit. Then, the specific normal variation game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and the normal winning game occurs after the specific normal variation game is completed before the second end condition is satisfied. When the opening and closing member is opened and the game ball enters the second starting port, the execution of the second symbol variation game is suspended and the second symbol variation game becomes a big hit. When the variation game is executed before the second end condition is established, the attention regarding the immersion is not executed during the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the end of the second symbol variation game.

According to this embodiment, in addition to the effects (1) to (18) and (20) to (47) of the first embodiment, the following effects can be obtained.
(48) The high base state (second gaming state) has a higher advantage in terms of entering the game ball into the second starting port 27 than the low base state (first gaming state). It can be said that this is a game state in which it is assumed that the game will be continued. Even a player who continues the game in such a high base state is expected to end the game when the high base state ends and the low base state is entered. That is, the situation in which the high base state ends and the low base state is reached is one of the situations in which the player ends the game. When the execution of the special game (symbol variation game) is suspended in the high base state, and the special game is executed after switching to the low base state and is a special game that results in a big win, it is generated after that. Attention to the immersion is executed during the occurrence of the jackpot game. In this way, the execution of the special game is suspended in the high base state in which it is assumed that the game will be continued, and after switching to the game state in which it is assumed that the game will end after switching to the low base state, a big win is made. In this case, a warning regarding the immersion is executed. As a result, when a player who was thinking of ending the game due to the switch from the high base state to the low base state continues the game due to the occurrence of the big win game, attention is drawn to the addiction. can be effectively executed, and immersion can be effectively suppressed.

In addition, in a gaming machine having a sorting device 50 as a sorting means for alternately sorting to the first start port 26 and the second start port 27, and in which the special games are executed in the order in which the execution was suspended, the high base Even immediately after the end of the state, the first special game (first symbol variation game) may be executed, and the second special game (second symbol variation game) may be executed. However, when the execution of the special game is suspended in the high base state, and the special game is executed after switching to the low base state and is a special game that results in a big win, the special game is the first special game. In any of the second special games, since the attention regarding the addiction is executed during the subsequent occurrence of the big win game, the attention regarding the immersion can be executed more effectively.

(Third embodiment)
Next, a third embodiment of the gaming machine will be described with reference to FIGS. 24 and 27-30. In addition, the structure similar to 1st Embodiment attaches|subjects the same code|symbol as 1st Embodiment, and abbreviate|omits about the detailed description and drawing.

As shown in FIG. 27, the configuration of the game board 20 in the third embodiment differs from the configuration of the game board 20 in the first embodiment. The pachinko game machine 10 of the third embodiment includes a non-variable second start-up port 27a and a variable second start-up port 27b as the second start-up port. The variable second starting port 27b has a first variable member 28 as an opening/closing member. On the other hand, the non-variable second starting port 27a does not have a variable member. The variable second starting port 27b in the third embodiment corresponds to the second starting port 27 in the first embodiment. That is, the pachinko game machine 10 of the third embodiment includes a non-variable second starter opening 27a in addition to the second starter opening 27 in the first embodiment. In this embodiment, the non-variable second starting port 27a corresponds to the second specific starting port, and the variable second starting port 27b corresponds to the second non-specific starting port.

In the pachinko game machine 10 of the third embodiment, a ball passage (not shown) is connected to the non-variable second starting hole 27a to guide the entered game ball to the back side of the game board 20 (discharge the game ball to the outside from the game board 20). is set. Further, the variable second starting port 27b is connected to a ball passage (not shown) that guides the entering game ball to the back side of the game board 20 (discharges it to the outside from the game board 20). In the pachinko game machine 10 of the third embodiment, the ball passage that guides the game ball that has entered the non-variable second start port 27a to the back side of the game board 20, and the variable second start port 27b. A second start sensor SE2 is arranged in each of a ball passage for guiding a hit game ball to the back side of the game board 20.例文帳に追加When the game ball is detected by the second starting sensor SE2, the condition for starting the second special game can be satisfied. The condition for starting the second special game can be established even when the game ball enters any one of the two starting holes 27b.

Moreover, the pachinko game machine 10 of the third embodiment includes a sorting device 50 as in the second embodiment. The sorting device 50 is positioned below the center frame 23 in the game area 21 . In addition, in the game board 20 of the present embodiment, the first starting opening 26 and the non-variable second starting opening 27a are located below the sorting device 50 in the game area 21 .

As shown in FIG. 28 , the first starting port 26 in this embodiment is arranged directly below the first discharge port 50b of the sorting device 50 . And the game ball ejected from the first ejection port 50b can enter the first starting port 26 in the present embodiment. In addition, the non-variable second starting port 27a in the present embodiment is arranged directly below the second discharge port 50c of the sorting device 50 . The non-variable second starting port 27a in this embodiment is always open, and the game ball discharged from the second discharge port 50c can enter.

In this embodiment, when a game ball is entered into the sorting device 50, the game ball is alternately sorted to the first starting port 26 and the non-variable second starting port 27a. The sorting device 50 in this embodiment corresponds to sorting means for alternately sorting to the first start opening and the second specific start opening.

Next, the path along which the game ball flows down in this embodiment will be described.
As shown in FIG. 27, in the present embodiment, the player operates the shooting handle 16 to adjust the shooting intensity of the game ball, thereby dividing the game ball into the left region R1a and the right region R2a, and the first A game ball can enter the starting port 26 , the second non-variable starting port 27 a , the second variable starting port 27 b , the big prize winning port 29 , the gate 31 and the sorting device 50 .

Specifically, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the game ball is shot by adjusting the shooting intensity to be stronger (so-called right-handed hitting), the game ball is easily guided downward to the right region R2a, and the variable There is a possibility that the ball enters the second starting port 27b, the big winning port 29, or the gate 31. On the other hand, when the game ball is shot by adjusting the shooting intensity to be weaker (so-called left-handed hitting), the game ball is likely to be guided downward to the left region R1a, and may enter the sorting device 50. As a result, the ball may enter the first starting hole 26 or the non-variable second starting hole 27a. Therefore, in the present embodiment, it can be said that there are the first starting port 26 and the non-variable second starting port 27a on the first route R1. In addition, in the present embodiment, it can be said that there are a variable second starting opening 27b, a big winning opening 29, and a gate 31 on the second route R2. Thus, in this embodiment, when the game ball flows down on the first route R1, compared to the case of flowing down on the second route R2, the variable second starting port 27b, the big winning port 29, The possibility of the ball entering the gate 31 is low. In addition, when the game ball flows down the second route R2, it is more likely to enter the first start port 26 and the non-variable second start port 27a than when it flows down the first route R1. is low.

In addition, in the pachinko game machine 10 of the present embodiment, while the game ball entering the sorting device 50 can enter the first starting port 26, the first starting port 26 does not enter the sorting device 50. A game ball does not enter the ball. Further, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, while the game ball entering the sorting device 50 can enter the non-variable second start opening 27a, it does not enter the sorting device 50 and the non-variable A game ball does not enter the second starting port 27a. Further, in the pachinko game machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the first variable member 28 of the second variable starter opening 27b is closed, no game ball enters the second variable starter opening 27b. On the other hand, in the pachinko game machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the first variable member 28 of the second variable starting port 27b is in the open state, the game ball is configured to be able to enter the second variable starting port 27b. there is

Next, special design input processing in this embodiment is explained. In addition, description is abbreviate|omitted about the control similar to the special design input process in 1st Embodiment, and control different from the special design input process in 1st Embodiment is demonstrated.

The main control CPU 40a in this embodiment performs the same processing as the special symbol input processing in the second embodiment. Specifically, when storing the random number information in steps S104 and S104, the main control CPU 40a is configured so as to be able to specify the storage order of the random number information for the first special game and the random number information for the second special game. It is stored in the main control RAM 40c. At this time, the main control CPU 40a combines the random number information for the first special game and the random number information for the second special game so that the storage order can be specified. Random number information for the special game is stored in the main control RAM 40c.

Further, in the present embodiment, the main control CPU 40a performs the special symbol start processing (shown in FIG. 24) described in the second embodiment as the special symbol start processing. That is, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the execution of the special games is suspended, the special games are executed in the order in which the execution was suspended. That is, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the execution of the symbol variation games is suspended, the symbol variation games are performed in the order in which the execution was suspended.

In this embodiment, when it is in the high base state, it becomes easier for the game ball to enter the variable second starting port 27b as compared to when it is in the low base state. That is, in the present embodiment, when in the high base state, compared to when in the low base state, the degree of advantage regarding the entry of the game ball into the variable second starting port 27b as the second non-specific starting port is high. That is, in the present embodiment, when the low probability high base state or high probability high base state, compared to when the low probability low base state or high probability low base state, to the variable second starting port 27b High advantage for game ball entry.

Further, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment configured as described above, it is recommended to let the game ball flow down to the first route R1 when in the low base state, while when in the high base state, the second It is recommended to let the game ball flow down the route R2. Then, when the game ball is shot so as to flow down the first route R1 in the low base state, the game ball enters the sorting device 50 and enters the sorting device 50. Game balls are alternately distributed to the first starting port 26 and the non-variable second starting port 27a. As a result, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the first special game and the second special game are alternately executed when in the low base state. On the other hand, when the game ball is shot so as to flow down the second path R2 in the high base state, after the game ball enters the gate 31, a normal winning game is generated and the first variable member 28 is opened, a game ball can be entered into the variable second starting port 27b.

Next, based on FIG. 29, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the relationship between the scene where the second end condition is satisfied and the high base state is switched to the low base state, and the execution of calling attention to immersion will be described. do. In addition, in FIG. 29, the second end condition is established by executing the special game 50 times after being controlled to the high base state after the end of the first non-probability variable jackpot game, and the high base state is changed to the low base state. shall be switched to

As shown in FIG. 29, in the high base state, the effect display device 25 executes a right-handed informing effect. Also, assume that a game ball enters the variable second starting hole 27b at timing t71 in the high base state, and execution of the second special game is suspended. It is assumed that this second special game is a special game for winning a jackpot.

Then, when the 50th special game after the end of the first non-probability variable jackpot game ends at timing t72 before the execution of the second special game whose execution is suspended at timing t71, the high base state ends. A condition is met to terminate the high base state and enter the low base state. When the high base state ends and the state becomes a low base state, the right-handed informing performance ends, and the left-handed informing performance is executed on the performance display device 25.例文帳に追加The left-handed informing effect is executed in the effect display device 25 until the left-handed informing time elapses.

Further, the execution of the second special game suspended at the timing t71 in the high base state is started at the timing t73 after the second end condition is satisfied and the low base state is reached, and the big win is achieved. shall be elected. In this case, after the end of the second special game started at timing t73, the jackpot game is generated at timing t74. Incidentally, when the jackpot game is generated, the effect display device 25 executes a right-handed informing effect.

Then, at timing t75 within the ending period (indicated as “ED” in FIG. 29) of the big win game that occurred at timing t74, the effect display device 25 displays the attention image GTa to execute attention regarding the addiction. be done. At this time, in the effect display device 25, in addition to the attention image GTa, the attention image GTb is displayed to call attention to the return of the storage medium.

In FIG. 29, when the second special game executed at timing t73 is executed "when the left-handed informing effect is being executed", the timing within the ending period of the big win game that occurs at timing t74 It exemplifies that an alert regarding the immersion is executed at t75. However, although not shown, even when the second special game executed at timing t73 is executed "when the left-handed informing effect is not executed", the ending period in the big win game that occurs at timing t74 At timing t75 within, a call for attention regarding the immersion is executed.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the execution of the special game is suspended in the high base state, and the special game is executed after the second end condition is met and the high base state ends and the low base state is entered. In the case of a special game that is played and a big win, attention is drawn to the addiction during the occurrence of the big win game after the end of the special game. That is, in the present embodiment, the execution of the symbol variation game is suspended in the second game state, and the symbol variation game ends in the first game state after the second end condition is satisfied. In the case of a symbol variation game that will be executed later and will result in a big win, a warning regarding immersion is executed during the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the completion of the symbol variation game.

In the present embodiment, the execution of the special game is suspended in the high base state, and the special game is left-handed after the second end condition is satisfied and the high base state ends and the low base state is reached. When it is a special game that is executed during execution of the performance and becomes a big win, attention is called for immersion during the subsequent occurrence of the big win game. That is, in the present embodiment, the execution of the symbol variation game is suspended in the second game state, and the symbol variation game becomes the first game state after the second end condition is satisfied and the second game state ends. Later, when the symbol variation game is executed during the execution of the first notification effect and is a big win, attention is drawn to immersion during the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the completion of the symbol variation game. be.

Incidentally, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the execution of the special game is suspended in the high base state, the special game is executed in the high base state, and when the special game is a big win, the special game is executed in the high base state. A call for attention regarding immersion is not executed during the occurrence of a big win game occurring after the end of the special game. That is, in the present embodiment, execution of the symbol variation game is suspended in the second gaming state, and when the symbol variation game is executed in the second gaming state and is a symbol variation game that results in a big win, A call for attention regarding immersion is not executed during the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the end of the symbol variation game.

Next, based on FIG. 30, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, a scene where the second end condition is established and the high base state is switched to the low base state, a normal game and a normal winning game, and attention to immersion and the relationship between the execution of In addition, in FIG. 30, the second end condition is satisfied by executing the special game 50 times after being controlled to the high base state after the end of the first non-probability variable jackpot game, and the high base state is changed to the low base state. shall be switched to

As shown in FIG. 30, in the high base state, the effect display device 25 executes a right-handed informing effect. Further, when a game ball enters the gate 31 in the high base state, execution of the normal game is suspended, and execution of the normal game is started at timing t81. It should be noted that the normal game (hereinafter referred to as "specific normal variation game") started at timing t81 is a normal winning normal game.

Then, after the execution of the specific normal variation game is started in the high base state, at a timing t82 before the end of the specific normal variation game, the 50th time from the end of the first non-probable variable jackpot game. When the special game ends, the end condition for the high base state is established, the high base state ends, and the low base state is entered. When the high base state ends and the state becomes a low base state, the right-handed informing performance ends, and the left-handed informing performance is executed on the performance display device 25.例文帳に追加The left-handed informing effect is executed in the effect display device 25 until the left-handed informing time elapses.

In addition, after the execution of the specific normal variation game ends at timing t83 after the second end condition is satisfied and the low base state is reached, a normal winning game is generated, and the first variable second start port 27b has The variable member 28 will be in an open state. It is assumed that a game ball enters the variable second starting port 27b at timing t84 when the first variable member 28 is opened, and execution of the second special game is suspended. It is assumed that the second special game whose execution is suspended at this timing t84 is a special game for winning a big win.

After that, at timing t85 after timing t84, execution of the special game (the second special game for the big win) whose execution was suspended at timing t84 is started. Then, at timing t86 after the end of the special game whose execution was suspended at timing t84, a jackpot game is generated. At timing t87 within the ending period (shown as "ED" in FIG. 30) of the jackpot game that occurred at timing t86, the effect display device 25 displays a caution image GTa to draw attention to the immersion. . At this time, in the effect display device 25, in addition to the attention image GTa, the attention image GTb is displayed to call attention to the return of the storage medium.

In addition, in FIG. 30, when the normal winning game is generated and the first variable member 28 is in the open state, at the timing t84 when "the left-handed notification effect is being executed", the variable second When a second special game whose execution has been suspended due to the entry of a game ball into a start hole 27b results in a big win, attention is drawn to immersion during the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the end of the second special game. is executed. However, when the normal winning game is generated and the first variable member 28 is in the open state, and when "the left-handed notification effect is not executed", the game ball enters the variable second start port 27b. Even if the second special game, whose execution is suspended due to the entry of the ball, becomes a big win, attention is drawn to the immersion during the subsequent occurrence of the big win game.

Further, in FIG. 30, when the second special game executed at timing t85 is executed "when the left-handed informing effect is not executed", the timing within the ending period of the big win game occurred at timing t86 It is exemplified that at t87, a warning regarding the immersion is executed. However, although not shown, even if the second special game executed at timing t85 is executed "while the left-handed informing effect is being executed", the ending period in the big win game that occurs at timing t86 At timing t87 in the above, a warning regarding the immersion is executed.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the normal game whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the gate 31 in the high base state is regarded as the specific normal variation game, and the specific normal variation game is regarded as the normal winning game. Then, the specific normal variation game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and the second end condition is satisfied while the specific normal variation game is being executed, ending the high base state. After reaching the low base state, after the specific normal variation game is finished, a normal winning game is generated and when the first variable member 28 is opened, the variable second start port 27b is entered. When the second special game whose execution is suspended due to the entry of the game ball becomes a big hit, attention is drawn to the addiction during the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the end of the second special game. . That is, in the present embodiment, the normal variation game whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the specific ball entrance in the second gaming state is defined as the specific normal variation game, and the specific normal variation game is the normal hit. In this case, the specific normal variable game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and the second game state is established when the second end condition is satisfied while the specific normal variable game is being executed. is completed, a first game state is entered, and after the specific normal variation game is completed after the first game state, a normal winning game is generated and the opening/closing member is opened, to the second non-specific start port. When the second symbol variation game whose execution is suspended due to the entry of the game ball results in a big win, a warning regarding immersion is executed during the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the end of the second symbol variation game. be done.

Further, in the present embodiment, the normal game whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the gate 31 in the high base state is assumed to be the specific normal variation game, and the specific normal variation game is assumed to be the normal hit. Then, the specific normal variable game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and the second end condition is satisfied while the specific normal variable game is being executed, and the high base state ends and the low base state ends. After the base state and the low base state, the normal winning game is generated after the end of the specific normal variation game, and the first variable member 28 is in the open state, and it is variable during execution of the left-handed informing performance. When the second special game whose execution is suspended by the fact that the game ball enters the second start port 27b becomes a big hit, the player becomes absorbed in the big win game occurring after the second special game is over. A warning about is executed. That is, in the present embodiment, the normal variation game whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the specific ball entrance in the second gaming state is defined as the specific normal variation game, and the specific normal variation game is the normal hit. In this case, the specific normal variable game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and the second game state is established when the second end condition is satisfied while the specific normal variable game is being executed. is completed, the first game state is entered, and after the specific normal variation game is completed after the first game state, a normal winning game is generated and the opening and closing member is opened, and the first notification effect is performed. When a second symbol variation game whose execution is suspended due to a game ball entering a second non-specified starting port during execution results in a big win, the big win game is generated after the end of the second symbol variation game. A reminder about immersion is executed during the occurrence of .

Further, in the present embodiment, the normal game whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the gate 31 in the high base state is assumed to be the specific normal variation game, and the specific normal variation game is assumed to be the normal hit. Then, the specific normal game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and after the specific normal variation game is finished before the second end condition is satisfied, the normal winning game is generated and the first variable is generated. When the member 28 is in the open state, the second special game whose execution has been suspended triggered by the entry of the game ball into the variable second start port 27b becomes a big win, and the second special game When the game is executed before the second end condition is established, the attention regarding the immersion is not executed during the occurrence of the jackpot game occurring after the end of the second special game. That is, in the present embodiment, the normal variation game whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the specific ball entrance in the second gaming state is defined as the specific normal variation game, and the specific normal variation game is the normal hit. Then, the specific normal variation game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and the normal winning game occurs after the specific normal variation game is completed before the second end condition is satisfied. When the opening and closing member is opened and the game ball enters the second non-specific start port, the second symbol variation game whose execution is suspended becomes a big win, and the second symbol variation game is a big win. When the two-symbol variation game is executed before the second end condition is established, the attention regarding the immersion is not executed during the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the second symbol variation game is completed.

According to this embodiment, in addition to the effects (1) to (18), (20), (21) and (25) to (47) of the first embodiment, the following effects can be obtained.
(49) The high base state (second game state) has a higher advantage regarding the entry of the game ball into the variable second start port 27b than the low base state (first game state). It can be said that this is a game state in which the player is expected to continue playing. Even a player who continues the game in such a high base state is expected to end the game when the high base state ends and the low base state is entered. That is, the situation in which the high base state ends and the low base state is reached is one of the situations in which the player ends the game. When the execution of the special game (symbol variation game) is suspended in the high base state, and the special game is executed after switching to the low base state and is a special game that results in a big win, it is generated after that. Attention to the immersion is executed during the occurrence of the jackpot game. In this way, the execution of the special game is suspended in the high base state in which it is assumed that the game will be continued, and after switching to the game state in which it is assumed that the game will end after switching to the low base state, a big win is made. In this case, a warning regarding the immersion is executed. As a result, when a player who was thinking of ending the game due to the switch from the high base state to the low base state continues the game due to the occurrence of the big win game, attention is drawn to the addiction. can be effectively executed, and immersion can be effectively suppressed.

In addition, in a gaming machine that has a sorting device 50 as a sorting means that alternately sorts to the first start port 26 and the non-variable second start port 27a, the special games are executed in the order in which the execution was suspended. Even immediately after the end of the high base state, the first special game (first symbol variation game) may be executed, and the second special game (second symbol variation game) may be executed. However, when the execution of the special game is suspended in the high base state, and the special game is executed after switching to the low base state and is a special game that results in a big win, the special game is the first special game. In any of the second special games, since the attention regarding the addiction is executed during the subsequent occurrence of the big win game, the attention regarding the immersion can be executed more effectively.

(50) High base state (second game state), compared with low base state (first game state), because the advantage of entering the game ball into the variable second start opening 27b is high, the game It can be said that this is a game state in which the player is expected to continue playing. Even a player who continues the game in such a high base state is expected to end the game when the high base state ends and the low base state is entered. That is, the situation in which the high base state ends and the low base state is reached is one of the situations in which the player ends the game.

A normal game (normal variation game) whose execution is suspended when a game ball enters a gate 31 (specific ball entrance) in a high base state is defined as a specific normal variation game, and the specific normal variation game is a normal hit. shall be Then, the specific normal variation game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, the second end condition is satisfied during the execution of the specific normal variation game, the low base state is reached, and thereafter the specific normal variation game is executed. After the end of the variable game, when the normal winning game is generated and the first variable member 28 (opening/closing member) is opened, the execution is triggered by the game ball entering the variable second start port 27b. When a suspended second special game (second pattern variation game) results in a big win, attention is drawn to immersion during the occurrence of a big win game occurring after the end of the second special game.

In this way, it is possible to suspend the execution of the normal game in which the game is normally won in the high base state in which the game is expected to continue, and to switch to the low base state during the execution of the normal game to end the game. After switching to the assumed game state, after the previous normal winning game is finished, the normal winning game is generated, and when the first variable member 28 is in the open state, the game is played to the variable second start port 27b. When the second special game whose execution has been suspended due to the entry of the ball becomes a big win, a warning regarding the immersion is executed. As a result, when a player who has been thinking of ending the game due to the switch from the high base state to the low base state continues the game due to the occurrence of the big win game, attention is paid to the addiction. Engagement can be effectively suppressed by effectively executing the arousal.

(51) Since the high base state (second game state) is more advantageous than the low base state (first game state), it is assumed that the player will continue playing the game. Therefore, every time a special game results in a big win in the high base state, if a warning regarding immersion is executed during the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the end of the special game, every time the high base state and the big win game are repeated. Execution of the alert regarding the immersion in (that is, each time the number of consecutive residences increases) may cause the user to feel annoyed by the alert and reduce interest.

Therefore, the specific normal variation game is executed before the high base state ends, and after the specific normal variation game ends before the high base state ends, the normal winning game is generated and the first variable member 28 is generated. is in an open state, the second special game (second symbol variation game) whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the variable second start port 27b becomes a big hit. , when the second special game is executed before the end of the high base state, the call for attention regarding the immersion is not executed during the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the end of the second special game. As a result, it is possible to prevent the user from losing interest due to the repeated execution of the alert regarding the immersion in spite of the fact that the user is staying in a row of houses.

(52) In the low base state (first game state), it is recommended to let the game ball flow down the first route R1 (first flow direction), while in the high base state (second game state), the second It is recommended to let the game ball flow down the route R2 (second downstream direction). In such a gaming machine, after the second end condition is established and the high base state is ended and the low base state is entered, the shooting of the game ball for flowing down the game ball to the first route R1 is promoted. A beating notification effect (first notification effect) is executed. By executing such a left-handed notification effect, it is possible to prompt the shooting of the game ball for flowing down the game ball to the first route R1.

On the other hand, when the left-handed informing effect is executed, it also informs that the high base state has ended and changed to the low base state, so the possibility of the player ending the game increases. Therefore, the specific normal variation game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, the second end condition is satisfied during the execution of the specific normal variation game, the low base state is reached, and then the specific normal variation game is executed. When the normal winning game is generated after the end of the variable game and the first variable member 28 (opening/closing member) is in an open state, the game ball enters the variable second start port 27b during execution of the left-handed informing performance. When the second special game (second symbol variation game) whose execution is suspended due to the entry of the ball becomes a big hit, caution regarding getting into the big win game that occurs after the end of the second special game Made it so that the summons can be executed. Therefore, after switching from the high base state in which it is assumed that the game is continued to the low base state, the state where the left-handed notification effect is being executed, that is, the state where the possibility of ending the game is increased. Even if the execution of the special game is suspended after the game is played, a warning regarding the immersion is executed in the event of a big win. As a result, the player, who was thinking of ending the game by switching from the high base state to the low base state and executing the left-handed informing performance, continues the game due to the occurrence of the jackpot game. By effectively calling attention to immersion in a case, immersion can be effectively suppressed.

(Fourth embodiment)
Next, a fourth embodiment of the gaming machine will be described with reference to FIGS. 16, 17 and 31-35. In addition, the structure similar to 1st Embodiment attaches|subjects the same code|symbol as 1st Embodiment, and abbreviate|omits about the detailed description and drawing.

The pachinko gaming machine 10 of the fourth embodiment is configured to be able to execute the production mode. There are multiple types of production modes. Then, in the pachinko game machine 10, one of a plurality of types of presentation modes is executed. The performance mode is also called a performance state.

As shown in FIG. 31, the production modes in the fourth embodiment include a first normal mode, a second normal mode, a first advantageous mode, and a second advantageous mode. In the pachinko game machine 10, for example, the effect display device 25 is caused to display a different background image for each type of effect mode, or the decorative lamp 17 is caused to emit light in a different color for each type of effect mode, or for each type of effect mode. Different background music is output from the speaker 18 to inform the mode identification information. For example, since images other than the background image are also displayed on the effect display device 25, at least a part of the images displayed on the effect display device 25 are different for each type of effect mode. That is, it can be said that the production modes differ in some of the production elements.

A 1st normal mode and a 2nd normal mode are production modes controlled when it is in a low probability low base state. The first advantageous mode is an effect mode controlled when in the low probability high base state. The second advantageous mode is an effect mode controlled when in the high-probability-high base state.

In the present embodiment, the normal shift lottery is performed in the first normal mode and in the second normal mode. Then, when it is determined in the normal transition lottery when the first normal mode is set to be controlled to the second normal mode, the control is performed to the second normal mode. On the other hand, when it is determined in the normal transition lottery that the mode is to be controlled to the first normal mode when the mode is the second normal mode, the mode is controlled to the first normal mode.

When a jackpot is won in the first normal mode or the second normal mode and the first non-probability variable big win game is generated, the first advantageous mode is controlled after the first non-probability variable big win game is finished. In addition, when the jackpot is won in the first normal mode or the second normal mode and the second non-probability variable big win game is generated, after the second non-probability variable big win game is finished, the first advantageous mode is controlled. be. Also, when a big win is won in the first normal mode or the second normal mode and the first variable probability big win game is generated, the game is controlled to the second advantageous mode after the end of the first variable probability big win game. In addition, when a big win is won in the first normal mode or the second normal mode and a second probability variable big win game is generated, after the second probability variable big win game is finished, the game is controlled to the second advantageous mode.

When the high base state ends and shifts to the low base state due to the establishment of the second end condition when the first advantageous mode is in effect, the control is performed in the first normal mode or the second normal mode. For example, when the second end condition is satisfied from the first advantageous mode and the control is performed in the first normal mode or the second normal mode, the control is performed in the performance mode determined by lottery among the first normal mode and the second normal mode. Alternatively, it may be configured to be primarily controlled to the first normal mode (or the second normal mode).

Further, when a jackpot is won in the first advantageous mode and a first non-probability variable big winning game is generated, the first advantageous mode is controlled after the first non-probability variable big winning game is finished. In addition, when a jackpot is won in the first advantageous mode and a second non-probability variable big winning game is generated, after the second non-probability variable big winning game is finished, the game is controlled to the first advantageous mode. Further, when a big win is won in the first advantageous mode and the first variable probability big win game is generated, the game is controlled to the second advantageous mode after the end of the first variable probability big win game. In addition, when a jackpot is won in the first advantageous mode and a second probability variable big winning game is generated, the second advantageous mode is controlled after the second probability variable big winning game is finished.

Further, when a jackpot is won in the second advantageous mode and the first non-probability variable big winning game is generated, the first advantageous mode is controlled after the end of the first non-probability variable big winning game. In addition, when a jackpot is won in the second advantageous mode and a second non-probability variable big winning game is generated, after the second non-probability variable big winning game is finished, the game is controlled to the first advantageous mode. In addition, when a jackpot is won in the second advantageous mode and the first variable probability big win game is generated, the second advantageous mode is controlled after the first variable probability big win game is finished. Further, when a big win is won in the second advantageous mode and a second probability variable big win game is generated, the second advantageous mode is controlled after the second probability variable big win game is finished.

Here, the control concerning production mode is demonstrated.
The general control RAM 41c stores information (hereinafter referred to as "production mode information") that can specify the production mode being controlled. The overall control CPU 41a updates the effect mode information. In addition, based on the performance mode information stored in the RAM 41c for overall control, the overall control CPU 41a sends control information (hereinafter referred to as "performance mode designation command") for instructing the performance corresponding to the performance mode to the output buffer. Store. Every time the special game is executed, the overall control CPU 41a stores in the output buffer an effect mode specifying command for instructing an effect corresponding to an effect mode that can be specified from the effect mode information. Also, when the performance mode designation command is stored in the output buffer, the overall control CPU 41a controls at least one of the decoration lamp 17 and the speaker 18 according to the performance mode being controlled. For example, when controlling to the first normal mode, the overall control CPU 41a controls the speaker 18 so that background music corresponding to the first normal mode is output.

The updating of the presentation mode information will be described below.
Specifically, the overall control CPU 41a updates the second advantageous mode to identifiable presentation mode information after the first variable probability big winning game and after the second variable probability big winning game. Further, the overall control CPU 41a updates the first advantageous mode to specifiable presentation mode information after the end of the first non-probability variable jackpot game and after the end of the second non-probability variable jackpot game. In addition, when the second end condition is met and the high base state changes to the low base state, the overall control CPU 41a updates the first normal mode or the second normal mode to identifiable presentation mode information.

Further, when the control is in the first normal mode, the overall control CPU 41a performs a normal shift lottery. Then, when it is determined to control to the second normal mode in the normal transition lottery while controlling to the first normal mode, the overall control CPU 41a updates the second normal mode to identifiable presentation mode information. . Similarly, when the control is in the second normal mode, the overall control CPU 41a performs a normal shift lottery. Then, when it is determined to control to the first normal mode in the normal transition lottery while controlling to the second normal mode, the overall control CPU 41a updates the second normal mode to the identifiable presentation mode information. . In this embodiment, the CPU 41a for integrated control updates the performance mode information, thereby realizing a function as mode control means for controlling the performance mode.

Next, the control related to the presentation mode performed by the display control CPU 42a will be described.
The display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the effect corresponding to the first normal mode is executed when the effect mode designation command instructing the effect corresponding to the first normal mode is input. For example, when an effect mode designation command instructing an effect corresponding to the first normal mode is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the background image corresponding to the first normal mode is displayed. .

Further, when the display control CPU 42a receives an effect mode specifying command for instructing an effect corresponding to the second normal mode, the effect display device 25 is controlled so that an effect corresponding to the second normal mode is executed. Similarly, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the effect corresponding to the first advantageous mode is executed when the effect mode specifying command instructing the effect corresponding to the first advantageous mode is input. . Further, when the display control CPU 42a receives an effect mode specifying command for instructing an effect corresponding to the second advantageous mode, the effect display device 25 is controlled so that an effect corresponding to the second advantageous mode is executed.

In the pachinko gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, there are a plurality of types of ending effects as specific effects executed within a specific period. Specifically, the ending effects in this embodiment include a first ending effect, a second ending effect, a third ending effect, a fourth ending effect, and a fifth ending effect. Further, in the present embodiment, the type of ending effect can also be said to be the effect content of a specific effect.

In the pachinko game machine 10 of the present embodiment, any one of the first ending effect to the fifth ending effect is executed within one ending period. Incidentally, even when any of the first ending effect to the fifth ending effect is executed, the right hitting notification image RG is displayed on the effect display device 25, and the right hitting notification effect is executed.

As shown in FIG. 32(a), when the first ending effect is executed, in the effect display device 25, characters ( character information) is displayed. In this embodiment, the characters (character information) that can specify that the effect mode after the end of the jackpot game is the "first advantageous mode" are the characters (character information) "first advantageous mode". Further, when the first ending effect is executed, the effect display device 25 displays the mode entry image 60a. The mode entering image 60a is an image including characters (character information) of "entering". Further, when the first ending effect is executed, the effect display device 25 displays a blessing image 61 for congratulating the winning of the jackpot. The congratulatory image 61 is an image including characters (character information) of "congratulations". Then, in the present embodiment, when the first ending effect is executed, the effect display device 25 displays the attention-calling image GTa to execute the attention-calling regarding the immersion. Further, when the first ending effect is executed in the present embodiment, the effect display device 25 displays the attention image GTb to execute the attention regarding the return of the storage medium.

As shown in FIG. 32(b), when the second ending effect is executed, in the effect display device 25, characters ( character information) is displayed. In this embodiment, the characters (character information) that can specify that the effect mode after the end of the jackpot game is the "second advantageous mode" are the characters (character information) "second advantageous mode". Further, when the second ending effect is executed, the effect display device 25 displays the mode entry image 60a. Also, when the second ending effect is executed, the effect display device 25 displays a blessing image 61 . Then, when the second ending effect is executed in the present embodiment, the effect display device 25 displays the attention-calling image GTa to execute attention-calling regarding the immersion. Further, when the second ending effect is executed in the present embodiment, the effect display device 25 displays the attention calling image GTb to execute the attention regarding the return of the storage medium.

As shown in FIG. 32(c), when the third ending effect is executed, in the effect display device 25, characters ( character information) is displayed. Further, when the third ending effect is executed, the effect display device 25 displays the mode entry image 60a. Also, when the third ending effect is executed, the effect display device 25 does not display the blessing image 61 . Furthermore, when the third ending effect is executed in the present embodiment, the effect display device 25 does not display the attention calling image GTa and does not execute the attention calling regarding the immersion. Further, when the third ending effect is executed in the present embodiment, the effect display device 25 does not display the attention calling image GTb and does not execute the attention regarding the return of the storage medium.

As shown in FIG. 32(d), when the fourth ending effect is executed, in the effect display device 25, characters ( character information) is displayed. Further, when the fourth ending effect is executed, the effect display device 25 displays the mode entry image 60a. Also, when the fourth ending effect is executed, the effect display device 25 does not display the blessing image 61 . Furthermore, when the fourth ending effect is executed in the present embodiment, the effect display device 25 does not display the attention calling image GTa, and does not execute attention calling regarding immersion. Further, when the fourth ending effect is executed in the present embodiment, the effect display device 25 does not display the attention calling image GTb and does not execute the attention regarding the return of the storage medium.

As shown in FIG. 32(e), when the fifth ending effect is executed, in the effect display device 25, characters ( character information) is displayed. Further, when the third ending effect is executed, the effect display device 25 displays the mode continuation image 60b. The mode continuation image 60b is an image including characters (character information) of "Continue". Also, when the fifth ending effect is executed, the effect display device 25 does not display the blessing image 61 . Furthermore, in the present embodiment, when the fifth ending effect is executed, the effect display device 25 does not display the attention calling image GTa, and does not execute attention calling regarding immersion. Further, when the fifth ending effect is executed in the present embodiment, the effect display device 25 does not display the attention calling image GTb and does not execute the attention regarding the return of the storage medium.

In addition, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, a special effect may be executed during the ending period in addition to the ending effect as the specific effect. The special effect in this embodiment is an effect that can be executed when there is a special game that will result in a big win among the special games whose execution is suspended at a predetermined timing. Specifically, the special effect in the present embodiment becomes an executable effect when there is a second special game that will result in a big win among the second special games whose execution is suspended at the start of the ending period. there is Therefore, when the special effect is executed, it can be specified that there is a second special game that will result in a big win among the second special games whose execution is suspended.

As shown in FIG. 32(f), when a special effect is executed, the effect display device 25 displays a character image CG. FIG. 32(f) shows the display contents of the effect display device 25 when a special effect is executed separately from the fifth ending effect while the fifth ending effect is being executed.

Next, based on FIG. 33, the "type of ending effect" and "permission/non-execution of special effect" according to the game state and the type of the big win when the big win is won will be described. It should be noted that "executability of special effects" means that the special effects can be executed (executable) or that the special effects cannot be executed (non-executable). In addition, in FIG. 33, a second special game that becomes a big hit among the second special games whose execution is suspended is indicated as "a big win in the second special games that are on hold".

When the game state when the jackpot is won is a low probability/low base state and the kind of the jackpot is the first probability variable jackpot or the second probability variable jackpot, the second ending performance is executed in the ending period of the jackpot game. . Then, when the game state when the big win is won is the low probability low base state, and the type of the big win is the first probability variable big win or the second probability variable big win, during the ending period of the big win game, a warning about immersion is executed. be done. In addition, when the game state when the big win is won is the low-probability base state, and the type of the big win is the first variable-probability big win or the second variable-probability big win, the execution of the second special game is suspended. Regardless of the presence or absence of the second special game that will result in a big hit, the special effect cannot be executed, and the special effect is not executed. That is, if the gaming state when the jackpot is won is the low-probability base state and the type of the jackpot is the first-probability-variable jackpot or the second-probability-variable jackpot, even if the execution of the second special game is suspended, Even if there is a second special game with a big hit, the special effect is not executed.

On the other hand, when the game state when the jackpot is won is the low-probability/low-probability base state, and the type of the jackpot is the first non-probability variable jackpot or the second non-probability variable jackpot, the first ending performance is performed during the ending period of the jackpot game. is executed. When the game state at the time of winning the big win is a low-probability low base state, and the type of the big win is the first non-probability variable big win or the second non-probability variable big win, attention is drawn to the addiction during the ending period of the big win game. is executed. Further, when the gaming state when the big win is won is the low-probability-low base state, and the type of the big win is the first non-probability variable big win or the second non-probability variable big win, the execution of the second special game whose execution is suspended is performed. Regardless of the presence or absence of the second special game that will be a big hit, the special effect cannot be executed, and the special effect is not executed. That is, if the gaming state when the jackpot is won is the low-probability-low base state and the type of the jackpot is the first non-probability variable jackpot or the second non-probability variable jackpot, even if the execution is suspended, the second special Even if there is a second special game with a big win in the game, the special effect is not executed.

When the game state when the jackpot is won is a high-probability-low base state, and the type of the jackpot is the first-probability-variable jackpot or the second-probability-variable jackpot, the second ending performance is executed in the ending period of the jackpot game. . Then, when the game state at the time of winning the jackpot is the high-probability-low base state, and the type of the jackpot is the first-probability-variable jackpot or the second-probability-variable jackpot, during the ending period of the jackpot game, a warning about immersion is executed. be done. In addition, when the game state when the big win is won is the high-probability-low base state, and the type of the big win is the first variable-probability big win or the second variable-probability big win, the execution of the second special game is suspended. Regardless of the presence or absence of the second special game that will result in a big hit, the special effect cannot be executed, and the special effect is not executed. That is, if the gaming state when the jackpot is won is the high-probability-low base state and the type of the jackpot is the first variable-probability jackpot or the second variable-probability jackpot, even if the execution of the second special game is suspended, Even if there is a second special game with a big hit, no special effect is executed.

On the other hand, when the game state at the time of winning the big win is the high-probability-low base state, and the type of the big win is the first non-probability variable big win or the second non-probability variable big win, the first ending production is performed during the ending period of the big win game. is executed. When the game state when the big win is won is the high-probability-low base state, and the type of the big win is the first non-probability variable big win or the second non-probability variable big win, attention to the addiction is called during the ending period of the big win game. is executed. Further, if the gaming state when the big win is won is the high-probability-low base state, and the type of the big win is the first non-probability variable big win or the second non-probability variable big win, the execution of the second special game is suspended. Regardless of the presence or absence of the second special game that will be a big hit, the special effect cannot be executed, and the special effect is not executed. That is, if the gaming state when the jackpot is won is the high-probability-low base state and the type of the jackpot is the first non-probability variable jackpot or the second non-probability variable jackpot, even if the execution is suspended, the second special Even if there is a second special game with a big hit in the game, the special effect is not executed.

When the game state when the jackpot is won is the low probability/high base state and the type of the jackpot is the first probability variable jackpot or the second probability variable jackpot, the fourth ending performance is executed in the ending period of the jackpot game. . Then, when the game state when the big win is won is the low probability high base state, and the type of the big win is the first probability variable big win or the second probability variable big win, during the ending period of the big win game, attention to the immersion is executed. not. In addition, when the game state when the big win is won is the low probability high base state, and the type of the big win is the first variable probability big win or the second variable probability big win, the execution of the second special game is suspended. If there is no second special game that will result in a big hit (indicated as "None" in FIG. 33), the special effect cannot be executed, and the special effect is not executed. On the other hand, if the gaming state at the time of winning the big win is the low-probability-high base state and the type of the big win is the first variable-probability big win or the second variable-probability big win, the execution of the second special game is suspended. If there is a second special game that will result in a big hit (indicated as "Yes" in FIG. 33), the special effect can be executed, and the special effect may be executed.

On the other hand, when the game state when the big win is won is the low probability high base state, and the type of the big win is the first non-probability variable big win or the second non-probability variable big win, the third ending production is performed in the ending period of the big win game. is executed. When the game state when the big win is won is the low-probability high base state, and the kind of the big win is the first non-probability variable big win or the second non-probability variable big win, during the ending period of the big win game, attention is drawn to the addiction. is not executed. In addition, when the gaming state when the big win is won is the low probability high base state, and the type of the big win is the first non-probability variable big win or the second non-probability variable big win, the execution of the second special game whose execution is suspended is performed. Regardless of whether or not there is a second special game that will be a big hit in the game, the special effect cannot be executed, and the special effect is not executed. That is, if the gaming state when the jackpot is won is the low-probability high base state and the type of the jackpot is the first non-probability variable jackpot or the second non-probability variable jackpot, even if the execution is suspended, the second special Even if there is a second special game with a big hit in the game, the special effect is not executed.

When the game state when the jackpot is won is a high-probability/high base state and the type of the jackpot is the first-probability-variable jackpot or the second-probability-variable jackpot, the fifth ending performance is executed in the ending period of the jackpot game. . Then, when the game state when the big win is won is the high-probability-high base state, and the kind of the big win is the first-probability-variable big win or the second-probability-variable big win, during the ending period of the big win game, a warning about immersion is executed. not. In addition, when the game state when the big win is won is the high-probability-high base state, and the type of the big win is the first variable-probability big win or the second variable-probability big win, the execution of the second special game is suspended. If there is no second special game that will be a big hit, the special effect cannot be executed, and the special effect is not executed. On the other hand, if the gaming state when the big win is won is the high-probability-high base state, and the type of the big win is the first variable-probability big win or the second variable-probability big win, the execution of the second special game is suspended. When there is a second special game that results in a big hit, a special effect can be executed, and the special effect may be executed.

On the other hand, when the game state at the time of winning the jackpot is a high probability high base state, and the type of the jackpot is the first non-probability variable jackpot or the second non-probability variable jackpot, the third ending production is performed during the ending period of the jackpot game. is executed. When the game state when the big win is won is the high probability/high base state, and the type of the big win is the first non-probability variable big win or the second non-probability variable big win, attention is drawn to the immersion in the ending period of the big win game. is not executed. In addition, when the game state when the big win is won is the high probability high base state, and the type of the big win is the first non-probability variable big win or the second non-probability variable big win, the execution of the second special game whose execution is suspended is performed. Regardless of whether or not there is a second special game that will be a big hit in the game, the special effect cannot be executed, and the special effect is not executed. That is, if the gaming state when the jackpot is won is the high-probability high base state, and the type of the jackpot is the first non-probability variable jackpot or the second non-probability variable jackpot, even if the execution is suspended, the second special Even if there is a second special game with a big hit in the game, the special effect is not executed.

Hereinafter, the control related to the ending effect will be described together with the control related to the special effect. It should be noted that the ending effect specifying command in the present embodiment includes a first ending specifying command specifying execution of the first ending effect, a second ending specifying command specifying execution of the second ending effect, and a third ending. and a third ending designation command that designates the execution of an effect. Further, the ending effect specifying commands in this embodiment include a fourth ending specifying command specifying execution of the fourth ending effect and a fifth ending specifying command specifying executing the fifth ending effect. Incidentally, the first ending designation command in this embodiment is control information different from the first ending effect designation command in the first embodiment. Also, the second ending designation command in this embodiment is control information different from the second ending effect designation command in the first embodiment.

When the ending command is input, the overall control CPU 41a determines that the gaming state when winning the jackpot is a low base state (low-probability low-base state or high-probability low-base state), and the type of jackpot is the first variable-probability jackpot. Or if it is the second probability variable jackpot, the second ending designation command is stored in the output buffer. Further, when the ending command is input, the overall control CPU 41a determines that the gaming state when the big win is won is the low base state (low-probability low-base state or high-probability low-base state) and the type of the jackpot is the first. In the case of the non-probability variable jackpot or the second non-probability variable jackpot, the first ending designation command is stored in the output buffer.

When the ending command is input, the overall control CPU 41a determines that the gaming state when the big win is won is the low probability high base state, and the type of the big win is the first variable probability big win or the second variable probability big win. Stores the ending specification command in the output buffer.

Furthermore, the overall control CPU 41a stores in the overall control RAM 41c when the game state when the big win is won is the low probability high base state and the type of the big win is the first probability variable big win or the second probability variable big win. It is determined whether the first prefetch command or the second prefetch command exists in the prefetch commands corresponding to the second special game among the prefetch commands. As a result, the overall control CPU 41a determines whether or not there is a second special game that will result in a big win among the second special games whose execution is suspended. Incidentally, after the end of the first variable probability jackpot game and after the end of the second probability variable jackpot game, since it is controlled to a high probability state, the special game corresponding to the first look-ahead command as well as the second look-ahead A special game corresponding to the command also results in a big win after the big win game ends.

Further, when the overall control CPU 41a determines that the first look-ahead command or the second look-ahead command is present in the look-ahead commands corresponding to the second special game stored in the overall control RAM 41c, the special performance execution lottery is executed. I do. In this embodiment, it is decided to execute the special performance when winning the special performance execution lottery, and not to execute the special performance when the special performance execution lottery is not won. Then, when the overall control CPU 41a decides to execute a special effect (when the lottery for executing the special effect is won), the control information (hereinafter referred to as "special effect designation command") specifying the execution of the special effect ) to the output buffer. When the overall control CPU 41a decides not to execute the special effect (when the special effect execution lottery is not won), it does not store the special effect designation command in the output buffer. Thus, in this embodiment, the special effects are executed based on the look-ahead command corresponding to the second information.

When the ending command is input, the overall control CPU 41a determines that the game state when the jackpot is won is the low-probability high base state, and the type of the jackpot is the first non-probability variable jackpot or the second non-probability variable jackpot, Store the third ending specifying command in the output buffer.

When the ending command is input, the overall control CPU 41a, when the game state when winning the big win is the high-probability-high base state, and the type of the big win is the first variable-probability big win or the second variable-probability big win, the fifth Stores the ending specification command in the output buffer.

Furthermore, the overall control CPU 41a stores in the overall control RAM 41c when the game state when winning the jackpot is the high probability high base state and the type of the jackpot is the first probability variable jackpot or the second probability variable jackpot. It is determined whether the first prefetch command or the second prefetch command exists in the prefetch commands corresponding to the second special game. Further, when the overall control CPU 41a determines that the first look-ahead command or the second look-ahead command is present in the look-ahead commands corresponding to the second special game stored in the overall control RAM 41c, the special performance execution lottery is executed. I do. Then, when the overall control CPU 41a decides to execute the special effect (when the special effect execution lottery is won), it stores the special effect designation command in the output buffer. When the overall control CPU 41a decides not to execute the special effect (when the special effect execution lottery is not won), it does not store the special effect designation command in the output buffer.

When the ending command is input, the overall control CPU 41a determines that the game state when the jackpot is won is the high-probability base state, and the type of the jackpot is the first non-probability variable jackpot or the second non-probability variable jackpot, Store the third ending specifying command in the output buffer.

Further, when the first ending designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the first ending effect is executed. For example, when the first ending specifying command is input, the display control CPU 42a displays characters (character information) that can specify that the effect mode after the end of the jackpot game is the first advantageous mode, and displays a mode entry image. The effect display device 25 is controlled so that 60a and the blessing image 61 are displayed. Further, when the first ending specifying command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so as to display the attention-calling image GTa, that is, to execute attention-calling regarding immersion. . Further, when the first ending specifying command is input, the display control CPU 42a causes the effect display device 25 to display the attention calling image GTb, that is, to execute the attention calling regarding the return of the storage medium. to control.

When the second ending designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the second ending effect is executed. For example, when the second ending specifying command is input, the display control CPU 42a displays characters (character information) that can specify that the effect mode after the end of the big hit game is the second advantageous mode, and displays a mode entry image. The effect display device 25 is controlled so that 60a and the blessing image 61 are displayed. Further, when the second ending specifying command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so as to display the attention-calling image GTa, that is, to execute attention-calling regarding immersion. . Further, when the second ending specifying command is input, the display control CPU 42a causes the effect display device 25 to display the attention-calling image GTb, that is, to execute the attention-calling regarding the return of the storage medium. to control.

When the third ending designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the third ending effect is executed. For example, when the third ending specifying command is input, the display control CPU 42a displays characters (character information) that can specify that the effect mode after the end of the jackpot game is the first advantageous mode, and displays a mode entry image. The effect display device 25 is controlled so that 60a is displayed.

When the fourth ending designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the fourth ending effect is executed. For example, when the fourth ending specifying command is input, the display control CPU 42a displays characters (character information) that can specify that the effect mode after the end of the big hit game is the second advantageous mode, and displays a mode entry image. The effect display device 25 is controlled so that 60a is displayed.

When the fifth ending designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the fifth ending effect is executed. For example, when the fifth ending specifying command is input, the display control CPU 42a displays characters (character information) that can specify that the effect mode after the end of the jackpot game is the second advantageous mode, and displays a mode continuation image. The effect display device 25 is controlled so that 60b is displayed. Thus, the ending effect as the specific effect of the present embodiment is executed based on the information corresponding to the first information capable of specifying at least one of the game state when the big win is won and the kind of the big win.

When the special effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the special effect is executed. For example, when a special effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the character image CG is displayed.

Here, based on FIGS. 34(a) to 34(c) and FIGS. 35(a) to 35(d), the display contents of the effect display device 25 during the ending period of the continuous jackpot game will be described.

As shown in FIG. 34(a), when the jackpot is won in the low-probability/low-probability base state, and the first probability-variable big-hit game is generated at timing t91, during the ending period of the first probability-variable big-hit game, production In the display device 25, in addition to the second ending effect, a call for attention regarding immersion is executed. Furthermore, when the jackpot is won in the low-probability-low base state and the first probability variable jackpot game is generated, the effect display device 25 displays the second ending effect in addition to the second ending effect during the ending period of the first probability variable jackpot game. Then, a warning regarding the return of the storage medium is executed.

Incidentally, as shown in FIGS. 35(a) and 35(b), in the first probability variable jackpot game generated at timing t91, there is a special game that wins a jackpot among the special games whose execution is suspended. In either case, or in the case that there is no special game that wins a big prize among the special games whose execution is suspended, the special effect is not executed. In this way, when the gaming state when the big win is won is the low-probability/low-probability base state, even if there is a special game that wins the big win among the special games whose execution is suspended, the special effect is provided. is not executed.

Furthermore, there is a special game that wins a big win among the special games whose execution is suspended, or there is no special game that wins a big win among the special games whose execution is suspended. However, the effect display device 25 executes the second ending effect, the attention regarding the immersion, and the attention regarding the return of the storage medium. In this way, the special effect is not executed when the call for attention regarding the immersion is executed.

At this time, there is a special game that wins a big win among the special games whose execution is suspended, or there is no special game that wins a big win among the special games whose execution is suspended. Even if there is, the attention-calling image GTa is displayed on the effect display device 25 . Therefore, there is a special game that wins a big win among the special games whose execution is suspended, or there is no special game that wins a big win among the special games whose execution is suspended. However, the content of the attention when the attention regarding the immersion is executed is the same.

Similarly, there is a special game that wins a big win among the special games whose execution is suspended, or there is no special game that wins a big win among the special games whose execution is suspended. Even if there is, the attention-calling image GTb is displayed on the effect display device 25 . Therefore, there is a special game that wins a big win among the special games whose execution is suspended, or there is no special game that wins a big win among the special games whose execution is suspended. However, the contents of the attention when the attention regarding the return of the storage medium is executed are the same.

And, after the end of the first probability variable jackpot game generated at the timing t91, it becomes a high probability high base state. In addition, after the high probability high base state is reached after the end of the first probability variable jackpot game generated at timing t91, the big hit is won before the high probability high base state ends, and again at timing t92, the first Assume that a probability variable jackpot game is generated.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 34(b), during the ending period of the first probability variable jackpot game generated at timing t92, the effect display device 25 executes the fifth ending effect, while calling attention to the immersion. Not executed. In addition, during the ending period of the first variable probability jackpot game generated at timing t92, the effect display device 25 executes the fifth ending effect, but does not call attention to the return of the storage medium.

By the way, as shown in FIG. 35(c), in the first probability variable jackpot game generated at timing t92, if there is no special game that wins the jackpot among the special games whose execution is suspended, the effect display device 25 In this case, the special effect is not executed. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 35(d), in the first probability variable jackpot game generated at timing t92, if there is a special game that wins a jackpot among the special games whose execution is suspended, the effect display device 25 , a special effect can be performed. When the special effect is executed, the effect display device 25 displays the character image CG during the execution of the fifth ending effect.

And, after the end of the first probability variable jackpot game generated at the timing t92, it becomes a high probability/high base state. In addition, after the high probability high base state is reached after the end of the first probability variable jackpot game generated at timing t92, the jackpot is elected before the high probability high base state ends, and the second non at timing t93 Assume that a probability variable jackpot game is generated.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 34(c), during the ending period of the second non-probable variable jackpot game generated at timing t93, the effect display device 25 executes the third ending effect while calling attention to the immersion. is not executed. In addition, during the ending period of the first variable probability jackpot game generated at timing t93, the effect display device 25 executes the third ending effect, but does not call attention to the return of the storage medium.

Incidentally, in the second non-probable variable jackpot game generated at timing t93, there is a special game that wins a jackpot among the special games whose execution is suspended, and a jackpot among the special games whose execution is suspended. No special effect is executed by the effect display device 25, either when there is no special game to be won. Furthermore, there is a special game that wins a big win among the special games whose execution is suspended, or there is no special game that wins a big win among the special games whose execution is suspended. However, in the effect display device 25, while the third ending effect is executed, the attention regarding the immersion and the attention regarding the return of the storage medium are not executed.

And after the end of the second non-probability variable jackpot game generated at the timing t93, it becomes a low probability high base state. After that, when the special game is executed 50 times without winning the jackpot, the second end condition is established, and the low-probability/low-probability base state is changed to the low-probability/low-probability base state. At this time, the production mode changes from the first advantageous mode to the first normal mode or the second normal mode.

In this embodiment, regardless of which effect mode the effect mode controlled at the timing t13 shown in FIG. occur. Then, even if the effect mode controlled at the timing t13 is any effect mode, the attention-calling image GTa is displayed on the effect display device 25 at the timing t15 within the ending period of the jackpot game generated at the timing t14. It is displayed, and a warning about immersion is executed.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the execution of the special game is suspended in the high base state, and the special game is executed after the second end condition is met and the high base state ends and the low base state is entered. In addition, when the game is a special game that becomes a big win, the attention about the immersion is executed during the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the special game is finished, regardless of the kind of performance mode. That is, in the present embodiment, the execution of the symbol variation game is suspended in the second game state, and the symbol variation game ends in the first game state after the second end condition is satisfied. When the pattern variation game is executed later and results in a big win, regardless of the type of the performance mode, a warning regarding immersion is executed during the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the completion of the pattern variation game. .

In this way, regardless of the type of production mode, execution of the special game is suspended in the high base state, the special game is executed after switching to the low base state, and when the special game is a big win, During the subsequent occurrence of the jackpot game, attention is drawn to the immersion. Therefore, it is possible to effectively call attention to addiction and suppress addiction in any kind of presentation mode.

Further, in the present embodiment, regardless of which effect mode the effect mode controlled at the timing t25 shown in FIG. , a jackpot game is generated. Then, even if the effect mode controlled at the timing t25 is any effect mode, the attention-calling image GTa is displayed on the effect display device 25 at the timing t27 within the ending period of the jackpot game generated at the timing t26. is displayed, and a warning about the immersion is executed.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the normal game whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the gate 31 in the high base state is regarded as the specific normal variation game, and the specific normal variation game is regarded as the normal winning game. Then, the specific normal variation game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and the second end condition is satisfied while the specific normal variation game is being executed, ending the high base state. After reaching the low base state, the game ball enters the second starting port 27 when the normal winning game is generated after the specific normal variation game is finished after the low base state is reached and the first variable member 28 is opened. When the second special game whose execution is suspended due to the entry of the ball becomes a big hit, regardless of the type of the production mode, during the occurrence of the big win game that occurs after the second special game ends A warning regarding the immersion is executed. That is, in the present embodiment, the normal variation game whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the specific ball entrance in the second gaming state is defined as the specific normal variation game, and the specific normal variation game is the normal hit. In this case, the specific normal variable game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and the second game state is established when the second end condition is satisfied while the specific normal variable game is being executed. is completed to enter the first game state, and after the specific normal variation game is completed after the first game state, a normal winning game is generated and the opening and closing member is opened, the game ball is sent to the second start port. When the second symbol variation game whose execution is suspended due to the entry of the ball becomes a big win, the occurrence of the big win game after the second symbol variation game is finished regardless of the type of the production mode. A warning about getting stuck inside is executed.

In this way, regardless of the type of effect mode, the specific normal fluctuation game is executed before the second end condition is established, and the second end condition is established while the specific normal fluctuation game is being executed. After the high base state is ended and the low base state is reached, and after the low base state is reached, the normal winning game is generated after the specific normal variation game is ended and the first variable member 28 is opened. When a second special game whose execution has been suspended due to the entry of a game ball into a start hole 27 results in a big win, attention is drawn to the immersion during the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the end of the second special game. is executed. Therefore, it is possible to effectively call attention to the addiction and suppress the addiction in any production mode.

According to this embodiment, in addition to the effects (1) to (47) of the first embodiment, the following effects can be obtained.
(53) When any one of the third ending effect to the fifth ending effect is executed (when the first specific effect is executed) in the ending period (specific period) during the occurrence of the jackpot game, The effect display device 25 as effect executing means executes the ending effect, but does not call attention to the immersion. On the other hand, when the first ending effect or the second ending effect is executed (when the second specific effect is executed) in the ending period during the occurrence of the jackpot game, in the effect display device 25, in addition to the ending effect, A warning regarding the immersion is executed. That is, whether or not to call attention to addiction depends on the type of ending effect (specific effect) executed in the ending period in which attention to addiction can be executed. In this way, by varying whether or not to call attention to immersion depending on the type of ending effect, it is possible to prevent the attention to get in the way of the ending effect, thereby allowing the player to enjoy the ending effect. It is possible to effectively call attention to the addiction while

(54) A first ending effect or a second ending effect is executed (a second specific effect is executed) based on the game state and the type of the big win when the big win is won. That is, based on the game state and the type of the big win when the big win is won, in the ending period (specified period), in addition to the first ending performance or the second ending performance, the attention of the immersion is executed. Thus, it is possible to effectively execute the first ending effect, the second ending effect, and the call-out of the immersion according to the game state and the type of the big win when the big win is won.

(55) When the jackpot is won in the low-probability base state as the non-specific game state, and the first probability variable jackpot game occurs (when the specific jackpot occurs), the ending period (specific period) , in addition to the second ending effect (second specific effect), a call for attention regarding immersion is executed. On the other hand, after the game state after the end of the first probability variable jackpot game becomes a high probability high base state as a specific game state, the jackpot is won before the high probability high base state ends, and the first probability variable jackpot is won. When the game is started, in the ending period, the fifth ending effect (first specific effect) is executed, but the call for attention regarding immersion is not executed. In this way, even if the first probability variable jackpot game is continuously generated, depending on the situation in which the first probability variable jackpot game is generated, the type of ending effect may be changed, or attention should be paid to immersion. By making the presence/absence of execution different, it is possible to effectively call attention to the immersion.

(56) Among the special games whose execution is suspended when the first ending effect or the second ending effect is being executed (when the second specific effect is being executed), there is a special game that wins a jackpot. Note regarding immersion in both cases and cases in which there is no special game that wins a jackpot among the special games whose execution is suspended while the first ending effect or the second ending effect is being executed. Made it so that the summons can be executed. Thus, regardless of whether or not there is a special game that wins a big win among the special games whose execution is suspended while the first ending effect or the second ending effect is being executed, attention is drawn to the addiction. can be executed to suppress immersion.

(57) For example, if the content of the attention call for addiction differs depending on whether or not there is a special game that will win a big win among the special games whose execution is suspended, the attention call for addiction is suspended from execution. The effect is such that it is possible to grasp the presence or absence of a special game that wins a big hit in the proposed special game. In this case, the call to pay attention to the addiction is merely a kind of "notice effect" for the player, and even if the call to pay attention to the addiction is executed, it may become difficult to suppress the addiction. Therefore, when there is a special game whose execution is suspended (symbol variation game) and there is a symbol variation game that will win a big hit, the content of the attention to immersion in the special game whose execution is suspended. The content of the alert regarding addiction when there is no symbol variation game to be won is the same. In this way, by preventing the content of the alert regarding addiction from being different depending on whether or not there is a special game that will win a big win among the special games whose execution is suspended, the alert regarding addiction is effectively executed. and can suppress immersion.

(58) When the call for attention to the addiction is being executed, even if there is a special game that wins a big prize among the special games (symbol variation games) whose execution is suspended, the special effect is not executed. . In this way, when a warning about addiction is executed, even if there is a special game in which a big win is won among the special games whose execution is suspended, and the special effect can be executed. No special effects are executed. As a result, it is possible to effectively call attention to addiction and suppress addiction, while preventing the special effect from interfering with calling attention to addiction.

(59) When the game state at the time of winning the big win is the low-probability/low base state (normal gaming state), there is a special game that wins the big win among the special games (symbol variation games) whose execution is suspended. Even if it does, the special effect is not executed. In this way, when a warning about addiction is executed, even if there is a special game in which a big win is won among the special games whose execution is suspended, and the special effect can be executed. No special effects are executed. As a result, it is possible to effectively call attention to addiction and suppress addiction, while preventing the special effect from interfering with calling attention to addiction.

(60) The contents of the attention call regarding the immersion executed during the occurrence of the jackpot game may be either the first jackpot (eg, first variable jackpot) or the second jackpot (eg, first non-variable jackpot). are identical. Similarly, the content of the attention (specific attention) regarding the return of the storage medium executed during the occurrence of the big win game is the same for both the first big win and the second big win. On the other hand, the type of ending effect executed during the big win game (the effect content of the specific effect) differs between the first big win and the second big win. As described above, the kind of ending performance (the performance contents of the specific performance) is different depending on whether the first big win or the second big win, so that the player can be entertained by the ending performance for each of the various big wins. Also, even if the kind of big win cannot be specified from both the contents of the attention calling for the addiction and the contents of the attention calling for the return of the storage medium, the kind of the big win can be specified from the kind of the ending performance.

(Fifth embodiment)
Next, a game machine according to a fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 36 to 39. FIG. In addition, the structure similar to 1st Embodiment attaches|subjects the same code|symbol as 1st Embodiment, and abbreviate|omits about the detailed description and drawing.

In the first embodiment, whether or not to call attention to the immersion in the big win game is different depending on the game state when the big win is won. On the other hand, in the fifth embodiment, the mode of calling attention to immersion during the occurrence of the big win game differs according to the game state when the big win is won.

In the fifth embodiment, there are a plurality of types of modes for calling attention to immersion when a big win game is occurring. Concretely, there are a first mode and a second mode as modes of calling attention to the immersion when the jackpot game is occurring. In addition, in the fifth embodiment, there are a plurality of types of modes of calling attention regarding the return of the storage medium. Concretely, there are a first mode and a second mode as modes of calling attention regarding the return of the storage medium. Then, in the present embodiment, when the attention regarding the immersion is issued in the first mode, the attention regarding the return of the storage medium is issued in the first mode. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, when the attention regarding the immersion is issued in the second mode, the attention regarding the return of the storage medium is issued in the second mode.

As shown in FIG. 36(a), when the attention of the addiction is called in the first mode while the big win game is occurring, the effect display device 25 displays the attention-calling image GTa in the first mode. A warning about immersion in is executed. Further, when the attention regarding the immersion is made in the first mode while the jackpot game is occurring, the effect display device 25 displays the attention calling image GTb, and the attention regarding the return of the storage medium in the first mode. Awakening is executed.

As shown in FIG. 36(b), when the attention regarding the immersion during the occurrence of the jackpot game is called in the second mode, the effect display device 25 displays the attention-calling image GTc, and the second mode. A warning about immersion in is executed. The warning image GTc is "Pachinko/Pachislot is a game that can be enjoyed moderately. ] (character information) and ``Let's be careful not to get absorbed. ] (character information). In other words, when the attention regarding addiction is issued in the second mode while a jackpot game is occurring, the content of the attention is "Pachinko/Pachislot is a moderately enjoyable game." ] (character information) is displayed. In addition, when the alert regarding addiction is issued in the second mode while the jackpot game is occurring, the content of the alert is ``Let's be careful about addiction. ] (character information) is displayed.

Further, when the attention regarding the immersion is made in the second mode while the big win game is occurring, the effect display device 25 displays the attention calling image GTd, and the attention regarding the return of the storage medium in the second mode. Awakening is executed. The warning image GTd is "Please be careful not to forget to take your prepaid card. ] is an image containing characters (character information). In other words, when the attention regarding the return of the storage medium is issued in the second mode while the jackpot game is occurring, the content of the attention is "Please be careful not to forget to take the prepaid card." ] (character information) is displayed.

In this way, when the attention regarding the immersion is executed in the first mode while the big win game is occurring, the attention calling image GTa is displayed on the effect display device 25, while the big win game is occurring. In the case where the attention regarding the immersion in the time is executed in the second mode, the attention-evoking image GTc is displayed on the effect display device 25 .

Both the attention-calling image GTa and the attention-calling image GTc indicate that "Pachinko/Pachislot is moderately enjoyable play." ] (character information) and ``Let's be careful not to get absorbed. ] (character information). In other words, the content of the alert when the alert regarding addiction is executed in the first mode and the content of the alert when the alert regarding immersion in the second mode is performed are both "pachinko/ Pachislot is a game that can be enjoyed in moderation. ] (character information) is displayed. In addition, the content of the alert when the alert regarding immersion is executed in the first aspect and the content of the alert when the alert regarding immersion in the second aspect is performed Let's watch out. ] (character information) is displayed.

In this way, the content of the alert when the attention regarding immersion is executed in the first mode is the same as the content of the alert when the attention regarding immersion is executed in the second mode. In other words, the content of the alert when the attention regarding the immersion is executed in the second mode is the same as the content of the attention when the attention is called regarding the immersion in the first mode.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the mode of alerting when the attention is called for immersion in the first mode and the mode of alerting when the attention is called for immersion in the second mode are different. different.

Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 36A and 36B, the position where the attention-calling image GTa is displayed on the effect display device 25 is the position where the attention-calling image GTd is displayed on the effect display device 25. different from Also, the size of the attention calling image GTa displayed on the effect display device 25 is different from the size of the attention calling image GTc displayed on the effect display device 25 . That is, the display area in which the attention calling image GTa is displayed in the effect display device 25 is different from the display area in which the attention calling image GTc is displayed in the effect display device 25 .

The typeface of the characters (character information) included in the alert image GTa is different from the typeface of the characters (character information) included in the alert image GTc. In addition, the color (so-called character color) of the characters (character information) included in the alert image GTa is different from the color of the characters (character information) included in the alert image GTc. In addition, the size of the characters (character information) included in the alert image GTa is different from the size of the characters (character information) included in the alert image GTc.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the mode of alerting when the attention is called for immersion in the first mode is the mode of alerting when the attention is called for immersion in the second mode. different from In other words, the mode of alerting when the attention is called for the immersion in the second mode is different from the mode of the alert when the attention is called for the immersion in the first mode.

In the pachinko gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the mode of calling attention to immersion differs depending on the gaming state when the jackpot is won in the jackpot lottery. Similarly, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the mode of calling attention regarding the return of the storage medium differs depending on the gaming state when the jackpot is won.

As shown in FIG. 37, when the game state at the time of winning the jackpot (shown as "game state at the time of jackpot" in FIG. 37) is "low-probability low base state", when the jackpot game is generated A call for attention regarding immersion is executed in a first mode. Further, when the game state at the time of winning the big win is the ``low-probability/low-base state'', a call for attention regarding the return of the storage medium is executed in the first mode when the big win game is occurring. Further, when the game state at the time of winning the big win is the ``high-probability-low base state'', the call for attention regarding the immersion is executed in the first mode when the big-win game is occurring. Further, when the game state at the time of winning the big win is the ``high-probability-low-base state'', a call for attention regarding the return of the storage medium is executed in the first mode when the big win game is occurring.

When the game state when the big win is won is the ``low probability/low base state'' or when the game condition when the big win is won is the ``high probability/low base state'', the production is performed. A warning image GTa is displayed on the display device 25 . In other words, when the game state at the time of winning the big win is the "low-probability low base state", the content of the alert regarding the immersion executed when the big win game is occurring is the gaming state at the time of winning the big win. It is the same as the content of the call for attention regarding immersion executed when the jackpot game is occurring when is in the "high-probability-low base state".

When the game state at the time of winning the big win is the ``low-probability base state'', the call for attention regarding the immersion is executed in the second mode when the big win game is occurring. Further, when the game state at the time of winning the big win is the ``low probability high base state'', when the big win game is generated, the attention regarding the return of the storage medium is executed in the second mode. Further, when the game state when the big win is won is the ``high-probability/high-base state'', the call for attention regarding the immersion is executed in the second mode when the big win game is occurring. In addition, when the game state when the big win is won is the ``high-probability-high-base-state'', the second mode of calling attention to the return of the storage medium is executed when the big win game is being played.

When the game state when the big win is won is the ``low-probability-high base state'' or when the game state when the big win is won is the ``high-probability-high base state'', the production is performed. A warning image GTc is displayed on the display device 25 . In other words, when the gaming state at the time of winning the big win is the "low probability high base state", the content of the alert regarding the immersion executed when the big winning game is occurring is the gaming state at the time of winning the big win. It is the same as the content of the call for attention regarding immersion executed when the jackpot game is occurring when is in the "high-probability-high-base state".

Further, in the present embodiment, if the game state when winning the jackpot is "low-probability low base state" or "high-probability low base state", the attention-calling image GTa is displayed when the jackpot game is occurring. , and the alert regarding the immersion in the first aspect is executed. On the other hand, if the game state when the jackpot is won is the ``low-probability-high base state'' or the ``high-probability-high base state'', the attention-calling image GTc is displayed when the jackpot game is occurring, and the second mode. A warning about immersion in is executed. As described above, in the present embodiment, when the big win game is occurring regardless of the game state when the big win is won, the same contents of the alert regarding the immersion are executed, and the game state when the big win is won is executed. A warning regarding the immersion in the aspect is executed.

Similarly, in the present embodiment, if the gaming state when the jackpot is won is the "low-probability low base state" or the "high-probability low base state", the attention-calling image GTb is displayed when the jackpot game is occurring. is displayed, and a warning regarding the return of the storage medium is executed in the first mode. On the other hand, if the game state when the jackpot is won is the ``low-probability-high base state'' or the ``high-probability-high base state'', the attention-calling image GTd is displayed when the jackpot game is occurring, and the second mode. , a warning regarding the return of the storage medium is executed. Thus, in this embodiment, regardless of the game state when the big win is won, when the big win game is being played, the same content is used to call attention to the return of the storage medium, and the game state when the big win is won. A warning regarding the return of the storage medium is executed in a manner corresponding to the above.

Hereinafter, the control related to the execution of calling attention to immersion when the jackpot game is occurring in the present embodiment, and the control related to the execution of calling attention to the return of the storage medium when the jackpot game is occurring will be described. do.

When an ending command is input, the overall control CPU 41a outputs a first ending effect designation command when the game state when winning the jackpot is in a low base state (low-probability-low base state or high-probability-low base state). Store in buffer.

Then, when the first ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the ending effect is executed. Further, when the first ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so as to display the attention-calling image GTa, that is, to execute attention-calling regarding immersion. . Further, when the first ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the attention-calling image GTb is displayed, that is, the attention-calling regarding the return of the storage medium is executed. to control.

On the other hand, when an ending command is input, the overall control CPU 41a issues a second ending effect designation command when the game state when the jackpot is won is a high base state (low probability high base state or high probability high base state). is stored in the output buffer.

Then, when the second ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the ending effect is executed. Further, when the second ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so as to display the attention-calling image GTc, that is, so as to execute attention-calling regarding immersion. . Further, when the first ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the caution image GTd is displayed, that is, the effect display device 25 to control.

Next, based on FIG. 38, the relationship between the game state and the mode of calling attention to immersion in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment will be described. In addition, in FIG. 38, the second end condition is established by executing the special game 50 times after being controlled to the high base state after the end of the first non-probability variable jackpot game, and the high base state is changed to the low base state. shall be switched to

As shown in FIG. 38, in the high base state, the effect display device 25 executes a right-handed informing effect. Also, assume that a game ball enters the second start hole 27 at timing t91 in the high base state, and execution of the second special game is suspended. It is assumed that this second special game is a special game for winning a jackpot.

Then, at timing t92 before execution of the second special game whose execution is suspended at timing t91, when the 50th special game after the end of the first non-probability variable jackpot game ends, the high base state ends. A condition is met to terminate the high base state and enter the low base state. When the high base state ends and the state becomes a low base state, the right-handed informing performance ends, and the left-handed informing performance is executed on the performance display device 25.例文帳に追加The left-handed informing effect is executed in the effect display device 25 until the left-handed informing time elapses.

Further, the execution of the second special game suspended at the timing t91 in the high base state is started at the timing t93 after the second end condition is satisfied and the low base state is reached, and a big win is made. shall be elected. In this case, after the end of the second special game started at timing t93, the jackpot game is generated at timing t94. Incidentally, when the jackpot game is generated, the effect display device 25 executes a right-handed informing effect.

Then, at timing t95 within the ending period (indicated as “ED” in FIG. 38) of the jackpot game that occurred at timing t94, the attention-calling image GTa is displayed on the effect display device 25, and is related to the immersion in the first mode. Alert is executed. At this time, in the effect display device 25, in addition to the attention image GTa, the attention image GTb is displayed to call attention to the return of the storage medium.

On the other hand, when the second special game whose execution was suspended at timing t91 is executed at timing t95 before the second end condition is satisfied, the jackpot game is executed at timing t97 after the end of the second special game. occur. Then, at timing t98 within the ending period of the jackpot game generated at timing t97, the effect display device 25 displays the attention calling image GTc, and calls attention to the immersion in the second mode. At this time, the effect display device 25 displays the attention image GTd in addition to the attention image GTc, thereby executing the attention regarding the return of the storage medium.

As described above, in the present embodiment, "execution of the special game is suspended in the high base state, and the special game is executed after the second end condition is satisfied and the high base state ends and the low base state is reached. If it is a special game that will be played and will result in a big win", a call for attention regarding immersion in the first mode is executed during the subsequent occurrence of the big win game. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, when ``the special game executed in the high base state is a special game for a big win'', during the subsequent occurrence of the big win game, the player is absorbed in the second mode. A warning about is executed. That is, in the present embodiment, "execution of the special game is suspended in the high base state, and the special game is executed after the second end condition is satisfied and the high base state ends and the low base state is reached. In addition, when the special game is a big win, the aspect of calling attention to addiction that is executed during the occurrence of the big win game that occurs after the end of the special game" When the game is a special game that will result in a big win, it is different from "Aspect of Calling Attention Regarding Engagement" that is executed during the occurrence of a big win game that occurs after the end of the special game.

Next, based on FIGS. 39(a) and 39(b), in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the relationship between the game state, the normal game and the normal winning game, and the mode of calling attention to immersion explain. In addition, in FIGS. 39(a) and 39(b), the second end condition is satisfied by executing the special game 50 times after being controlled to the high base state after the end of the first non-probability variable jackpot game. switch from the high base state to the low base state.

As shown in FIG. 39(a), in the high base state, the effect display device 25 executes a right-handed informing effect. Also, when a game ball enters the gate 31 in the high base state, execution of the normal game is suspended, and execution of the normal game is started at timing t101. It should be noted that the normal game (hereinafter referred to as "specific normal variation game") started at timing t101 is a normal winning game.

Then, after the execution of the specific normal variation game is started in the high base state, at a timing t102 before the end of the specific normal variation game, the 50th time from the end of the first non-probability variable big win game When the special game ends, the end condition for the high base state is established, the high base state ends, and the low base state is entered. When the high base state ends and the state becomes a low base state, the right-handed informing performance is finished, and the left-handed informing performance is executed on the performance display device 25.例文帳に追加The left-handed informing effect is executed in the effect display device 25 until the left-handed informing time elapses.

In addition, after the execution of the specific normal variation game ends at timing t103 after the second end condition is established and the low base state is reached, a normal winning game is generated, and the first variable member of the second start port 27 28 is open. Assume that a game ball enters the second starting port 27 at timing t104 when the first variable member 28 is opened, and execution of the second special game is suspended. It is assumed that the second special game whose execution is suspended at this timing t104 is a special game in which a big win is won.

After that, at timing t105 after timing t104, execution of the special game (the second special game for the big win) whose execution was suspended at timing t104 is started. Then, at timing t106 after the end of the special game whose execution was suspended at timing t104, a jackpot game is generated. At timing t107 within the ending period (shown as "ED" in FIG. 39(a)) of the jackpot game generated at timing t26, the attention-calling image GTa is displayed on the effect display device 25, and the player becomes absorbed in the first mode. A warning about is executed. At this time, in the effect display device 25, in addition to the attention image GTa, the attention image GTb is displayed to call attention to the return of the storage medium.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 39(b), in the high base state, the effect display device 25 executes a right-handed informing effect. Also, when a game ball enters the gate 31 in the high base state, execution of the normal game is suspended, and execution of the normal game is started at timing t111. It should be noted that the normal game (hereinafter referred to as "specific normal variation game") started at timing t111 is a normal winning game.

Then, after the execution of the specific normal variable game is started in the high base state, at timing t112 before the second end condition is established (before the high base state ends), the specific normal variable game is executed. After the execution of , a normal winning game is generated, and the first variable member 28 of the second starting port 27 is opened. Assume that a game ball enters the second starting port 27 at timing t113 when the first variable member 28 is opened, and execution of the second special game is suspended. It is assumed that the second special game whose execution is suspended at this timing t113 is a special game in which a big win is won.

After that, at timing t114 before the second end condition is established and after timing t113, execution of the special game (second special game that becomes a big win) whose execution was suspended at timing t113 is started. Then, at timing t115 after the end of the special game whose execution was suspended at timing t113, a jackpot game is generated. At timing t116 within the ending period (shown as "ED" in FIG. 39(b)) of the jackpot game that occurred at timing t115, the attention-calling image GTc is displayed on the effect display device 25, and the player becomes absorbed in the second mode. A warning about is executed. At this time, the effect display device 25 displays the attention image GTd in addition to the attention image GTc, thereby executing the attention regarding the return of the storage medium.

In this way, in the present embodiment, "the specific normal variation game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and the second end condition is satisfied while the specific normal variation game is being executed, resulting in a high After the base state ends, the state becomes the low base state, and after the state becomes the low base state, the normal winning game is generated after the specific normal game is ended, and the first variable member 28 is opened, the second starting port 27.例文帳に追加In the case where the second special game whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the game becomes a big hit, a warning regarding the immersion in the first mode is given during the subsequent occurrence of the big win game. executed. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, "the specific normal game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and the normal winning game occurs after the specific normal variation game is finished before the second end condition is satisfied." When the first variable member 28 is opened and the game ball enters the second starting port 27, the execution of the second special game is suspended, and the second special game becomes a big hit. In the case where the second special game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, a warning regarding the immersion in the second mode is executed during the subsequent occurrence of the jackpot game. That is, in the present embodiment, "the specific normal variation game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and the second end condition is satisfied while the specific normal variation game is being executed, resulting in a high base state." is completed, a low base state is established, and after the specific normal game is completed after the low base state, a normal winning game is generated and the first variable member 28 is opened, the game is advanced to the second start port 27. When a second special game whose execution is suspended due to the entry of a ball results in a big win, calling attention to the addiction to be executed during the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the end of the second special game. Aspect” is “the specific normal game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and the normal winning game is generated after the specific normal variation game is finished before the second end condition is satisfied. 1 When the game ball enters the second starting port 27 when the variable member 28 is opened, the second special game whose execution is suspended becomes a big hit, and the second special game When the game is executed before the second end condition is established, the mode of calling attention to immersion executed during the occurrence of the jackpot game occurring after the end of the second special game.

According to this embodiment, the effects of the first embodiment (1) to (6), (9) to (11), (13) to (17), (19) to (34), (37), ( In addition to 38) and (40) to (46), the following effects can be obtained.

(61) When the game state is the low base state (first game state) when winning the big win in the jackpot lottery (when the specific condition is satisfied), and when winning the jackpot in the jackpot lottery. When is in the high base state (second game state) (when the specific condition is not established), and when the jackpot game is occurring, the manner of calling attention to immersion is different. As a result, it is possible to effectively call attention to the addiction in a mode corresponding to the game state (according to whether or not a specific condition is established) when the big win is won in the big win lottery, and to suppress the addiction.

(62) The length of the ending period (specified period) when the gaming state is the low base state (first gaming state) when winning the jackpot in the jackpot lottery, and the game when winning the jackpot in the jackpot lottery The length of the ending period when the state is the high base state (second game state) is made different. In this way, by setting the ending period with a length corresponding to the difference in the mode of calling attention to the addiction, it is possible to appropriately call attention to the addiction.

(63) During the occurrence of the jackpot game after the jackpot is won in the low base state (first game state), a warning regarding the immersion in the first mode is executed. On the other hand, during the occurrence of the jackpot game after the jackpot is won in the high base state (second game state), attention is drawn to the immersion in the second mode. In this way, by differentiating the mode of calling attention to the immersion depending on whether the game state when winning the big win is the low-base state or the high-base state, the game state when winning the big win can be controlled according to the game state when the big win is won. It is possible to effectively call attention to the immersion in the mode.

In particular, when in the standby state, the alert regarding the immersion is executed in both the low base state and the high base state, and the content and mode of the alert regarding the immersion are the same. As described above, in a gaming machine in which the same mode of alerting regarding immersion is executed in the standby state in either the low-base state or the high-base state, the game state when a big win is won is in the low-base state or the low-base state. By executing the attention regarding the immersion during the occurrence of the big winning game in a manner corresponding to which of the high base states, the attention regarding the immersion can be executed more effectively.

(64) Since the high base state (second gaming state) is more advantageous than the low base state (first gaming state), it is assumed that the player will continue playing the game. That is, the execution of the special game (symbol variation game) is suspended in the high base state, and the special game is executed after the second end condition is satisfied and the high base state ends and the low base state is reached; , the situation is different between the case where the special game is a big win and the case where the special game executed in the high base state is a big win special game. Therefore, "execution of the special game is suspended in the high base state, the special game is executed after the second end condition is met, the high base state ends and the low base state is reached, and a big win is achieved. When the special game is a special game, the aspect of calling attention to the immersion executed during the occurrence of the jackpot game that occurs after the end of the special game, and the special game that is executed when the high base state is the jackpot. When it is a special game, the form of calling attention to immersion executed during the occurrence of a jackpot game occurring after the end of the special game". In this way, by executing the alert regarding the immersion in a manner according to the situation, it is possible to effectively perform the alert regarding the immersion.

(65) Since the high base state (second game state) is more advantageous than the low base state (first game state), it is assumed that the player will continue playing. That is, "the specific normal variable game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and the second end condition is satisfied while the specific normal variable game is being executed, and the high base state ends and the low base state ends. After the base state and the low base state, the game ball enters the second start port 27 when the normal winning game is generated after the specific normal game is ended and the first variable member 28 is opened. When the second special game, whose execution is suspended, becomes a big hit,” and “the specific normal game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and before the second end condition is satisfied. After the end of the specific normal variation game, the normal winning game is generated and the execution is suspended when the game ball enters the second start port 27 when the first variable member 28 is in an open state. The situation is different when the second special game results in a big win and the second special game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied. Therefore, "the specific normal variable game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and the second end condition is satisfied while the specific normal variable game is being executed, and the high base state ends and the low base state ends. After the base state and the low base state, the game ball enters the second start port 27 when the normal winning game is generated after the specific normal game is ended and the first variable member 28 is opened. In the event that the second special game whose execution has been put on hold as a result of this event results in a big win, an aspect of calling attention to the addiction that is executed during the occurrence of the big win game that occurs after the end of the second special game", " The specific normal game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and the normal winning game is generated after the specific normal variation game is finished before the second end condition is satisfied, and the first variable member 28 is activated. A second special game whose execution is suspended when a game ball enters the second start port 27 when the opening state is established, and the second special game is the second end. If it is executed before the condition is established, it is executed during the occurrence of the jackpot game after the end of the second special game". In this way, by executing the alert regarding the immersion in a manner according to the situation, it is possible to effectively perform the alert regarding the immersion.

(Sixth embodiment)
Next, a game machine according to a sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. In addition, the structure similar to 1st Embodiment attaches|subjects the same code|symbol as 1st Embodiment, and abbreviate|omits about the detailed description and drawing.

In the first embodiment, whether or not to call attention to the immersion in the big win game is different depending on the game state when the big win is won. On the other hand, in the sixth embodiment, execution or non-execution of alerting regarding immersion in the jackpot game differs depending on the type of jackpot.

As shown in FIG. 40, when the type of jackpot is the "first probability variable jackpot", the call for attention regarding immersion is not executed when the jackpot game is occurring (indicated as "no" in FIG. 40). Further, when the type of jackpot is the "first variable probability jackpot", the attention regarding the return of the storage medium is not executed when the jackpot game is being played. That is, when the first probability variable jackpot game is occurring, the attention regarding the immersion is not executed, and the attention regarding the return of the storage medium is not executed.

Further, when the type of the jackpot is the "second probability variable jackpot", the attention regarding the immersion is not executed when the jackpot game is occurring. Further, when the type of jackpot is the "second probability variable jackpot", the attention regarding the return of the storage medium is not executed when the jackpot game is being played. That is, when the second probability variable jackpot game is being generated, the attention regarding the immersion is not executed, and the attention regarding the return of the storage medium is not executed.

On the other hand, if the type of jackpot is the "first non-probable variable jackpot", a warning regarding immersion is executed while the jackpot game is occurring (indicated as "yes" in FIG. 40). Further, when the kind of jackpot is the "first non-probability variable jackpot", a warning regarding the return of the storage medium is executed when the jackpot game is being played. In other words, when the first non-probability variable jackpot game is being generated, attention is called regarding the immersion and attention regarding the return of the storage medium is executed.

Further, when the type of jackpot is the "second non-probable variable jackpot", a warning regarding immersion is executed when the jackpot game is occurring. Further, when the type of jackpot is the "second non-probable variable jackpot", a warning regarding the return of the storage medium is executed when the jackpot game is being played. In other words, when the second non-probability variable jackpot game is being generated, the attention regarding the immersion is executed, and the attention regarding the return of the storage medium is also executed.

Regardless of whether the type of the jackpot is the ``first non-probable variable jackpot'' or the type of the jackpot is the ``second non-probable variable jackpot'', the effect display device 25 displays the attention-calling image GTa. is displayed. That is, when the type of jackpot is the ``first non-probable variable jackpot'', the content of the alert regarding the immersion executed when the jackpot game is occurring is that the type of jackpot is the ``second non-probable variable jackpot''. This is the same as the content of the call for attention regarding the addiction executed when the jackpot game is occurring in the case.

Thus, in this embodiment, when the type of jackpot is the "first non-probability variable jackpot" or the "second non-probability variable jackpot", a warning regarding immersion is executed during the occurrence of the jackpot game. On the other hand, when the type of the jackpot is the "first variable probability big win" or the "second variable probability big win", the attention regarding the immersion is not executed during the occurrence of the big win game. That is, in the present embodiment, the case where the type of jackpot is the first non-variable jackpot or the second non-variable jackpot corresponds to "when a specific condition is satisfied", and the type of jackpot is the first variable jackpot or the second variable jackpot. A case of a big hit corresponds to "a case where a specific condition is not established".

Incidentally, in the present embodiment, the length of the ending period in the first non-probability variable jackpot game and the second non-probability variable jackpot game may be different from the length of the ending period in the first probability variable jackpot game and the second probability variable jackpot game. . For example, the length of the ending period in the first non-probability variable jackpot game and the second non-probability variable jackpot game may be longer than the length of the ending period in the first probability variable jackpot game and the second probability variable jackpot game.

In the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the type of game state when the big win is won does not affect whether or not to call attention to immersion when the big win is occurring. Therefore, for example, regardless of whether the gaming state at the time of winning the jackpot is either the low-probability high base state or the high-probability high base state, if the type of the jackpot is the first non-probability variable big win or the second non-probability variable big win, the big win is won. A call for attention regarding addiction is executed when a game is being played.

Similarly, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, whether or not to call attention to the return of the storage medium when a jackpot game is being played is not related to the type of game state when the jackpot is won. Therefore, for example, regardless of whether the gaming state when the jackpot is won is either the low-probability high base state or the high-probability high base state, if the type of the jackpot is the first non-probability variable big win or the second non-probability variable big win, the big win is won. A warning regarding the return of the storage medium is executed when the game is being played.

Hereinafter, the control related to the execution of calling attention to immersion when the big win game is occurring and the control related to the execution of calling attention to returning the storage medium when the big winning game is occurring will be described.

When the ending command is input, the overall control CPU 41a stores the first ending effect designation command in the output buffer when the type of the jackpot is the first non-probability variable jackpot. Further, when an ending command is input, the overall control CPU 41a stores a first ending effect specifying command in the output buffer when the type of the jackpot is the second non-variable jackpot.

On the other hand, when the ending command is input, the overall control CPU 41a stores the second ending effect specifying command in the output buffer when the type of the jackpot is the first variable probability jackpot. Further, when an ending command is input, the overall control CPU 41a stores a second ending effect specifying command in the output buffer when the type of the jackpot is the second probability variable jackpot.

In the pachinko game machine 10 of the present embodiment, after the first variable probability big win game and after the second variable probability big win game are ended, the game is controlled to a high base state until the next big win is won. Therefore, when the first probability variable jackpot game and the second probability variable jackpot game are continuously generated, a situation occurs in which the high base state and the jackpot game alternately occur (so-called continuous game). It is unlikely that the player will stop playing the game during such a series of games, and it is assumed that the player will continue playing the game at least until the series of games ends. Then, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, after the first non-probability variable jackpot game or the second non-probability variable jackpot game is generated, the special game is executed 50 times without winning the jackpot. The mansion will end. Then, as in the pachinko game machine 10 of the present embodiment, by calling attention to the immersion in the first non-probability variable big winning game and the second non-probability variable big winning game, the player who has won the big win is called to the attention of the immersion. are more likely to be executed.

According to this embodiment, the effects of the first embodiment (1) to (6), (10), (11), (13) to (17), (25) to (34), (38) and ( 43) to (46), the following effects can be obtained.

(66) When the type of jackpot is the first non-probable variable jackpot or the second non-probable variable jackpot (when the specific condition is satisfied), and when the type of the jackpot is the first variable-probability jackpot or the second variable-probability jackpot (specific condition is not established), and whether or not to call attention to immersion during the occurrence of a jackpot game is different. Thus, depending on the type of the big win (depending on whether or not the specific condition is satisfied), it is possible to effectively call attention to the addiction and suppress the addiction.

Among the conditions (predetermined conditions) for calling attention to the immersion in (67), conditions that are met when a big win game is occurring include conditions that are met based on the type of big win. Therefore, based on the type of big win, it is possible to effectively call attention to the addiction and suppress the addiction.

(68) If the type of the jackpot is the first non-variable jackpot and the second non-variable jackpot, and if the content of the alert (characters (character information)) regarding immersion during the occurrence of the jackpot game is different, respectively. There is a risk of misrecognition, such as calling attention to a different event. However, when the first non-probable variable jackpot is the first non-probable variable jackpot, the content of the alert when the attention regarding the immersion is executed during the occurrence of the jackpot game, and when the second non-probable variable jackpot is the second non-probable variable jackpot, the immersion during the occurrence of the jackpot game The content of the alert when the alert regarding is executed is the same. Thus, regardless of whether the type of the big win is the first non-certain variable big win or the second non-certain variable big win, it is possible to commonly call attention to the immersion, and to suppress erroneous recognition of the attention.

(69) The contents (characters (character information)) of the reminder regarding the return of the storage medium during the occurrence of the jackpot game differ depending on whether the type of the jackpot is the first non-variable jackpot or the second non-variable jackpot. In this case, there is a risk of misrecognition, such as calling attention to different events. However, when the type of the jackpot is the first non-probable variable jackpot and the attention regarding the return of the storage medium is executed during the occurrence of the jackpot game, the contents of the alert and the type of the jackpot are the second non-probable variable jackpot. The contents of the alert regarding the return of the storage medium are the same as when the alert regarding the return of the storage medium is executed during the occurrence of the jackpot game. Thus, regardless of whether the type of the jackpot is the first non-definite variable jackpot or the second non-definite variable jackpot, it is possible to call attention to the return of the storage medium in common, and to suppress erroneous recognition of the alert. .

(Seventh embodiment)
Next, a game machine according to a seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 36 and 41. FIG. In addition, the structure similar to 1st Embodiment attaches|subjects the same code|symbol as 1st Embodiment, and abbreviate|omits about the detailed description and drawing.

In the first embodiment, whether or not to call attention to the immersion in the big win game is different depending on the game state when the big win is won. Further, in the sixth embodiment, whether or not to call attention to immersion in the big win game is different depending on the type of the big win. In the seventh embodiment, the mode of calling attention to immersion in the big win game differs depending on the type of the big win.

In the seventh embodiment, as in the fifth embodiment, there are a plurality of types of modes for calling attention to the player's immersion while the jackpot game is occurring. Concretely, in the "aspect of calling attention to immersion when a jackpot game is occurring" in the seventh embodiment, a first aspect shown in FIG. 36(a) and a second aspect shown in FIG. 36(b) There are aspects and.

In the seventh embodiment, as in the fifth embodiment, there are a plurality of types of modes for calling attention to the return of the storage medium. Concretely, the "mode of calling attention to return of the storage medium" in the seventh embodiment includes a first mode shown in FIG. 36(a) and a second mode shown in FIG. 36(b).

In addition, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the seventh embodiment, the mode of calling attention to the immersion differs according to the type of the jackpot. Similarly, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the mode of calling attention regarding the return of the storage medium differs depending on the type of jackpot.

As shown in FIG. 41, when the type of the jackpot is the first variable probability jackpot, a second aspect of calling attention to immersion is performed when the jackpot game is occurring. Further, when the type of the jackpot is the first variable probability jackpot, the second aspect of calling attention regarding the return of the storage medium is executed when the jackpot game is being played. Further, when the type of the big win is the second variable probability big win, the second aspect of calling attention to the immersion is executed when the big win game is being generated. Further, when the type of the jackpot is the second variable probability jackpot, the second aspect of calling attention regarding the return of the storage medium is executed when the jackpot game is being played.

The attention-calling image GTc is displayed on the effect display device 25 regardless of whether the kind of the big win is the first variable probability big win or the second kind of the variable probability big win. In other words, the content of the alert regarding the immersion executed when the jackpot game is generated when the type of the jackpot is the first variable jackpot is the jackpot game when the type of the jackpot is the second variable jackpot. It is the same as the content of the alert regarding immersion executed when it is being played.

When the kind of jackpot is the first non-probable variable jackpot, a call for attention regarding immersion is executed in the first mode when the jackpot game is occurring. Further, when the type of the jackpot is the first non-probable variable jackpot, the attention regarding the return of the storage medium is executed in the first mode when the jackpot game is being played. Further, when the type of jackpot is the second non-probable variable jackpot, attention is drawn to the immersion in the first mode when the jackpot game is occurring. Further, when the type of the jackpot is the second non-probable variable jackpot, the attention regarding the return of the storage medium is executed in the first mode while the jackpot game is occurring.

The attention-calling image GTa is displayed on the effect display device 25 regardless of whether the kind of the jackpot is the first non-probable variable big win or the second non-probable variable big win. . In other words, the content of the alert regarding the immersion executed when the jackpot game is occurring when the type of the jackpot is the first non-probability variable jackpot is the jackpot game when the type of the jackpot is the second non-probability variable jackpot. It is the same as the content of the alert regarding immersion that is executed when is occurring.

Further, in the present embodiment, when the type of the jackpot is the first non-probability variable jackpot or the second non-probability variable jackpot, the attention-calling image GTa is displayed while the jackpot game is occurring, and attention is paid to the immersion in the first mode. Awakening is executed. On the other hand, when the kind of big win is the first variable probability big win or the second variable probability big win, the attention calling image GTc is displayed while the big winning game is being played, and the attention of the immersion in the second mode is executed. As described above, in the present embodiment, when a big win game is occurring regardless of the kind of big win, the same attention is given to the addiction, and the attention to the addiction is called according to the kind of the big win. .

Similarly, in the present embodiment, when the type of jackpot is the first non-probability variable jackpot or the second non-probability variable jackpot, the attention-calling image GTb is displayed while the jackpot game is occurring, and the storage medium is displayed in the first mode. A reminder about the return of is executed. On the other hand, if the type of the jackpot is the first variable probability jackpot or the second variable probability jackpot, the attention calling image GTd is displayed while the jackpot game is being played, and the second aspect calls attention to the return of the storage medium. be. As described above, in the present embodiment, when a jackpot game is occurring regardless of the jackpot type, the same content of attention regarding the return of the storage medium is executed, and the return of the storage medium is alerted in a manner corresponding to the type of the jackpot. Alert is executed.

Hereinafter, the control related to the execution of calling attention to immersion when the jackpot game is occurring in the present embodiment, and the control related to the execution of calling attention to the return of the storage medium when the jackpot game is occurring will be described. do.

When the ending command is input, the overall control CPU 41a stores the first ending effect designation command in the output buffer when the type of the jackpot is the first non-probability variable jackpot. Further, when an ending command is input, the overall control CPU 41a stores a first ending effect specifying command in the output buffer when the type of the jackpot is the second non-variable jackpot.

Then, when the first ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the ending effect is executed. Further, when the first ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so as to display the attention-calling image GTa, that is, to execute attention-calling regarding immersion. . Further, when the first ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the caution image GTb is displayed, that is, so that the attention regarding the return of the storage medium is executed. to control.

On the other hand, when the ending command is input, the overall control CPU 41a stores the second ending effect specifying command in the output buffer when the type of the jackpot is the first variable probability jackpot. Further, when an ending command is input, the overall control CPU 41a stores a second ending effect specifying command in the output buffer when the type of the jackpot is the second probability variable jackpot.

Then, when the second ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the ending effect is executed. Further, when the second ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so as to display the attention-calling image GTc, that is, so as to execute attention-calling regarding immersion. . Further, when the first ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the caution image GTd is displayed, that is, the effect display device 25 to control.

According to this embodiment, the effects of the first embodiment (1) to (6), (10), (11), (13) to (17), (25) to (34), (38) and ( 43) to (46), the following effects can be obtained.

(70) When the type of jackpot is the first non-probable variable jackpot or the second non-probable variable jackpot (when specific conditions are met), and when the type of jackpot is the first variable-probability jackpot or the second variable-probability jackpot (specific conditions does not materialize) and , the mode of calling attention to immersion during the occurrence of a jackpot game is different. As a result, it is possible to effectively call attention to immersion in a mode corresponding to the type of big win (depending on whether a specific condition is satisfied), and to suppress immersion.

(71) When the kind of jackpot is the first non-probability variable jackpot or the second non-probability variable jackpot, during the subsequent occurrence of the jackpot game, attention is drawn to the immersion in the first mode. On the other hand, when the type of the big win is the first variable-probability big win or the second variable-probability big win, during the subsequent occurrence of the big-win game, a second aspect of the attention about the immersion is executed. In this way, by varying the mode of alerting regarding immersion according to the type of big win, it is possible to effectively call attention regarding immersion in a mode corresponding to the type of big win.

In particular, when in the standby state, the alert regarding the immersion is executed in both the low base state and the high base state, and the content and mode of the alert regarding the immersion are the same. As described above, in a gaming machine in which the same mode of alerting regarding immersion is executed in the standby state in either the low-base state or the high-base state, the jackpot game is occurring in a mode corresponding to the type of the jackpot. By executing the alert regarding the addiction, the alert regarding the addiction can be executed more effectively.

(Eighth embodiment)
Next, an eighth embodiment of the gaming machine will be described with reference to FIGS. 42 and 43. FIG. In addition, the structure similar to 1st Embodiment attaches|subjects the same code|symbol as 1st Embodiment, and abbreviate|omits about the detailed description and drawing.

In the first embodiment, whether or not to call attention to the immersion in the big win game is different depending on the game state when the big win is won. On the other hand, in the eighth embodiment, execution or non-execution of attention regarding immersion in the big win game differs according to the game state after the end of the big win game.

The game state after the end of the first variable probability jackpot game in the eighth embodiment is the same as the game state after the end of the first variable probability jackpot game in the first embodiment. Also, the game state after the second non-probability variable big hit game ends in the eighth embodiment is the same as the game state after the second non-probability variable big hit game ends in the first embodiment. On the other hand, the game state after finishing the second variable probability big hit game in the eighth embodiment may be different from the game state after finishing the second variable probability big winning game in the first embodiment. Further, the game state after the first non-probability variable big hit game ends in the eighth embodiment may differ from the game state after the first non-probability variable big hit game ends in the first embodiment.

As shown in FIG. 42, in the second probability variable jackpot, if the gaming state when the jackpot is won is "low probability low base state" or "high probability low base state", it becomes a high probability low base state. It is stipulated. In addition, the second variable probability jackpot is defined to be in a high probability/high base state until the next jackpot game is generated (shown as “until the next time” in FIG. 42). Therefore, in the low-probability-low base state or the low-probability-high base state, when the jackpot is won and the second probability-variable big-hit game is generated, the high-probability-low base state is established after the second probability-variable big-hit game ends. . On the other hand, when the jackpot is won and the second probability variable jackpot game is generated in the low probability high base state or the high probability high base state, the high probability high base state is entered after the second probability variable jackpot game ends. .

In the first non-probability variable jackpot, it is determined that a low-probability-low base state is set when the gaming state at the time of winning the jackpot is "low-probability-low base state" or "high-probability-low base state". . In addition, the first non-probable variable jackpot is a predetermined number of times (50 times in this embodiment) until the special game is finished (in FIG. 42, "up to 50 times"), or a predetermined number of times. It is determined that the low-probability-high base state is set until the big win game is generated before the special game is ended. Therefore, when the jackpot is won in the low-probability low base state or the low-probability-high base state and the first non-probability variable big-hit game is generated, the low-probability-low base state after the end of the first non-probability variable big-hit game becomes. On the other hand, when the jackpot is won in the low-probability-high base state or the high-probability-high base state and the first non-probability variable jackpot game is generated, 50 special games are played after the first non-probability variable jackpot game is completed. Up to the upper limit until is executed, it will be in a high-precision high base state.

In addition, as described above, the game state after the end of the first probability variable jackpot game and the game state after the second non-probability variable jackpot game are ended are the same as those in the first embodiment, so the description thereof will be omitted. .

Also, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the length of the ending period (ending time) in each jackpot game may differ from that of the first embodiment. Specifically, for the first variable probability jackpot, the length of the ending period is set to "5 seconds" regardless of the game state when the jackpot is won. For the second probability variable jackpot, the length of the ending period is ``15 seconds'' when the game state is the low base state when the jackpot is won, and the game state when the jackpot is won is the high base state. "5 seconds" is defined as the length of the ending period. In addition, the length of the ending period of the first non-probability variable jackpot and the second non-probability variable jackpot and the second non-probability variable jackpot is determined as the length of the ending period regardless of the game state when the jackpot is won.

In the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, whether or not to call attention to immersion in the jackpot game depends on the game state after the jackpot game ends.
As shown in FIG. 43, when the game state after the end of the jackpot game becomes the "low probability low base state", when the jackpot game is occurring, a warning about immersion is executed (in FIG. 43, "Yes ”). In addition, when the game state after the end of the jackpot game becomes the "low probability/low base state", a warning regarding the return of the storage medium is executed when the jackpot game is occurring. That is, when the game state after the end of the jackpot game becomes the "low-probability-low-base state", the attention regarding the immersion is executed, and the attention regarding the return of the storage medium is executed.

In addition, when the game state after the end of the jackpot game becomes a "high-probability-low base state", a warning regarding immersion is executed when the jackpot game is occurring. In addition, when the game state after the end of the jackpot game becomes the "high-probability-low base state", a warning regarding the return of the storage medium is executed when the jackpot game is occurring. That is, when the game state after the jackpot game ends becomes the "high-probability-low-base state", a warning regarding the immersion is executed, and a warning regarding the return of the storage medium is executed.

In addition, when the game state after the end of the big win game becomes the "low probability high base state", a warning about the immersion is executed when the big win game is occurring. In addition, when the game state after the end of the jackpot game becomes the "low-probability base state", a warning regarding the return of the storage medium is executed when the jackpot game is occurring. That is, when the game state after the jackpot game ends becomes the "low-probability base state", the attention regarding the immersion is executed, and the attention regarding the return of the storage medium is executed.

In addition, when the game state after the end of the jackpot game is "high-probability-high base state", the call for attention regarding immersion is not executed when the jackpot game is occurring (indicated as "no" in FIG. 43). . In addition, when the game state after the end of the jackpot game becomes the "high probability/high base state", the attention regarding the return of the storage medium is not executed when the jackpot game is occurring. That is, when the game state after the end of the big win game becomes the "high probability/high base state", the attention regarding the immersion is not executed, and the attention regarding the return of the storage medium is not executed.

Even if the game state after the jackpot game ends is any one of "low probability low base state", "high probability low base state" and "low probability high base state", the effect display device 25 displays an attention calling image GTa. is displayed. In other words, when the game state after the end of the jackpot game is "low probability low base state", when the game state after the end of the jackpot game is "high probability low base state", and when the game state after the end of the jackpot game is In the case of the "high-probability-high base state", the contents of the call-out regarding the immersion executed when the big-hit game is occurring are the same.

Thus, in this embodiment, when the game state after the end of the jackpot game is any one of the "low-probability low base state", "high-probability low-base state" and "low-probability high base state", the jackpot While the game is occurring, a call for attention regarding addiction is executed. On the other hand, when the game state after the end of the big win game is the "high-probability/high base state", during the occurrence of the big win game, the attention to the immersion is not executed. That is, in the present embodiment, when the gaming state after the end of the jackpot game is one of the "low probability low base state", "high probability low base state" and "low probability high base state", "the specific condition is established The case where the game state after the end of the jackpot game corresponds to the "high probability high base state" corresponds to "the case where the specific condition is not established".

Hereinafter, the control related to the execution of calling attention to immersion when the big win game is occurring and the control related to the execution of calling attention to returning the storage medium when the big winning game is occurring will be described.

When the ending command is input, the overall control CPU 41a specifies the game state after the jackpot game ends. The overall control CPU 41a specifies the game state after the end of the big win game based on the kind of big win and the game state when the big win is won. For example, if the type of the jackpot is the second variable probability jackpot and the gaming state when the jackpot is won is the “low probability/low base state”, the overall control CPU 41a determines that the gaming state after the jackpot game is “high”. It specifies that it will be a “low base state”. In addition, when the type of jackpot is the first non-probability variable jackpot and the game state when the jackpot is won is the "low probability high base state", the overall control CPU 41a determines that the game state after the jackpot game is " Specify that it will be a "low probability height base state".

Then, when specifying that the game state after the jackpot game ends is the "low-probability-low base state", the overall control CPU 41a stores the first ending effect designation command in the output buffer. Further, when specifying that the game state after the end of the jackpot game will be the "high-probability-low base state", the overall control CPU 41a stores the first ending effect designation command in the output buffer. Also, when specifying that the game state after the end of the jackpot game will be the "low probability high base state", the overall control CPU 41a stores the first ending effect designation command in the output buffer. On the other hand, when specifying that the game state after the end of the jackpot game will be the "high probability/high base state", the overall control CPU 41a stores the second ending effect designation command in the output buffer.

As described above, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, whether or not to call attention to immersion during the occurrence of the jackpot game differs depending on the game state after the jackpot game ends. Then, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the game state after the jackpot game ends is specified based on the game state when the jackpot is won and the type of jackpot. Therefore, whether or not to call attention to immersion during the occurrence of the jackpot game differs depending on the game state after the end of the jackpot game. It can also be said that the presence or absence of alerting for immersion in is different.

According to this embodiment, the effects of the first embodiment (1) to (6), (10), (11), (13) to (17), (25) to (34), (38) and ( 43) to (46), the following effects can be obtained.

(72) When the game state after the end of the big hit game is any of the low probability low base state, the high probability low base state and the low probability high base state (when the specific condition is satisfied), and the game state after the end of the big hit game When is in a high-probability-high base state (when a specific condition is not established), whether or not to call attention to immersion during the occurrence of a big win game is different. Thus, depending on the game state after the end of the jackpot game (depending on whether or not the specific condition is satisfied), it is possible to effectively call attention to the addiction and suppress the addiction.

Among the conditions (predetermined conditions) for calling attention to the immersion in (73), the conditions that are met when the big win game is occurring include the conditions that are met based on the game state after the big win game is over. Therefore, based on the game state after the end of the jackpot game, it is possible to effectively call attention to the addiction and suppress the addiction.

(74) When the game state after the end of the jackpot game is in the low-probability-low base state and when it is in the high-probability-low base state, the contents of the attention (characters (character information)) regarding immersion during the occurrence of the jackpot game. If they are different, there is a risk of misrecognition, such as calling attention to different events. However, when the game state after the end of the big hit game becomes a low probability low base state, when the game state after the end of the big hit game becomes a high probability low base state, and when the game state after the end of the big hit game is a low probability high base The content of the alert when the state is reached and when the alert regarding the immersion is executed during the occurrence of the jackpot game is the same. Thereby, even if the game state after the jackpot game ends is any of the low-probability-low base state, the high-probability-low base state and the low-probability-high base state, it is possible to call attention to the immersion in common. Misrecognition of the alert can be suppressed.

(75) When the game state after the end of the jackpot game becomes the low-probability-low base state and the high-probability-low base state, the content of the attention (character (character information) regarding the return of the storage medium during the occurrence of the jackpot game )) are different, there is a risk of misrecognition, such as calling attention to different events. However, when the game state after the end of the big hit game becomes a low probability low base state, when the game state after the end of the big hit game becomes a high probability low base state, and when the game state after the end of the big hit game is a low probability high base The content of the alert regarding the return of the storage medium is the same when the state is reached and when the alert regarding the return of the storage medium is executed during the occurrence of the jackpot game. As a result, even if the game state after the jackpot game ends is any of the low-probability-low base state, the high-probability-low base state, and the low-probability-high base state, common attention regarding the return of the storage medium is executed. It is possible to suppress misrecognition of the alert.

(Ninth embodiment)
Next, a ninth embodiment of the gaming machine will be described with reference to FIGS. 36, 42 and 44. FIG. In addition, the structure similar to 1st Embodiment attaches|subjects the same code|symbol as 1st Embodiment, and abbreviate|omits about the detailed description and drawing.

In the first embodiment, whether or not to call attention to the immersion in the big win game is different depending on the game state when the big win is won. Further, in the eighth embodiment, whether or not to call attention to immersion in the big win game depends on the game state after the end of the big win game. In the ninth embodiment, the mode of calling attention to the immersion in the big win game differs according to the game state after the end of the big win game.

The types of jackpots in the ninth embodiment are the same as the types of jackpots in the eighth embodiment shown in FIG. That is, in the ninth embodiment, as in the eighth embodiment, the game state after the second probability variable jackpot game ends and the game state after the first non-probability variable jackpot game end may differ from the first embodiment. Further, in the ninth embodiment, the length of the ending period (ending time) in each jackpot game may differ from that in the first embodiment, as in the eighth embodiment.

In the ninth embodiment, as in the fifth embodiment, there are a plurality of types of modes for calling attention to immersion during the occurrence of a jackpot game. Concretely, in the ``aspect of calling attention to addiction when a jackpot game is occurring'' in the ninth embodiment, there are a first aspect shown in FIG. 36(a) and a second aspect shown in FIG. There are aspects and.

In the ninth embodiment, as in the fifth embodiment, there are a plurality of types of modes for calling attention to the return of the storage medium. Concretely, the "mode of calling attention regarding the return of the storage medium" in the ninth embodiment includes a first mode shown in FIG. 36(a) and a second mode shown in FIG. 36(b).

In the pachinko gaming machine 10 according to the ninth embodiment, the mode of calling attention to immersion differs depending on the game state after the jackpot game ends. Similarly, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the manner of calling attention regarding the return of the storage medium differs depending on the gaming state after the end of the jackpot game.

As shown in FIG. 44, when the game state after the end of the jackpot game is the "low-probability base state", attention is drawn in the first mode regarding immersion when the jackpot game is occurring. When the game state after the end of the jackpot game becomes a ``low-probability base state'', a call for attention regarding the return of the storage medium is executed in the first mode when the jackpot game is occurring. In addition, when the game state after the end of the jackpot game becomes the "high-probability-low base state", the call for attention regarding the immersion is executed in the first mode when the jackpot game is occurring. When the game state after the end of the jackpot game is the "high-probability-low base state", a call for attention regarding the return of the storage medium is executed in the first mode when the jackpot game is occurring. In addition, when the game state after the end of the big win game becomes the "low probability high base state", the call for attention regarding the immersion is executed in the first mode when the big win game is occurring. When the game state after the end of the jackpot game becomes a "low-probability base state", a call for attention regarding the return of the storage medium is executed in the first mode when the jackpot game is occurring.

When the jackpot game is occurring even if the game state after the end of the jackpot game is any one of ``low probability low base state'', ``high probability low base state'' and ``low probability high base state'' , the effect display device 25 displays an alert image GTa. That is, even if the game state after the end of the jackpot game is any of the "low probability low base state", "high probability low base state" and "low probability high base state", the jackpot game is generated. It is the same as the content of the alert regarding immersion that is executed when the

In addition, when the game state after the end of the big win game is the "high probability/high base state", the call for attention regarding the immersion is executed in the second mode when the big win game is occurring. When the game state after the end of the jackpot game is the ``high-probability base state'', when the jackpot game is occurring, a second mode is executed to call attention to the return of the storage medium.

In this embodiment, when the game state after the end of the jackpot game is any one of "low probability low base state", "high probability low base state" and "low probability high base state", a jackpot game is generated. Sometimes, a warning image GTa is displayed, and a warning regarding the immersion is executed in the first mode. On the other hand, when the game state after the end of the big win game is the "high probability/high base state", the attention calling image GTc is displayed while the big win game is occurring, and the attention of the immersion in the second mode is executed. . As described above, in the present embodiment, when the big win game is occurring regardless of the game state after the big win game is over, the same contents of attention regarding the immersion are executed, and the game state after the big win game is over. A warning regarding the immersion is executed.

Similarly, in this embodiment, when the game state after the end of the jackpot game is one of "low probability low base state", "high probability low base state" and "low probability high base state", a jackpot game occurs A warning image GTb is displayed when this is being done, and a warning regarding the return of the storage medium is executed in the first mode. On the other hand, when the game state after the jackpot game ends is the "high probability/high base state", the caution image GTd is displayed while the jackpot game is occurring, and the second aspect calls attention to the return of the storage medium. executed. As described above, in the present embodiment, when the big win game is occurring regardless of the game state after the big win game is over, the same content of attention regarding the return of the storage medium is executed, and according to the game state after the big win game is over. A warning regarding the return of the storage medium is executed in the same manner.

Hereinafter, the control related to the execution of calling attention to immersion when the jackpot game is occurring in the present embodiment, and the control related to the execution of calling attention to the return of the storage medium when the jackpot game is occurring will be described. do.

When the ending command is input, the overall control CPU 41a specifies the game state after the jackpot game ends. The overall control CPU 41a specifies the game state after the end of the big win game based on the kind of big win and the game state when the big win is won. For example, if the type of the jackpot is the second variable probability jackpot and the gaming state when the jackpot is won is the “low probability/low base state”, the overall control CPU 41a determines that the gaming state after the jackpot game is “high”. It specifies that it will be a “low base state”. In addition, when the type of jackpot is the first non-probability variable jackpot and the game state when the jackpot is won is the "low probability high base state", the overall control CPU 41a determines that the game state after the jackpot game is " Specify that it will be a "low probability height base state".

Then, when specifying that the game state after the jackpot game ends is the "low-probability-low base state", the overall control CPU 41a stores the first ending effect designation command in the output buffer. Further, when specifying that the game state after the end of the jackpot game will be the "high-probability-low base state", the overall control CPU 41a stores the first ending effect designation command in the output buffer. Also, when specifying that the game state after the end of the jackpot game will be the "low probability high base state", the overall control CPU 41a stores the first ending effect designation command in the output buffer. On the other hand, when specifying that the game state after the end of the jackpot game will be the "high probability/high base state", the overall control CPU 41a stores the second ending effect designation command in the output buffer.

Then, when the first ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the ending effect is executed. Further, when the first ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so as to display the attention-calling image GTa, that is, to execute attention-calling regarding immersion. . Further, when the first ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the caution image GTb is displayed, that is, so that the attention regarding the return of the storage medium is executed. to control.

On the other hand, when the second ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the ending effect is executed. Further, when the second ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so as to display the attention-calling image GTc, that is, so as to execute attention-calling regarding immersion. . Further, when the first ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the caution image GTd is displayed, that is, the effect display device 25 to control.

According to this embodiment, the effects of the first embodiment (1) to (6), (10), (11), (13) to (17), (25) to (34), (38) and ( 43) to (46), the following effects can be obtained.

(76) When the game state after the end of the jackpot game is any of the low probability low base state, the high probability low base state and the low probability high base state (when the specific condition is satisfied), and the game state after the end of the jackpot game When is in a high-probability-high base state (when a specific condition is not established), the mode of calling attention to immersion during the occurrence of a jackpot game is different. As a result, it is possible to effectively call attention to immersion in a mode corresponding to the game state after the end of the jackpot game (depending on whether a specific condition is established), and to suppress addiction.

(77) When the game state after the jackpot game ends is any of the low-probability-low base state, high-probability-low base state, and low-probability-high base state, cautions regarding immersion in the first mode during the occurrence of the jackpot game. Awakening is executed. On the other hand, when the game state after the end of the jackpot game is the high-probability/high-base state, a call for attention regarding the immersion in the second mode is executed during the occurrence of the jackpot game. In this way, by varying the mode of calling attention to the immersion according to the game state after the end of the big win game, it is possible to effectively call the attention to the immersion in a mode corresponding to the game state after the end of the big win game.

In particular, when in the standby state, the alert regarding the immersion is executed in both the low base state and the high base state, and the content and mode of the alert regarding the immersion are the same. As described above, in a game machine in which the same mode of alerting for immersion is executed in the standby state in either the low-base state or the high-base state, a jackpot is won in a mode according to the game state after the jackpot game ends. By executing the alert regarding addiction while the game is occurring, the alert regarding addiction can be executed more effectively.

(Tenth embodiment)
Next, a game machine according to a tenth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. In addition, the structure similar to 1st Embodiment attaches|subjects the same code|symbol as 1st Embodiment, and abbreviate|omits about the detailed description and drawing.

In the first embodiment, out of the first standby state and the second standby state, when the second standby state is set, the user is alerted to the immersion, and when the first standby state is selected, the alert regarding the immersion is not performed. configured to On the other hand, in the tenth embodiment, a warning regarding the immersion is executed in both the first standby state and the second standby state. Concretely, in the tenth embodiment, even in the first standby state, when it is in the first early standby state, the attention regarding the immersion is not executed, and when it is in the first late standby state, the attention regarding the immersion is not executed.

As shown in FIG. 45(a), in the second standby state, similar to the first embodiment, the effect display device 25 displays a warning image GT3 to call attention to immersion.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 45(b), in the first late stage standby state, the effect display device 25 displays a warning image GTe to draw attention to the immersion. The warning image GTe is "Pachinko/Pachislot is a game that can be enjoyed moderately. ] (character information) and ``Let's be careful not to get absorbed. ] (character information). In other words, the content of the alert regarding addiction during the first stage standby state is "Pachinko/pachislot is a game that is moderately enjoyed." ] (character information) is displayed. In addition, the content of the alert regarding addiction when in the first late standby state is "Be careful of addiction. ] (character information) is displayed. Note that, in the present embodiment, when a call for attention regarding immersion is executed in the first late stage standby state, the attention call image GTe is displayed in a region that does not overlap with the performance symbol among the display regions 25r of the performance display device 25. .

Incidentally, in the present embodiment, neither the attention-calling image GT3 nor the attention-calling image GTe is displayed on the effect display device 25 in the first early standby state, and no attention-calling regarding immersion is executed.

As described above, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the attention regarding the immersion is not executed in the first early standby state, and the attention image GTe is displayed on the effect display device 25 in the subsequent first late standby state. A warning about immersion in the hand is executed. After that, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the second standby state is entered, the attention calling image GT3 is displayed on the effect display device 25 to call attention to the immersion.

Here, a description will be given of the alerting of the immersion in the first late standby state and the alerting of the immersion in the second standby state.
When it is in the first late standby state, the attention calling image GTe is displayed on the effect display device 25, and the attention regarding the immersion is executed. On the other hand, when it is in the second standby state, the attention calling image GT3 is displayed on the effect display device 25 to call attention to the immersion.

The alert image GTe and the alert image GT3 are both "Pachinko/Pachislot is moderately enjoyable play." ] (character information) and ``Let's be careful not to get absorbed. ] (character information). In other words, the content of the alert regarding addiction in the first standby state and the content of the alert regarding addiction in the second standby state are both "pachinko and pachislot are moderately enjoyable games." ] (character information) is displayed. In addition, the content of the alert regarding immersion in the first standby state and the content of the alert regarding immersion in the second standby state are both "Beware of immersion." ] (character information) is displayed. In this way, the content of the alert regarding immersion in the first late standby state is the same as the content of the alert regarding immersion in the second standby state. In other words, the content of the alert regarding immersion in the second standby state is the same as the content of the alert regarding immersion in the first late standby state.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the mode of calling attention to immersion in the first late standby state differs from the mode of calling attention to immersion in the second standby state.

Specifically, the position where the attention-calling image GTe is displayed on the effect display device 25 is different from the position where the attention-calling image GT3 is displayed on the effect display device 25 . Also, the size of the attention calling image GTe displayed on the effect display device 25 is different from the size of the attention calling image GT3 displayed on the effect display device 25 . That is, the display area where the attention-calling image GTe is displayed on the effect display device 25 is different from the display area where the attention-calling image GT3 is displayed on the effect display device 25 .

The typeface of the characters (character information) included in the alert image GTe is different from the typeface of the characters (character information) included in the alert image GT3. In addition, the color of the characters (character information) included in the attention alert image GTe (so-called character color) is different from the color of the characters (character information) included in the attention alert image GT3. In addition, the size of the characters (character information) included in the alert image GTe is different from the size of the characters (character information) included in the alert image GT3.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the mode of calling attention to being absorbed in the first late standby state is different from the mode of calling attention to being absorbed in the second standby state. In other words, the mode of calling attention to immersion in the second standby state is different from the mode of calling attention to immersion in the first late standby state.

Incidentally, in this embodiment, in either the first late standby state or the second standby state, the game ball enters the first start port 26 or the second start port 27 when the attention about the immersion is being executed. When the ball enters the ball, the execution of the alert regarding the sinking ends.

Next, control related to the standby state in this embodiment will be described.
The display control CPU 42a controls the performance display device 25 so that, when the first standby demonstration designation command is input, the performance symbols (symbol combination of the performance symbols) which are fixed and stopped are displayed continuously. When the second standby demonstration designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the performance display device 25 so that the performance symbols (symbol combination of performance symbols) which are fixed and displayed are temporarily stopped and displayed. Further, when the display control CPU 42a receives the second standby demonstration designation command, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so as to display the attention image GTe and execute attention regarding immersion.

Further, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the customer waiting effect is executed when the customer waiting demo specification command is input. Specifically, after the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the character effect is executed, the effect display device 25 causes the effect display device 25 to display the attention calling image GT1 so as to call attention to the goto act. , and then the effect display device 25 is controlled so that a caution image GT2 is displayed to call attention to hitting the game machine. After that, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so as to display the caution image GT3 to draw attention to the immersion. Subsequently, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 to display a warning image GT4 and execute a warning regarding leaving in the car. A performance display device 25 is controlled so as to call attention to playing a game. After that, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so as to display a warning image GT6 to call attention to the sale of malicious strategies, and then displays the effect so as to execute a logo effect. Control the device 25 .

As described above, in the present embodiment, after the second standby demonstration designation command is generated, the attention image GTe is displayed on the effect display device 25 to call attention to the immersion, and furthermore, the customer waiting demonstration designation command is generated. After that, a warning image GT3 is displayed on the effect display device 25 to call attention to the immersion.

Incidentally, when execution of the special game is suspended in the standby state (that is, when a game ball enters the first start port 26 or the second start port 27), the special game is executed and An effect game is executed on the effect display device 25 . Therefore, as in the first embodiment, when the execution of the special game is suspended in the first late standby state, the first late standby state is interrupted and the effect game is executed. . Therefore, in the present embodiment, when a game ball enters the first start port 26 or the second start port 27 in the first late standby state, when a game ball enters the first start port 26 or the second start port 27, attention regarding the sinking occurs. Arousal execution ends. As in the first embodiment, even if the execution of the normal game is suspended in the first late standby state, the effect display device 25 continues the first late standby state without interruption. . That is, in the present embodiment, when a game ball enters the gate 31 in the first late standby state, when the attention about the immersion is being executed, the effect display device 25 does not alert about the immersion. keep running.

Further, in the present embodiment, in any game state among a plurality of types of game states, when it is in the first late standby state, a caution image GTe is displayed on the effect display device 25 to call attention to immersion. When in the second standby state, a warning image GT3 is displayed on the effect display device 25 to draw attention to the immersion. That is, in the present embodiment, the content of the alert regarding immersion in the first late standby state when in the low base state is the same as the content of the alert regarding immersion in the first late standby state when in the high base state. be.

According to this embodiment, in addition to the effects (1) to (9), (11), (12), (15) to (38) and (40) to (47) of the first embodiment, the following The effect shown can be obtained.
(78) The mode of calling attention to immersion is different between the first standby state and the second standby state. Accordingly, it is possible to effectively call attention to the immersion depending on whether it is in the first standby state or the second standby state.

(79) In the case where attention is called for immersion in the first late stage standby state, the attention calling image GTe is displayed in a region of the display area 25r of the effect display device 25 that does not overlap with the effect pattern. As a result, for example, there is no possibility that part or all of the attention calling image GTe becomes invisible due to the performance pattern being displayed on the front side of the attention calling image GTe. can be executed effectively.

(80) The first early standby state is determined by taking into consideration the fact that ``there is a risk that interest will be lost by switching to the standby state after the special game ends, and switching to the effect execution state.'' The subsequent effect execution state (for example, the display mode of the effect pattern) is maintained. Therefore, if a warning regarding the immersion is executed in the first early standby state, there is a possibility that the purpose of the first early standby state cannot be achieved. Therefore, even in the first standby state, the attention to the immersion is not executed in the first early standby state, while the attention to the immersion is executed in the first late standby state. As a result, while realizing the original purpose of the first standby state, the attention regarding immersion is effectively executed by executing the attention regarding immersion in either the first standby state or the second standby state. can do.

(81) Even when the special game (symbol variation game) is not being executed and the jackpot game is not occurring, there is a possibility that the player continues the game by shooting the game ball. In such a case, when the first late standby state or the second standby state is started and attention is drawn to the immersion, the impression is strong that the game balls are just consumed without the special game being executed. There is a risk that it will become less interesting. Therefore, when the game ball is detected by the out-sensor OS (ejection ball detection means) while in the first pre-stage standby state (the first standby state of the pre-stage), the period until the first pre-stage standby state ends is extended. I made it to be. As a result, when the game ball is launched, the period until the first late standby state or the second standby state is started, that is, the period until the attention arousal regarding immersion is executed is extended, and the interest is increased. It is possible to prevent it from deteriorating.

(Eleventh embodiment)
Next, an eleventh embodiment of the gaming machine will be described with reference to FIGS. 46-48. In addition, the structure similar to 1st Embodiment attaches|subjects the same code|symbol as 1st Embodiment, and abbreviate|omits about the detailed description and drawing.

The eleventh embodiment is configured so that the volume of the sound output from the speaker 18 can be adjusted. In the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the eleventh embodiment, among the sounds output from the speaker 18, the volume of the voice emitted by the character (hereinafter referred to as "character voice"), the volume of background music (so-called BGM), are individually adjustable.

In the pachinko game machine 10 of the eleventh embodiment, a volume flag is set with a value that can specify a reference volume as a reference in the overall control RAM 41c. The reference volume may be, for example, the maximum volume or minimum volume that can be output from the speaker 18, or the range of volume that can be output from the speaker 18. FIG. Also, the reference sound volume may be a multiplier for amplifying the sound volume that is the basis for executing the sound effects. In the present embodiment, the volume flag is set with a value capable of specifying the volume within the maximum volume range set by the volume adjuster OT. Note that the volume flags in this embodiment include a first volume flag corresponding to character voices and a second volume flag corresponding to background music. Then, when the volume adjuster OT is operated, the first volume flag and the second volume flag are respectively set to values capable of specifying the volume within the range of the maximum volume set by the operation of the volume adjuster OT. .

The pachinko gaming machine 10 of this embodiment is configured so that the volume of the character voice can be adjusted by operating the first volume adjustment switch OS1. In a situation where the volume of the character voice can be adjusted, if the volume of the character voice has not reached the maximum volume within the range in which the volume of the character voice can be adjusted, operating the first volume up switch OS1a raises the volume of the character voice by one step. can be raised. Further, in a situation where the volume of the character voice can be adjusted, if the volume of the character voice has not reached the minimum volume within the range in which the volume of the character voice can be adjusted, operating the first volume down switch OS1b will reduce the volume of the character voice. It can be lowered by one step.

As shown in FIG. 46(a), in this embodiment, when the first volume control switch OS1 is operated, the effect display device 25 may display the first meter CM. When the first meter CM is displayed in the first late standby state, the first meter CM is displayed on the front side of the performance symbol. Incidentally, in the display area 25r of the effect display device 25, the display area where the first meter CM is displayed partially or wholly overlaps with the display area where the alert image GTa is displayed.

As shown in FIG. 46(b), when the character voice volume can be adjusted in four levels, a first meter CM including four scales CM1 to CM4 is displayed. For example, when the set volume is the third level from the minimum volume, the first meter CM is displayed with the three scales CM1 to CM3 colored, as shown in FIG. 46(b). Thereafter, for example, when the first volume down switch OS1b is operated once, the first meter CM is displayed with two scales CM1 and CM2 colored.

Further, the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment is configured so that the volume of the background music can be adjusted by operating the second volume adjustment switch OS2. In a situation where the background music volume can be adjusted, if the background music volume has not reached the maximum volume within the adjustable range, the background music volume is increased by one step when the second volume increase switch OS2a is operated. can be raised. Further, under the condition that the background music volume can be adjusted, if the background music volume does not reach the minimum volume within the adjustable range, the background music volume is decreased when the second volume down switch OS2b is operated. It can be lowered by one step.

As shown in FIG. 46(c), in this embodiment, when the second volume control switch OS2 is operated, the effect display device 25 may display the second meter BM. When the second meter BM is displayed in the first late stage standby state, the second meter BM is displayed on the front side of the performance symbols. Incidentally, in the display area 25r of the effect display device 25, the display area where the second meter BM is displayed does not overlap the display area where the alert image GTa is displayed.

As shown in FIG. 46(d), when the background music volume can be adjusted from four levels, a second meter BM including four scales BM1 to BM4 is displayed. For example, when the set volume is the second level from the minimum volume, the second meter BM is displayed with the two scales BM1 and BM2 colored, as shown in FIG. 46(d). Thereafter, for example, when the second volume up switch OS2a is operated once, the second meter BM is displayed with three scales BM1 to BM3 colored.

Here, based on FIG. 47, a situation in which volume adjustment in this embodiment can be performed will be described.
As shown in FIG. 47, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of this embodiment, the volume can be adjusted by operating the first volume adjustment switch OS1 during execution of the special game. At this time, the effect display device 25 displays the first meter CM. Further, in the pachinko gaming machine 10, the volume can be adjusted by operating the second volume adjustment switch OS2 during execution of the special game. At this time, the effect display device 25 displays the second meter BM. Further, in the pachinko gaming machine 10, the volume can be adjusted by operating the volume adjuster OT during execution of the special game.

Further, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the volume can be adjusted by operating the first volume adjustment switch OS1 during the opening period of the jackpot game. At this time, the effect display device 25 displays the first meter CM. Further, in the pachinko gaming machine 10, the volume can be adjusted by operating the second volume adjustment switch OS2 during the opening period of the jackpot game. At this time, the effect display device 25 displays the second meter BM. Further, in the pachinko gaming machine 10, the volume can be adjusted by operating the volume controller OT during the opening period of the jackpot game.

Further, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the volume can be adjusted by operating the first volume adjustment switch OS1 during the round period of the jackpot game. At this time, the effect display device 25 displays the first meter CM. The round period means the period from the end of the opening period to the start of the ending period. In addition, in the pachinko gaming machine 10, the volume can be adjusted by operating the second volume adjustment switch OS2 during the round period of the jackpot game. At this time, the effect display device 25 displays the second meter BM. Further, in the pachinko gaming machine 10, the volume can be adjusted by operating the volume controller OT during the round period of the jackpot game.

Further, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, whether or not a warning regarding immersion is executed during the ending period of the jackpot game, by operating the first volume control switch OS1 Volume is adjustable. However, at this time, the effect display device 25 displays the first meter CM when the attention regarding the immersion is not executed, but does not display the first meter CM when the attention regarding the immersion is executed. . As described above, in the pachinko game machine 10 of the present embodiment, when attention is being drawn for immersion, the first meter CM is not displayed on the effect display device 25, and the volume is adjusted by operating the first volume adjustment switch OS1. is restricted.

In addition, in the pachinko gaming machine 10, the volume can be adjusted by operating the second volume adjustment switch OS2 during the round period of the jackpot game. At this time, the effect display device 25 displays the second meter BM. Further, in the pachinko gaming machine 10, the volume can be adjusted by operating the volume controller OT during the round period of the jackpot game.

Further, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the volume can be adjusted by operating the first volume adjustment switch OS1 in the standby state. At this time, the effect display device 25 displays the first meter CM. Further, in the pachinko game machine 10, the volume can be adjusted by operating the second volume adjustment switch OS2 in the standby state. At this time, the effect display device 25 displays the second meter BM. Further, in the pachinko game machine 10, the volume can be adjusted by operating the volume controller OT in the standby state.

Note that when the first volume control switch OS1 or the second volume control switch OS2 is operated in the second standby state, the second standby state is ended and the first latter standby state is entered. Therefore, if the first volume control switch OS1 or the second volume control switch OS2 is operated in the second standby state, that is, while the customer waiting effect is being executed on the effect display device 25, The second waiting state is interrupted, the execution of the customer waiting effect is finished, and the first latter waiting state is entered. Therefore, in the present embodiment, if the first volume adjustment switch OS1 or the second volume adjustment switch OS2 is operated while the attention is being called for immersion in the second standby state, the attention for immersion is called. finishes executing. Here, an example of calling attention to immersion is given, but it is not limited to calling attention to immersion. When operated, the alert being executed ends. In the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, even when any effect (for example, character effect) is being executed on the effect display device 25 in the standby state, the first volume control switch OS1 or the second 2 When the sound volume control switch OS2 is operated, the first late stage standby state is entered, and the effect display device 25 displays the first meter CM or the second meter BM.

Incidentally, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, even if the first sound volume control switch OS1 is operated while the attention about immersion is being called during the occurrence of the jackpot game, the attention about addiction will end. no. On the other hand, as described above, in the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the first sound volume control switch OS1 is operated while attention is being drawn for addiction in the standby state, the attention for addiction is terminated. . As described above, in the present embodiment, when the alert regarding immersion is executed in the standby state, the end condition of the alert (when the alert regarding immersion is executed when the first predetermined condition is met) (Termination condition for alerting) includes a termination condition that is satisfied when the first volume adjustment switch OS1 as volume adjustment operation means is operated. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, when the alert regarding immersion is executed while the jackpot game is occurring, the end condition of the alert (the alert regarding immersion is executed when the second predetermined condition is satisfied) Terminate conditions for alerting in the case) does not include termination conditions that are satisfied when the first volume control switch OS1 as the volume control operation means is operated.

Control related to volume adjustment will be described below.
When the first volume adjustment switch OS1 is operated, the overall control CPU 41a can set a new value to the first volume flag stored in the overall control RAM 41c. Specifically, when a detection signal that is output when the first volume up switch OS1a is operated is input, the overall control CPU 41a determines that when the volume that can be specified from the value of the first volume flag is not the maximum volume, A new value is set to the 1 volume flag, and the volume that can be specified from the first volume flag is increased by one step. When the detection signal output when the first volume increase switch OS1a is operated is input, the overall control CPU 41a detects the maximum volume when the volume that can be specified from the value of the first volume flag is the maximum volume. Do not set a new value for the volume flag. Further, when a detection signal output when the first volume down switch OS1b is operated is input, the overall control CPU 41a detects that the volume that can be specified from the value of the first volume flag is not the minimum volume. A new value is set in the flag, and the volume that can be specified from the first volume flag is decreased by one step. Note that when the detection signal output when the first volume down switch OS1b is operated is input, the overall control CPU 41a determines that when the volume that can be specified from the value of the first volume flag is the minimum volume, the first Do not set a new value for the volume flag.

Further, when a new value is set to the first volume flag based on the operation of the first volume adjustment switch OS1, the overall control CPU 41a outputs control information (hereinafter referred to as "the first 1 volume instruction command”) is stored in the output buffer. However, even if the first volume flag is set to a new value based on the operation of the first volume adjustment switch OS1, the overall control CPU 41a does not change the value within the period during which attention is being drawn for immersion in the ending period. If there is, the first volume instruction command is not stored in the output buffer. In the present embodiment, for example, after the first ending effect instruction command is stored in the output buffer, the overall control CPU 41a does not input the standby command or the variation pattern designation command, for example, "calling attention to immersion in the ending period" It is possible to judge that it is within the period of execution. Further, when the central control CPU 41a sets a new value to the first volume flag based on the operation of the first volume adjustment switch OS1, and in the second standby state, the overall control CPU 41a issues the second Stores the standby demo specification command in the output buffer. As a result, the second standby state ends and the first late standby state is entered.

When the second volume adjustment switch OS2 is operated, the overall control CPU 41a can set a new value to the second volume flag stored in the overall control RAM 41c. Specifically, when a detection signal that is output when the second volume up switch OS2a is operated is input, the overall control CPU 41a detects that the volume that can be specified from the value of the second volume flag is not the maximum volume. A new value is set to the second volume flag, and the volume that can be specified from the second volume flag is increased by one step. When the detection signal output when the second volume up switch OS2a is operated is input, the overall control CPU 41a detects the second volume when the volume that can be specified from the value of the second volume flag is the maximum volume. Do not set a new value for the volume flag. Further, when a detection signal output when the second volume down switch OS2b is operated is input, the overall control CPU 41a detects that the volume specified from the value of the second volume flag is not the minimum volume. A new value is set in the flag, and the volume that can be specified from the second volume flag is decreased by one step. When the detection signal output when the second volume down switch OS2b is operated is input, the overall control CPU 41a detects the second volume when the volume that can be specified from the value of the second volume flag is the minimum volume. Do not set a new value for the volume flag.

Further, when a new value is set in the second volume flag based on the operation of the second volume adjustment switch OS2, the overall control CPU 41a outputs control information indicating a volume that can be specified from the second volume flag (hereinafter referred to as "second 2) is stored in the output buffer. It should be noted that the overall control CPU 41a sets a new value to the second sound volume flag based on the operation of the second sound volume adjustment switch OS2 even during the period during which attention is being drawn for immersion in the ending period. stores the second volume instruction command in the output buffer. Further, when the central control CPU 41a sets a new value to the second volume flag based on the operation of the second volume adjustment switch OS2, and in the second standby state, in addition to the second volume instruction command, the overall control CPU 41a performs the second Stores the standby demo specification command in the output buffer. As a result, the second standby state ends and the first late standby state is entered.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the control of "setting a new value to the first volume flag based on the operation of the first volume adjustment switch OS1 and storing the first volume instruction command in the output buffer" is performed normally. Equivalent to volume adjustment control. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the control of "setting a new value to the first volume flag based on the operation of the first volume adjustment switch OS1 while not storing the first volume instruction command in the output buffer" is Corresponds to adjustment control. Further, in the present embodiment, the control of "setting a new value to the second volume flag based on the operation of the second volume adjustment switch OS2 and storing the second volume instruction command in the output buffer" is the special volume adjustment. Equivalent to control. Further, in the present embodiment, the first volume adjustment switch OS1 functions as volume adjustment operation means and functions as first adjustment operation means. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the second volume adjustment switch OS2 functions as second adjustment operation means.

Incidentally, when the overall control CPU 41a receives a signal indicating the maximum volume set by operating the volume adjuster OT, it sets a value based on the signal in the first volume flag. Similarly, when receiving a signal indicating the maximum volume set by operating the volume adjuster OT, the overall control CPU 41a sets a value based on the signal in the second volume flag. Thus, the pachinko gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment is configured so that the volume can be adjusted by operating the volume adjuster OT.

Further, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the first meter CM is displayed when the first volume instruction command is input. At this time, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the first meter CM is displayed in a mode indicating the volume that can be specified from the first volume flag indicated by the first volume indication command. For example, when the volume of the character voice can be adjusted from four levels, and the volume that can be specified from the first volume flag indicated by the first volume instruction command is the "second level volume", display control The CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so as to display the first meter CM in which the two scales CM1 and CM2 are colored.

Further, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the second meter BM is displayed when the second volume instruction command is input. At this time, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the second meter BM is displayed in a mode indicating the volume that can be specified from the second volume flag indicated by the second volume indication command.

In the present embodiment, the effect of displaying the first meter CM corresponds to the volume adjustment effect that is executed when the volume is adjusted by operating the first adjustment operation means (volume adjustment operation means). Further, in the present embodiment, the effect of displaying the second meter BM corresponds to the volume adjustment effect that is executed when the volume is adjusted by the operation of the second adjustment operation means.

Here, based on FIGS. 48(a) to 48(f), a case where the first volume control switch OS1 or the second volume control switch OS2 is operated while the attention is being called for immersion will be described. .

As shown in FIG. 48(a), when in the second standby state, a warning image GT3 is displayed, and a warning regarding immersion is executed. At this time, as shown in FIG. 48(b), when the first volume adjustment switch OS1 is operated, normal volume adjustment control is performed, the volume of the character voice is adjusted, and the effect display device 25 displays the 1 meter CM is displayed. Further, the second standby state and the call for attention regarding the immersion are terminated, and the first late stage standby state is entered, and the effect display device 25 temporarily stops and displays the effect symbols. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 48(c), when the second volume adjustment switch OS2 is operated, special volume adjustment control is performed, the volume of the background music is adjusted, and the effect display device 25 displays the second volume. Meter BM is displayed. Further, the second standby state and the call for attention regarding the immersion are terminated, and the first late stage standby state is entered, and the effect display device 25 temporarily stops and displays the effect symbols.

As shown in FIG. 48(d), when the jackpot game is occurring, a warning image GTa is displayed, and a warning regarding immersion is executed. At this time, as shown in FIG. 48(e), when the first volume adjustment switch OS1 is operated, the normal volume adjustment control is not performed, but the specific volume adjustment control is performed, and the volume of the character voice is adjusted. Then, the effect display device 25 displays the first meter CM. However, on the condition that the first sound volume adjustment switch OS1 is operated, the attention calling for the immersion is not ended, and the attention calling image GTa continues to be displayed on the performance display device 25, and the attention for the immersion continues to be executed.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 48(f), when the second volume adjustment switch OS2 is operated, special volume adjustment control is performed, the volume of the background music is adjusted, and the effect display device 25 displays the second volume. Meter BM is displayed. However, on the condition that the second sound volume control switch OS2 is operated, the attention calling for the immersion is not ended, and the attention calling image GTa continues to be displayed on the performance display device 25, and the attention for the immersion continues to be executed. As shown in FIG. 48(f), the display area in which the attention-calling image GTa is displayed while the jackpot game is occurring does not overlap the display area in which the second meter BM is displayed. The meter BM does not interfere with the alert image GTa.

According to this embodiment, in addition to the effects (1) to (47) of the first embodiment, the following effects can be obtained.
(82) Volume adjustment by operating the first volume adjustment switch OS1 as volume adjustment operating means is limited during the period in which attention is called for immersion while the jackpot game is occurring. In the first place, calling attention to immersion during the occurrence of a jackpot game is performed on the assumption that there is a high possibility that the player is playing the game. In such a scene, if the volume adjustment by operating the first volume adjustment switch OS1 is not restricted, there is a possibility that it will be difficult to draw attention to the immersion. For this reason, during the period in which attention is called for immersion when a jackpot game is occurring, volume adjustment by operating the first volume adjustment switch OS1 is restricted, thereby effectively calling attention for immersion. can be executed effectively.

(83) It is assumed that there is a high possibility that the player is playing while the jackpot game is occurring. The purpose of calling attention to the immersion, which is executed when the big win game is occurring, is to execute it to the player who is playing the game. If the first meter CM is displayed while alerting about immersion is being executed, there is a possibility that the display of the first meter CM may not be able to effectively alert about immersion. Therefore, during the period in which attention is drawn to the immersion while the jackpot game is occurring, the first sound volume is adjusted by operating the first sound volume adjustment switch OS1 as the sound volume adjustment operating means. 1 meter CM (volume adjustment effect) is restricted. Thus, it is possible to prevent the display of the first meter CM from interfering with the call of attention to the addiction which is executed when the big win game is occurring, and to effectively call the attention to the addiction.

(84) If the first volume adjustment switch OS1 as the volume adjustment operation means is operated while the attention is being called for the immersion in the standby state, normal volume adjustment control is performed to adjust the volume. be able to. As a result, it is possible to suppress the decrease in interest caused by the restriction of the volume adjustment of the player who is about to start the game after adjusting the volume due to the execution of the attention to the immersion in the waiting state. can be done.

(85) During the period in which attention is drawn to the immersion while the jackpot game is occurring, if the first volume adjustment switch OS1 as the volume adjustment operating means is operated, the normal volume adjustment control is not performed. Volume adjustment by operating the first volume adjustment switch OS1 is restricted by performing the specific volume adjustment control. In this way, during the period in which attention is drawn to the immersion while the jackpot game is occurring, the sound volume can be adjusted by performing the specific sound volume adjustment control even if the normal sound volume adjustment control is not performed. is possible. That is, while effectively calling attention to addiction, the volume is adjusted by performing specific sound volume adjustment control even during a period in which attention to addiction is executed while a jackpot game is occurring. becomes possible.

(86) If the first sound volume adjustment switch OS1 as the sound volume adjustment operation means is operated while the attention is being called for immersion in the standby state, the attention for immersion is terminated. As a result, it is possible to prevent the execution of a call for attention regarding immersion in the standby state from interfering with volume adjustment.

(87) Volume adjustment by operating the first volume adjustment switch OS1 as the first adjustment operation means is restricted during the period during which attention is called for immersion while the jackpot game is occurring. On the other hand, even in the period during which attention is drawn to the addiction while the jackpot game is occurring, if the second sound volume adjustment switch OS2 as the second adjustment operation means is operated, it is in the standby state. Similarly, special volume adjustment control is performed, and volume adjustment can be performed.

That is, in the period during which attention is drawn to the addiction while the jackpot game is occurring, the volume adjustment by operating the first volume adjustment switch OS1 is limited, but if the second volume adjustment switch OS2 is operated, special A volume adjustment control is provided to adjust the volume. Therefore, while effectively calling attention to addiction, the sound volume is kept as normal compared to the case where the volume adjustment is limited during the period in which the attention to addiction is executed while the jackpot game is occurring. Increase opportunities for adjustments.

(12th embodiment)
Next, a game machine according to a twelfth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 49 to 51. FIG. In addition, the structure similar to 1st Embodiment attaches|subjects the same code|symbol as 1st Embodiment, and abbreviate|omits about the detailed description and drawing.

In the twelfth embodiment, the relationship between the case where the power supply is restarted after the power supply is cut off and the execution of calling attention to immersion will be described.
As shown in FIG. 49(a), when a warning regarding immersion is executed while a big win game is occurring, a warning image GTa is displayed on the effect display device 25, and a warning regarding immersion is executed. be done. In addition, a warning image GTb is displayed on the effect display device 25, and a warning regarding the return of the storage medium is executed. Further, the effect display device 25 displays a right hitting notification image RG, and a right hitting notification effect is executed. Also, the effect display device 25 executes an ending effect.

As shown in FIG. 49(b), when the attention for immersion is not executed while the jackpot game is occurring, the effect display device 25 does not display the attention image GTa and the attention image GTb, and the attention is immersed. and storage media are not executed. On the other hand, the effect display device 25 displays a right-handed notification image RG, and a right-handed notification effect is executed. Also, the effect display device 25 executes an ending effect.

As shown in FIG. 49(c), when the power supply is restarted after being interrupted while the jackpot game is occurring, the effect display device 25 displays characters (character information ) and the text (text information) “Please let me shoot the game ball” is displayed. Furthermore, when the power supply is restarted after being cut off during the occurrence of the jackpot game, the effect display device 25 displays a right-handed hitting notification image RGa different from the right-handed hitting notification image RG. A hitting notification effect is executed.

Thus, in the present embodiment, when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted during the occurrence of the jackpot game, the normal hitting to the right notice image RG is displayed. , the right hitting notification effect is executed. In the following description, the hitting-to-right notification effect in which the hitting-to-right notification image RG is displayed is referred to as the "first hitting-to-right notification effect", and the hitting-to-right notification effect in which the hitting-to-right notification image RGa is displayed at the time of return is referred to as the "second hitting-to-right" notification effect. 's right-handed notification performance".

The right hitting notification image RG is an image having a motif of an arrow pointing to the right. In addition, the return hitting right notification image RGa is an image having an arrow pointing to the right as a motif. In this way, the hitting-to-the-right notification image RG and the hitting-to-the-right notification image RGa at the time of returning are common in that they are images having an arrow pointing to the right as a motif, and some of the effect elements are common. The right-handed notification image RG is an image including characters (character information) of "right-handed". In addition, the return hitting right notification image RGa is an image including characters (character information) of “right hitting”. In this way, the right-handed hitting notification image RG and the right-handed hitting notification image RGa at the time of return are common in that they are images including characters (character information) of "right-handed hitting", and some of the effect elements are common. there is As described above, in the present embodiment, the first hit-to-right notification effect and the second hit-to-right notification effect have some effect elements in common.

In the present embodiment, the effect in which the display contents of the effect display device 25 are the display contents shown in FIG. 49(a) corresponds to the first effect including a call for attention regarding immersion in the display contents of the display means. The first effect in the present embodiment includes an ending effect, an effect of displaying the attention calling image GTa, an effect of displaying the attention calling image GTb, and a first hitting right notification effect. Further, in the present embodiment, the effect in which the display contents of the effect display device 25 are the display contents shown in FIG. 49(c) corresponds to the second effect in which the display contents of the display means do not include a call for attention regarding immersion. The second effect in this embodiment includes the effect of displaying the image FGa and the second right-handed notification effect. Further, in this embodiment, the effect in which the display contents of the effect display device 25 are the display contents shown in FIG. The third effect in this embodiment includes an ending effect and a first right-handed notification effect.

Hereinafter, the control during the occurrence of the jackpot game when the power supply is not interrupted during the occurrence of the jackpot game, and the control performed when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted during the occurrence of the jackpot game And explain.

When an ending command is input, the overall control CPU 41a issues a first ending effect designation command when the game state when the jackpot is won is in a low base state (when the conditions for executing attention calling regarding immersion are satisfied). Store in the output buffer. Then, when the first ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the ending effect is executed. Further, when the first ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the right hitting notification image RG is displayed (so that the first right hitting notification effect is executed). Control. Further, when the first ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so as to display the alert image GTa (execute the alert regarding immersion). Further, when the first ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so as to display the attention calling image GTb (execute the attention regarding the return of the storage medium). do. Thus, when the first ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a executes the first effect.

When an ending command is input, the overall control CPU 41a issues a second ending effect designation command when the game state when the jackpot is won is in a high base state (when the condition for calling attention to addiction is not satisfied). Store in the output buffer. Then, when the second ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the ending effect is executed. Further, when the second ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the right hitting notification image RG is displayed (so that the first right hitting notification effect is executed). Control. On the other hand, when the second ending effect specifying command is input, the display control CPU 42a does not control the effect display device 25 to display the attention calling image GTa and the attention calling image GTb. In other words, the alert regarding the immersion and the alert regarding the return of the storage medium are not executed. Thus, when the second ending effect designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a executes the third effect.

When the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted, the overall control CPU 41a controls to specify the return to the occurrence of the big win game when it is specified that the return to the occurrence of the big win game is performed. Information (hereinafter referred to as "return command during jackpot") is stored in the output buffer. Then, when the jackpot mid-return command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the image FGa is displayed. Further, when the jackpot return command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the right-hand hitting notification image RGa is displayed when returning (so that the second right-hand hitting notification effect is executed). Control. In this way, the display control CPU 42a, when inputting the return command during the big hit (when special control information is generated), when inputting the first ending effect specifying command (when normal control information is generated) and executes a right-handed informing effect as an informing effect in a different manner. Further, when the jackpot mid-return command is input, the display control CPU 42a executes the second effect.

Further, when specifying that the return is to the situation where the special game is not being executed and the jackpot game is not occurring, the overall control CPU 41a returns to the situation where the special game is not being executed and the jackpot game is not occurring. is stored in the output buffer. Then, when the standby return command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the effect symbols at the time of return are temporarily stopped and displayed.

By performing such control, when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted in the standby state, the performance symbols are temporarily stopped and displayed. That is, when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted in the standby state, the first latter standby state is entered.

In addition, after storing the standby return command in the output buffer, the overall control CPU 41a counts the time to enter the first late standby state. Then, when the time for the first late standby state is finished, the overall control CPU 41a stores the customer waiting demonstration designation command in the output buffer. Then, when the customer waiting demonstration designation command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the customer waiting effect is executed.

In this embodiment, the first ending effect designation command corresponds to normal control information, and the return command during jackpot and the return command during standby correspond to special control information. Further, in the present embodiment, the customer waiting demonstration designation command corresponds to specific control information. Further, in this embodiment, the second ending effect specifying command corresponds to control information different from the normal control information and the special control information.

Then, in this embodiment, after the first ending effect specifying command is stored in the output buffer, that is, after the normal control information is generated, the effect display device 25 displays the attention-calling image GTa to warn the viewer about the immersion. Awakening is executed. That is, in the present embodiment, after the first ending effect designation command is stored in the output buffer, that is, after the normal control information is generated, the effect display device 25 executes the first effect to call attention to immersion. is executed.

Further, in this embodiment, after the second ending effect specifying command is stored in the output buffer, that is, after the control information different from the normal control information and the special control information is generated, the effect display device 25 calls attention The image GTa is not displayed, and no alert regarding the immersion is executed. That is, in the present embodiment, after the second ending effect designation command is stored in the output buffer, that is, after control information different from the normal control information and the special control information is generated, the effect display device 25 outputs the third The effect is executed, and the call for attention regarding the immersion is not executed.

In the present embodiment, after the jackpot middle return command is stored in the output buffer, that is, after the special control information is generated, the effect display device 25 does not call attention to immersion. That is, in the present embodiment, after the return command during the big hit game is stored in the output buffer, that is, after the special control information is generated, the second effect is executed in the effect display device 25, and the attention about the immersion is Not executed.

Further, in the present embodiment, after the customer waiting waiting demonstration designation command is stored in the output buffer, that is, after the specific control information is generated, the effect display device 25 displays the attention-calling image GT3 to warn the customer about the immersion. Awakening is executed. In this embodiment, the control information generating means for generating the control information by the integrated control CPU 41a storing the control information such as the first ending effect designation command, the return command during the jackpot, and the return command during standby in the output buffer. function as

Further, when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted while the jackpot game is occurring, and the standby command is input without inputting the ending command, the overall control CPU 41a outputs the second standby demo command to the output buffer. Store. Then, when the second standby demo command is input without inputting the command for specifying the ending effect after inputting the return command during the big hit, the display control CPU 42a displays the effect so that the effect pattern at the time of return is temporarily stopped and displayed. Control the device 25 .

By performing such control, execution of the special game is suspended when the power supply is restarted after being interrupted within the ending period after the ending effect designation command has already been stored in the output buffer. If not, the first late standby state is entered without going through the first early standby state.

Here, based on FIGS. 50(a) and 50(b), the relationship between the case where the power supply is restarted after the power supply is cut off and the execution of the alert regarding the immersion will be described.
As shown in FIG. 50(a), when execution of the special game is not suspended after the end of the special game, after the first early standby state is entered at timing t121, the first late standby state is entered at timing t122. , and then enters the second standby state at timing t123. In this second standby state, the attention calling image GT3 is displayed on the effect display device 25 to call attention to the immersion.

Similarly, when the execution of the special game is not suspended after the end of the jackpot game, after entering the first early standby state at timing t121, the first late standby state is entered at timing t122, and then the second standby state is entered at timing t123. 2 It will be in a standby state. In this second standby state, the attention calling image GT3 is displayed on the effect display device 25 to call attention to the immersion.

When the power supply is restarted after being cut off at timing t124 in the first standby state (within the period from timing t121 to timing t123), the first late standby state is entered. That is, when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted in the first standby state, the first standby state is resumed. After the power supply is interrupted at timing t124, the power supply is restarted, and after the first late standby state is entered, the second standby state is entered at timing t125. In this second standby state, the attention calling image GT3 is displayed on the effect display device 25 to call attention to the immersion. In this way, when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted in the first standby state, the first standby state is resumed, and after the end of the first standby state, the second standby state is entered. When it is in the said 2nd standby state, a call for attention regarding immersion is performed.

On the other hand, when the power supply is restarted after being cut off at timing t126 in the second standby state after timing t123, the first late standby state is entered. That is, when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted in the second standby state, the device returns to the first standby state. In this way, the standby return command is stored in the output buffer when the power supply is interrupted while the alert regarding immersion is being executed in the standby state, and then the power supply is resumed and restored. After that (after the special control information is generated), the effect display device 25 does not call attention to the immersion.

After the power supply is interrupted at timing t126, the power supply is restarted, and after the first late standby state is entered, the second standby state is entered at timing t127. In this second standby state, the attention calling image GT3 is displayed on the effect display device 25 to call attention to the immersion. In this way, when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted in the second standby state, the first standby state is resumed, and after the first standby state ends, the second standby state is resumed. When it is in the said 2nd standby state, a call for attention regarding immersion is performed.

Incidentally, special symbols are displayed in the first special symbol display portion 22a and the second special symbol display portion 22b when in the standby state. Then, when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted at timing t124 or timing t126 in the standby state, the display contents of the first special symbol display portion 22a and the second special symbol display portion 22b are restored. , the first special symbol display portion 22a and the second special symbol display portion 22b return to the situation where the special symbols are displayed. When the standby return command is stored in the output buffer (when special control information is generated), the display contents of the first special symbol display portion 22a and the second special symbol display portion 22b are the customer waiting standby demo designation command. It is the same as the display contents of the first special symbol display portion 22a and the second special symbol display portion 22b when stored in the output buffer (when the specific control information is generated).

When the normal game is executed in the standby state, the normal symbols are variably displayed in the normal symbol display portion 22e. Then, in the standby state, when the power supply is restarted after being interrupted at timing t124 or timing t126 when the normal game is being executed, the display contents of the normal symbol display portion 22e are restored, The normal game is executed in the normal symbol display portion 22e. That is, when the waiting return command is stored in the output buffer (when special control information is generated), the display contents of the normal symbol display unit 22e are the same when the customer waiting waiting demo designation command is stored in the output buffer ( When specific control information is generated), the display contents of the normal symbol display section 22e are the same.

Here, the 1st special design display part 22a, the 2nd special design display part 22b, and the normal design display part 22e were mentioned as an example. However, the display contents of the first special hold display portion 22c, the second special hold display portion 22d, and the normal hold display portion 22f are also displayed when the standby return command is stored in the output buffer (when special control information is generated). ) is the same as the case where the customer waiting waiting demonstration designation command is stored in the output buffer (the case where the specific control information is generated).

As shown in FIG. 50(b), in the event that attention is being drawn to the immersion during the occurrence of the jackpot game, the effect display device 25 displays the right hitting notification image RG, and the first right hitting notification effect is performed. executed. Then, when the execution of the special game is not suspended after the end of the big win game, at timing t131 after the end of the big win game, the first pre-term standby state is entered. Further, after entering the first early standby state at timing t131, the first late standby state is entered at timing t132, and then the second standby state is entered at timing t133. In this second standby state, the attention calling image GT3 is displayed on the effect display device 25 to call attention to the immersion.

When the power supply is restarted after the power supply is cut off at timing t134 when attention is drawn to the immersion during the occurrence of the big win game, the machine returns to the occurrence of the big win game. At this time, the effect display device 25 displays the image FGa and the return hitting right notification image RGa, and the second hitting right notification effect is executed. On the other hand, the effect display device 25 does not call attention to the immersion.

As described above, in the present embodiment, when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted while the attention about the immersion during the occurrence of the jackpot game is being executed, the effect display device 25 displays the attention about the immersion. Awakening is not executed.

In addition, when the power supply is restarted after being cut off at timing t134 when attention is being drawn for immersion during the occurrence of the big win game, the special game is not executed after the end of the big win game. If not suspended, at timing t135 after the end of the jackpot game, it will be in the first late standby state. In this way, when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted while the big win game is occurring, it returns to the time when the big win game is occurring, and the execution of the special game is suspended after the big win game ends. If not, the first late standby state is entered without going through the first early standby state.

After entering the first late standby state at timing t135, the second standby state is entered at timing t136. In this second standby state, the attention calling image GT3 is displayed on the effect display device 25 to call attention to the immersion. In this way, when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted while the jackpot game is occurring, it returns to the jackpot game, and the execution of the special game is not suspended after the jackpot game ends. In this case, the first waiting state is entered, and after the first waiting state ends, the second waiting state is started, and attention is drawn to the immersion during the second waiting state.

By the way, when the big win game is being generated, the big win symbols are displayed in the first special symbol display portion 22a or the second special symbol display portion 22b. Then, when the power supply is restarted after being cut off at timing t134 while the jackpot game is occurring, the display contents of the first special symbol display portion 22a and the second special symbol display portion 22b are restored. , returns to the situation where the jackpot symbol is displayed in the first special symbol display portion 22a or the second special symbol display portion 22b. That is, the display contents of the first special symbol display portion 22a and the second special symbol display portion 22b when the return command during the jackpot game is stored in the output buffer (when the special control information is generated) is the first ending effect. The display contents of the first special symbol display portion 22a and the second special symbol display portion 22b when the specified command is stored in the output buffer (when the normal control information is generated) are the same.

When the normal game is being executed while the jackpot game is occurring, the normal symbols are variably displayed in the normal symbol display portion 22e. Then, when the power supply is restarted after being cut off at timing t134 when the jackpot game is occurring and the normal game is being executed, the display contents of the normal symbol display part 22e are restored, The normal game is executed in the normal symbol display portion 22e. That is, when the return command during the jackpot game is stored in the output buffer (when the special control information is generated), the display contents of the normal symbol display section 22e are the same as when the first ending effect designation command is stored in the output buffer. It is the same as the display contents of the normal symbol display section 22e (when normal control information is generated).

Here, the 1st special design display part 22a, the 2nd special design display part 22b, and the normal design display part 22e were mentioned as an example. However, regarding the display contents of the first special reservation display portion 22c, the second special reservation display portion 22d and the ordinary reservation display portion 22f, when the return command during the big hit game is stored in the output buffer (special control information is generated case) and the case where the first ending effect designation command is stored in the output buffer (the case where normal control information is generated) are the same.

Next, based on FIG. 51(a) and FIG. 51(b), the length of time until a warning regarding immersion is executed in the standby state when execution of the special game is not suspended after the end of the jackpot game will be described. do.

As shown in FIG. 51(a), when the gaming state at the time of winning the jackpot is the low-probability base state, the ending period after the final round game ends is "15 seconds". In addition, during this ending period, the effect display device 25 displays a warning image GTa to draw attention to the immersion. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 51(b), when the game state at the time of winning the jackpot is the high probability/high base state, the ending period after the final round game ends is "5 seconds". During this ending period, the effect display device 25 does not call attention to the immersion.

As shown in FIG. 51(a), when the game state when the big win is won is the low probability/low base state, and the execution of the special game is not suspended after the end of the big win game, at timing t141, the first term is entered. At timing t142 after entering the standby state, the first late standby state is entered, and at subsequent timing t143, the second standby state is entered. Then, at timing t145 in the second standby state, the effect display device 25 displays a caution image GT3 to draw attention to the immersion. Further, as shown in FIG. 51(b), when the game state when the big win is won is the low probability/low base state and the execution of the special game is not suspended after the end of the big win game, at timing t151, the second At timing t152 after entering the first standby state, it enters the first latter standby state, and then enters the second standby state at timing t153. Then, at timing t155 in the second standby state, the effect display device 25 displays a caution image GT3 to draw attention to the immersion.

In FIGS. 51A and 51B, the length from timing t141 to timing t142 and the length from timing t151 to timing t152 are the same. Also, in FIGS. 51A and 51B, the length from timing t142 to timing t143 and the length from timing t152 to timing t153 are the same. Similarly, in FIGS. 51A and 51B, the length from timing t143 to timing t144 and the length from timing t153 to timing t154 are the same. Therefore, in FIGS. 51(a) and 51(b), only the length of the ending period is different.

As described above, when the game state when the big win is won is the low-probability base state, the ending period is longer than when the game state when the big win is won is the high-probability-high base state. Therefore, the standby state when the game state when the big win is won is the low probability/low base state and the execution of the special game is not suspended after the end of the big win game after the end of the final round game in the big win game. , the time until the attention for getting into the game is executed, the game state when winning the jackpot is in a high-probability, high-base state, and after the end of the final round game in the jackpot game Special after the end of the jackpot game It is longer than the time until the alert regarding immersion is executed in the standby state when the execution of the game is not suspended. On the other hand, regardless of the length of the ending period, in the waiting state when the execution of the special game is not suspended after the end of the jackpot game, the attention-calling image GT3 is displayed in common to execute the attention-calling regarding the immersion. .

Also, as shown in FIG. 51(a), the game state when winning the jackpot is a low-probability base state, and the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted at timing t145 in the ending period of the jackpot game. If it is done, it returns during the occurrence of the jackpot game. At this time, the effect display device 25 displays the image FGa and the return hitting right notification image RGa, and the second hitting right notification effect is executed. On the other hand, the effect display device 25 does not call attention to the immersion. After that, when execution of the special game is not suspended after the end of the big win game, the first late standby state is entered at timing t146 after the end of the big win game, and the second standby state is entered at subsequent timing t147. Then, at timing t148 in the second standby state, the effect display device 25 displays a caution image GT3 to draw attention to the immersion.

Similarly, as shown in FIG. 51(a), the game state when winning the jackpot is the high probability/high base state, and the power supply is cut off at timing t155 in the ending period of the jackpot game. When it is restarted, it returns during the occurrence of the jackpot game. At this time, the effect display device 25 displays the image FGa and the return hitting right notification image RGa, and the second hitting right notification effect is executed. On the other hand, the effect display device 25 does not call attention to the immersion. After that, when execution of the special game is not suspended after the end of the big win game, the first late standby state is entered at timing t156 after the end of the big win game, and the second standby state is entered at subsequent timing t157. Then, at timing t158 in the second standby state, the effect display device 25 displays a caution image GT3 to draw attention to the immersion.

As shown in FIGS. 51A and 51B, the length from timing t142 to timing t143, the length from timing t146 to timing t147, the length from timing t152 to timing t153, and the timing from timing t156 The length up to t157 is the same. Also, the length from timing t143 to timing t144, the length from timing t147 to timing t148, the length from timing t153 to timing t154, and the length from timing t157 to timing t158 are the same.

Therefore, when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted in the ending period, compared to the case where the power supply is not interrupted in the ending period, the amount of the jackpot game does not go through the first previous standby state. Shorten the time until a warning about immersion is executed in the standby state when the execution of the special game is not suspended after the end. In this way, by entering the first late standby state without passing through the first early standby state, the second standby state is entered after the jackpot game is completed, compared to the case where the first early standby state is passed through. The period of time until a warning about immersion is executed is shortened.

Further, in both cases where the power supply is restarted after being cut off during the ending period and when the power supply is not cut off during the ending period, execution of the special game is not suspended after the end of the big win game. In the standby state of the case, the alert image GT3 is displayed in common, and the alert regarding the immersion is executed.

As described above, in the present embodiment, regardless of the length of the ending period that changes according to the game state in which the big win is won, or whether the power supply is interrupted during the ending period, execution of the special game is suspended after the end of the big win game. In the standby state when it is not done, the alert image GT3 is displayed in common, and the alert regarding the immersion is executed.

According to this embodiment, in addition to the effects (1) to (47) of the first embodiment, the following effects can be obtained.
(88) When the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted in the second standby state in which the alert regarding the immersion is executed, it returns to the first standby state, and after the end of the first standby state, the second standby state is activated. A standby state is started, and when it is in the second standby state, a call for attention regarding the immersion is executed. As a result, even if the power supply is interrupted while the user is being alerted to the immersion, by returning to the first standby state, if the second standby state occurs again after the first standby state, the immersion will continue from the beginning. It is possible to effectively call attention to.

(89) When the execution of the special game (symbol variation game) is not suspended after the end of the jackpot game, and the second standby state is reached after the end of the jackpot game, and the player is alerted to the addiction, It may confuse you. Therefore, when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted while the jackpot game is occurring, the power supply is restored while the jackpot game is occurring, and the execution of the special game is suspended after the jackpot game ends. When there is none, the first standby state is entered after the jackpot game ends. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from being confused.

(90) It is not possible to assume what kind of situation the player will be in if the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted when attention is being called for immersion during the occurrence of a jackpot game. There is also a risk of confusing the player by calling attention to the immersion immediately after the return. Therefore, when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted while the attention is called for the immersion during the occurrence of the jackpot game, the attention for the immersion is not executed. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from being confused.

(91) When the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted while the jackpot game is occurring, the game returns during the jackpot game. Further, when the execution of the special game (symbol variation game) is not suspended after the returned jackpot game is over, the first game after the jackpot game is finished without going through the first early standby state (the first standby state of the previous term). 1 Late standby state (late first standby state). When the execution of the special game is not suspended after the end of the jackpot game, there is a possibility that the game is intentionally not continued (or temporarily interrupted). In this case, the first late standby state is set without going through the first early standby state, and the period until the second standby state is reached is shortened. Thus, when the execution of the special game is not suspended after the end of the jackpot game, the second waiting state is set in a shorter period than the case of passing through the first early waiting state, and attention is drawn to the addiction. As described above, by entering the first late standby state without going through the first early standby state, the player is puzzled by the execution of a warning regarding immersion immediately after the end of the jackpot game. It is possible to call attention to the immersion in a period shorter than usual while suppressing the

(92) After the first ending effect designating command is stored in the output buffer (after the normal control information is generated), a warning regarding immersion is executed. On the other hand, during the occurrence of a jackpot game, when attention is being drawn regarding immersion, after the power supply is cut off and the return command is stored in the output buffer (after the special control information is generated) ) is not alerted about immersion. For this reason, if a warning about immersion is not executed, it is possible to specify that the power supply has been restored after being interrupted on the way. In this way, it is possible to suppress immersion by executing a warning regarding immersion, and further specify whether or not recovery has occurred depending on whether or not a warning regarding immersion is executed.

(93) Even when the return command during the big hit or the return command during standby is stored in the output buffer (when the special control information is generated), for example, the display content of the first special symbol display unit 22a is the second This is the same as when one ending effect designation command is stored in the output buffer (when normal control information is generated). Therefore, even if the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted, for example, it is possible to prevent the display contents of the first special symbol display section 22a from giving a sense of discomfort.

(94) Both before the power supply is interrupted and after the power supply is restored, the right hitting notification effect as the notification effect is executed. Furthermore, the display control CPU 42a that realizes the function as the notification effect control means, when a return command during a big hit is input (when special control information is generated), when a first ending effect designation command is input (normal control A right-handed informing performance is executed in a manner different from that when information is generated). As a result, it is possible to specify whether or not the game has returned according to the mode of the hitting to the right notification effect.

(95) After the customer-waiting standby demonstration designation command is stored in the output buffer (after the specific control information is generated), a warning regarding immersion is executed. On the other hand, after the power supply is interrupted and the power supply is restarted while a warning about immersion is being executed in the standby state, the standby return command is stored in the output buffer (after the special control information is generated). ) is not alerted about immersion. For this reason, if a warning about immersion is not executed, it is possible to specify that the power supply has been restored after being interrupted on the way. In this way, it is possible to suppress immersion by executing a warning regarding immersion, and further specify whether or not recovery has occurred depending on whether or not a warning regarding immersion is executed.

(96) From the end of the final round game in the jackpot game to the execution of a call for attention regarding immersion in the standby state when the execution of the special game (symbol variation game) is not suspended after the end of the jackpot game The time is made different according to the game state when winning the jackpot. As a result, depending on the game state when the big win is won, attention is paid to immersion in the standby state when the execution of the special game is not suspended after the end of the final round game in the big win game and after the end of the big win game. By setting the time until the alert is executed, it is possible to effectively alert the user about immersion.

(97) If the game state when the jackpot is won is the low probability low base state (normal game state), if the game state when the jackpot is won is the high probability high base state (special game state) In contrast, when the execution of the special game (symbol variation game) is not suspended after the end of the final round game in the big win game, after the end of the big win game, a warning about immersion is executed in the standby state. It takes a long time to As a result, depending on whether the game state when winning the jackpot is a low-probability low base state or a high-probability high base state, after the end of the final round game in the big win game and after the end of the big win game It is possible to set the time until a call for attention regarding addiction is executed in a standby state when execution of a special game is not suspended, and appropriately execute a call for attention regarding addiction.

In addition, it is related to the length of time from the end of the final round game in the jackpot game to the execution of a warning regarding immersion in the standby state when the execution of the special game is not suspended after the end of the jackpot game. Instead, the effect display device 25 calls attention to the immersion. Therefore, regardless of whether the game state when the big win is won is the low-probability low base state or the high-probability high base state, the big win game ends after the final round game in the big win game ends. Afterwards, in a standby state when execution of the special game is not suspended, a warning regarding addiction can be executed to suppress addiction.

(98) After the command specifying the first ending effect is stored in the output buffer (after the normal control information is generated), the first effect including a call for attention regarding immersion in the display contents of the effect display device 25 as display means. is executed, and a warning regarding the immersion is executed. On the other hand, the power supply is cut off when attention is being drawn regarding immersion during the occurrence of the jackpot game, and after that the power supply is resumed and the command to return during the jackpot is stored in the output buffer (special control information is generated), a second effect is executed in which the display content of the effect display device 25 does not include a call for attention regarding immersion. Therefore, it is possible to specify whether the power supply has been restored after being interrupted in the middle depending on whether or not the display contents of the effect display device 25 include a call for attention regarding immersion. In this way, it is possible to suppress the immersion by executing the attention calling for the immersion, and furthermore, it is possible to specify whether the recovery has been made by whether or not the display contents of the performance display device 25 include the attention calling for the immersion.

(99) The length of the ending period (specified period) during which the first performance including the call for attention regarding the addiction is executed is made different according to the game state when the big win is won. As a result, the ending period having a length corresponding to the game state when winning the jackpot can be set, the first effect including calling attention to the addiction can be appropriately executed, and the attention to the addiction can be effectively executed. can.

(100) When the gaming state when the jackpot is won is the low-probability-low base state, and when the power supply is restarted after being cut off during the ending period, the first effect is changed to the second effect. By switching to the effect, whether or not the display contents of the effect display device 25 include a warning about immersion is different from before the interruption of the power supply and after the restoration. On the other hand, when the game state when winning the jackpot is the high-probability-high base state, and when the power supply is restarted after being interrupted during the ending period, the third performance is changed to the second performance. Even after switching to , the display contents of the effect display device 25 do not include a call for attention regarding immersion in the power supply either after the power supply is cut off or after the power supply is restored. In this way, depending on whether the gaming state at the time of winning the jackpot is a low-probability-low base state or a high-probability-high base state, when the power supply is interrupted and then restored during the ending period, power supply is performed. Before the interruption of and after the restoration of the effect display device 25, the presence or absence of a call to attention regarding immersion in the display contents of the effect display device 25 may be different or may be the same. Depending on whether the game state at the time of winning the jackpot is a low-probability-low base state or a high-probability-high base state, the first performance may be executed or the third performance may be executed. Therefore, it is possible to effectively call attention to immersion. Furthermore, regardless of whether the gaming state when winning the jackpot is a low-probability-low base state or a high-probability-high base state, the second production is executed after returning, so the second production is not executed. It is possible to specify that the device has returned.

(13th embodiment)
Next, a game machine according to a thirteenth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 49, 52 and 53. FIG. In addition, the structure similar to 1st Embodiment attaches|subjects the same code|symbol as 1st Embodiment, and abbreviate|omits about the detailed description and drawing. Also, the same reference numerals as in the twelfth embodiment are assigned to the same configurations as in the twelfth embodiment, and detailed description and drawings thereof will be omitted. In the thirteenth embodiment, a configuration different from that of the twelfth embodiment will be described.

In the twelfth embodiment, as shown in FIG. 49(c), when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted while the big win game is occurring, the effect display device 25 displays "A big win game is occurring". An image FGa containing the characters (character information) and the characters (character information) "Please shoot the game ball" is displayed. Furthermore, in the twelfth embodiment, when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted during the occurrence of the jackpot game, the effect display device 25 displays the hit-to-right notification image RGa upon return, which is different from the hit-to-right notification image RG. is displayed, and the second hitting to the right notification effect is executed.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 52, in the thirteenth embodiment, when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted while the jackpot game is occurring, the effect display device 25 displays the message "the jackpot game is occurring". An image FGa including characters (character information) and characters (character information) "Please shoot a game ball" is displayed. Further, in the thirteenth embodiment, when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted during the occurrence of the jackpot game, the production display device 25 displays the hit-to-right notification image RGa upon return, which is different from the hit-to-right notification image RG. is displayed, and the second hitting to the right notification effect is executed. Furthermore, in the thirteenth embodiment, when the power supply is restarted after being cut off during the occurrence of the jackpot game, the attention-calling image GTf is displayed on the effect display device 25 to call attention to the immersion. be.

The alert image GTf is "Pachinko/Pachislot is a game that can be enjoyed moderately. ] (character information) and ``Let's be careful not to get absorbed. ] (character information). In other words, the content of the warning regarding addiction when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted during a jackpot game is "Pachinko/Pachislot is a game that is enjoyed moderately." ] (character information) is displayed. In addition, the content of the warning regarding addiction when the power supply is restarted after being cut off during a jackpot game is "Be careful of addiction." ] (character information) is displayed.

The alert image GTa and the alert image GTf are both “Pachinko/Pachislot is moderately enjoyable play. ] (character information) and ``Let's be careful not to get absorbed. ] (character information). In other words, the content of the alert regarding immersion when the jackpot game is occurring, and the content of the alert regarding immersion when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted during the occurrence of the jackpot game. ``Pachinko and pachislot are moderately enjoyable games. ] (character information) is displayed. In addition, the content of the alert regarding immersion when the jackpot game is occurring, and the content of the alert regarding immersion when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted during the occurrence of the jackpot game. Also, "Beware of addiction. ] (character information) is displayed.

In this way, the content of the alert regarding immersion during the occurrence of the jackpot game is the same as the content of the alert regarding immersion when the power supply is restarted after being interrupted during the occurrence of the jackpot game. is. In other words, when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted during the occurrence of the jackpot game, the content of the alert regarding addiction is the same as the content of the alert regarding immersion during the occurrence of the jackpot game. be.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, there is a mode of calling attention to immersion when a big win game is occurring, and a mode of calling attention to immersion when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted during the occurrence of the big win game. The mode is different.

Specifically, the position where the attention calling image GTa is displayed on the effect display device 25 is different from the position where the attention calling image GTf is displayed on the effect display device 25 . Also, the size of the attention calling image GTa displayed on the effect display device 25 is different from the size of the attention calling image GTf displayed on the effect display device 25 . That is, the display area in which the attention-calling image GTa is displayed in the effect display device 25 is different from the display area in which the attention-calling image GTf is displayed in the effect display device 25 .

The typeface of the characters (character information) included in the alert image GTa is different from the typeface of the characters (character information) included in the alert image GTf. Also, the color (so-called character color) of the characters (character information) included in the alert image GTa is different from the color of the characters (character information) included in the alert image GTf. In addition, the size of the characters (character information) included in the alert image GTa is different from the size of the characters (character information) included in the alert image GTf.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the aspect of calling attention to immersion during the occurrence of a jackpot game relates to immersion when the power supply is restarted after being interrupted during the occurrence of a jackpot game. It differs from the mode of alerting. In other words, the mode of calling attention to addiction when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted during the occurrence of the big win game is different from the mode of calling attention to addiction when the big win game is occurring.

Hereinafter, the control different from the twelfth embodiment will be described in the control performed when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted while the jackpot game is occurring.
When the return command during the big hit is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the image FGa is displayed. When the jackpot return command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the right-hand hitting notification image RGa is displayed at the time of return (so that the second right-hand hitting notification performance is executed). . Further, when the jackpot return command is input, the display control CPU 42a controls the effect display device 25 so that the attention image GTf is displayed (such that attention regarding the immersion is executed).

As described above, in the present embodiment, after the first ending effect specifying command is stored in the output buffer, that is, after the normal control information is generated, the effect display device 25 displays the attention calling image GTa, and A warning about is executed. In addition, in the present embodiment, after the return command during the big hit is stored in the output buffer, that is, after the special control information is generated, the effect display device 25 displays the attention image GTf, and the attention about the immersion is displayed. executed.

Here, based on FIG. 53, the relationship between the case where the power supply is restarted after the power supply has been cut off and the execution of the warning regarding the immersion will be described.
As shown in FIG. 53, when a call to attention regarding immersion is being executed during the occurrence of a jackpot game, the effect display device 25 displays a right hitting notification image RG and executes a first right hitting notification effect. . Then, when the execution of the special game is not suspended after the end of the big win game, at timing t161 after the end of the big win game, the first pre-term standby state is entered. After entering the first early standby state at timing t161, the first late standby state is entered at timing t162, and then the second standby state is entered at timing t163. In this second standby state, the attention calling image GT3 is displayed on the effect display device 25 to call attention to the immersion.

Then, when the power supply is restarted after being cut off at timing t164 when attention is being drawn to the immersion during the occurrence of the big win game, the machine returns during the occurrence of the big win game. At this time, the image FGa is displayed on the effect display device 25, the right-hand hitting notification image RGa at the time of return is displayed, and the second right-hand hitting notification effect is executed, and the attention-calling image GTf is displayed to indicate that the player is immersed in the game. Alert is executed.

As described above, in the present embodiment, when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted while the attention about the immersion during the occurrence of the jackpot game is being executed, the effect display device 25 displays the attention about the immersion. Awakening is executed.

Further, when the power supply is restarted after being cut off at timing t164 when attention is being drawn to the addiction during the occurrence of the big win game, the special game is not executed after the end of the big win game. If not suspended, at timing t165 after the end of the jackpot game, it will be in the first late standby state. In this way, when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted while the big win game is occurring, it returns to the time when the big win game is occurring, and the execution of the special game is suspended after the big win game ends. If not, the first late standby state is entered without going through the first early standby state.

After entering the first late standby state at timing t165, the second standby state is entered at timing t166. In this second standby state, the attention calling image GT3 is displayed on the effect display device 25 to call attention to the immersion. In this way, when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted while the jackpot game is occurring, it returns to the jackpot game, and the execution of the special game is not suspended after the jackpot game ends. In this case, the first waiting state is entered, and after the first waiting state ends, the second waiting state is started, and attention is drawn to the immersion during the second waiting state.

By the way, when the big win game is being generated, the big win symbols are displayed in the first special symbol display portion 22a or the second special symbol display portion 22b. Then, when the power supply is restarted after being cut off at timing t164 while the jackpot game is occurring, the display contents of the first special symbol display portion 22a and the second special symbol display portion 22b are restored. , returns to the situation where the jackpot symbol is displayed in the first special symbol display portion 22a or the second special symbol display portion 22b. That is, the display contents of the first special symbol display portion 22a and the second special symbol display portion 22b when the return command during the jackpot game is stored in the output buffer (when the special control information is generated) is the first ending effect. The display contents of the first special symbol display portion 22a and the second special symbol display portion 22b when the specified command is stored in the output buffer (when the normal control information is generated) are the same.

When the normal game is being executed while the jackpot game is occurring, the normal symbols are variably displayed in the normal symbol display portion 22e. Then, when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted at timing t164 when the jackpot game is occurring and the normal game is being executed, the display contents of the normal symbol display part 22e are restored, The normal game is executed in the normal symbol display portion 22e. That is, when the return command during the jackpot game is stored in the output buffer (when the special control information is generated), the display contents of the normal symbol display section 22e are the same as when the first ending effect designation command is stored in the output buffer. It is the same as the display contents of the normal symbol display section 22e (when normal control information is generated).

Here, the first special symbol display portion 22a, the second special symbol display portion 22b and the normal symbol display portion 22e are taken as examples. However, regarding the display contents of the first special reservation display portion 22c, the second special reservation display portion 22d and the ordinary reservation display portion 22f, when the return command during the jackpot game is stored in the output buffer (special control information is generated case) and the case where the first ending effect designation command is stored in the output buffer (the case where normal control information is generated) are the same.

According to this embodiment, in addition to the effects (1) to (47) of the first embodiment and the effects (88), (89), (91) and (93) to (97) of the twelfth embodiment, , the following effects can be obtained.

(101) The aspect of calling attention to the immersion executed when the first ending effect instruction command is stored in the output buffer (when the normal control information is generated) is when the return command during the jackpot is stored in the output buffer. It is different from the mode of calling attention to immersion that is executed when a case (special control information) is generated. Therefore, it is possible to specify whether the power supply has been restored after being interrupted on the way, depending on the manner of calling attention to the immersion. In this way, it is possible to specify whether or not the player has recovered from the mode of calling attention to immersion, while suppressing addiction by issuing attention to immersion.

(14th embodiment)
Next, a game machine according to a fourteenth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. In addition, the structure similar to 1st Embodiment attaches|subjects the same code|symbol as 1st Embodiment, and abbreviate|omits about the detailed description and drawing.

In the first embodiment, even if another type of specific error is detected when the occurrence of the specific error has already been reported, the occurrence of the already reported specific error continues to be reported. On the other hand, in the fourteenth embodiment, if another type of specific error is newly detected when the occurrence of a specific error has already been reported, the occurrence of the newly detected specific error is reported.

In the pachinko game machine 10 of the fourteenth embodiment, when a radio wave error is newly detected when the occurrence of a magnetic error has already been reported, the occurrence of a radio wave error is reported. Further, in the pachinko game machine 10 of the fourteenth embodiment, when a magnetic error is newly detected while the occurrence of the radio wave error has already been reported, the occurrence of the magnetic error is reported.

When the radio wave detection command is input after the magnetic error designation command has already been stored in the output buffer, the overall control CPU 41a stores the radio wave error designation command in the output buffer and outputs a sound corresponding to the radio wave error presentation. to control the speaker 18 at the same time. Similarly, when a magnetic detection command is input after a radio wave error designation command has already been stored in the output buffer, the overall control CPU 41a stores the magnetic error designation command in the output buffer and outputs a sound corresponding to the magnetic error effect. control the speaker 18 so that

Here, based on FIGS. 54(a) to 54(f), a case will be described in which a specific error is detected while a warning regarding immersion is being executed, and then another type of specific error is detected. do.

As shown in FIG. 54(a), in the standby state, the effect display device 25 displays a warning image GT3 to draw attention to the immersion. At this time, as shown in FIG. 54(c), when a magnetic error is detected, the call for attention to the immersion ends, and the magnetic error effect is executed in the effect display device 25 to notify the occurrence of the magnetic error. . Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 54(e), when a radio wave error is detected, the magnetic error effect is terminated, the effect display device 25 executes the radio wave error effect, and notifies the occurrence of the radio wave error.

Similarly, as shown in FIG. 54(d), when a radio wave error is detected while a warning regarding immersion is being executed in the standby state, the warning regarding immersion ends, and the effect display device 25 , a radio wave error effect is executed, and the occurrence of a radio wave error is notified. Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 54(f), when a magnetic error is detected, the radio wave error effect is terminated, the effect display device 25 executes the magnetic error effect, and notifies the occurrence of the magnetic error.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 54(b), when the big win game is occurring, the effect display device 25 displays a warning image GTa to draw attention to the immersion. At this time, as shown in FIG. 54(c), when a magnetic error is detected, the call for attention regarding the immersion ends, and the effect display device 25 executes a magnetic error effect to notify the occurrence of the magnetic error. . Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 54(e), when a radio wave error is detected, the magnetic error effect is terminated, the effect display device 25 executes the radio wave error effect, and notifies the occurrence of the radio wave error.

Similarly, as shown in FIG. 54(d), when a radio wave error is detected while a warning regarding immersion is being executed while a jackpot game is occurring, the warning regarding immersion ends and the effect is displayed. In the device 25, a radio wave error presentation is executed and the occurrence of the radio wave error is notified. Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 54(f), when a magnetic error is detected, the radio wave error effect is terminated, the effect display device 25 executes the magnetic error effect, and notifies the occurrence of the magnetic error.

According to this embodiment, in addition to the effects (1) to (29) and (31) to (47) of the first embodiment, the following effects can be obtained.
(102) If another type of specific error is newly detected when the occurrence of a specific error has already been reported, the occurrence of the newly detected specific error is reported. In this way, even after a specific error is detected and the occurrence of the specific error is notified, if another type of specific error is newly detected, the type of specific error to be notified is updated. Therefore, it is possible to notify a player or a manager of the occurrence of a new specific error even after the occurrence of a specific error, while suppressing the addiction to the game by executing a warning regarding the addiction.

(15th embodiment)
Next, a game machine according to a fifteenth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. In addition, the structure similar to 1st Embodiment attaches|subjects the same code|symbol as 1st Embodiment, and abbreviate|omits about the detailed description and drawing.

In the first embodiment, even if another type of specific error is detected when the occurrence of the specific error has already been reported, the occurrence of the already reported specific error continues to be reported.
In the fifteenth embodiment, if a radio wave error as the second specific error is detected when the occurrence of the magnetic error as the first specific error has already been reported, the occurrence of the radio wave error is reported. On the other hand, in the fifteenth embodiment, when a magnetic error as the first specific error is detected when the occurrence of the radio wave error as the second specific error has already been reported, the radio wave error continues to be reported.

When the radio wave detection command is input after the magnetic error designation command has already been stored in the output buffer, the overall control CPU 41a stores the radio wave error designation command in the output buffer and outputs a sound corresponding to the radio wave error effect. to control the speaker 18 at the same time. On the other hand, even if the magnetic detection command is input after the radio wave error designation command has already been stored in the output buffer, the overall control CPU 41a does not store the magnetic error designation command in the output buffer, and the speaker 18 also responds to the magnetic error effect. Do not control so that the sound that you hear is output.

Here, based on FIGS. 55(a) to 55(e), a case will be described where a specific error is detected while attention is being called for immersion, and then another type of specific error is detected. do.

As shown in FIG. 55(a), in the standby state, the effect display device 25 displays a warning image GT3 to call attention to the immersion. At this time, as shown in FIG. 55(c), when a magnetic error is detected, the call for attention to the immersion ends, and the effect display device 25 executes a magnetic error effect to notify the occurrence of the magnetic error. . Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 55(e), when a radio wave error is detected, the magnetic error effect is terminated, the effect display device 25 executes the radio wave error effect, and notifies the occurrence of the radio wave error.

Further, as shown in FIG. 55(d), when a radio wave error is detected while a warning regarding immersion is being executed in the standby state, the warning regarding immersion ends, and the effect display device 25: A radio wave error effect is executed, and the occurrence of a radio wave error is notified. However, after that, even if a magnetic error is detected, the magnetic error effect is not executed, and the effect display device 25 continues to execute the radio wave error effect and continues to report the occurrence of the radio wave error.

Further, as shown in FIG. 55(b), when the big win game is occurring, the effect display device 25 displays a warning image GTa to draw attention to the immersion. At this time, as shown in FIG. 55(c), when a magnetic error is detected, the call for attention regarding the immersion ends, and the effect display device 25 executes a magnetic error effect to notify the occurrence of the magnetic error. . Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 55(e), when a radio wave error is detected, the magnetic error effect is terminated, the effect display device 25 executes the radio wave error effect, and notifies the occurrence of the radio wave error.

Further, as shown in FIG. 55(d), when a radio wave error is detected while a warning regarding immersion is being executed while a jackpot game is occurring, the warning regarding immersion ends and the effect display device ends. At 25, a radio wave error effect is executed, and the occurrence of a radio wave error is notified. However, after that, even if a magnetic error is detected, the magnetic error effect is not executed, and the effect display device 25 continues to execute the radio wave error effect and continues to report the occurrence of the radio wave error.

According to this embodiment, in addition to the effects (1) to (29) and (31) to (47) of the first embodiment, the following effects can be obtained.
(103) If a radio wave error (second specific error) is detected while the occurrence of a magnetic error (first specific error) is being reported, the reporting of the occurrence of the magnetic error ends and the radio wave error occurs. is reported. On the other hand, if a magnetic error is detected while the occurrence of a radio wave error is being reported, the occurrence of the magnetic error is not reported and the occurrence of the radio wave error continues to be reported.

In this way, the occurrence of a radio wave error is given priority over the occurrence of a magnetic error. For this reason, even if a magnetic error occurs while a warning regarding immersion is being executed and a radio wave error occurs after that, the occurrence of a radio wave error will be suppressed while suppressing immersion by executing a warning regarding immersion. The occurrence of the radio wave error can be notified to the player or administrator by giving priority to the occurrence of the magnetic error.

Note that the above embodiment may be modified as follows.
・As shown in FIGS. 56(a) and 56(b), even when attention is being called for immersion during the occurrence of a jackpot game, a special effect may be executed. good. At this time, the special effect may be restricted. For example, as shown in FIG. 56(a), when a special effect is executed while a call for attention regarding immersion is being executed during the occurrence of a big win game, the character image CG displayed in the special effect is a warning image. The special effect may be restricted so that it is displayed in a display area different from the display area where GTa is displayed. At this time, the special effect may be limited such that the character image CG displayed in the special effect is displayed in a display area different from the display area in which the alert image GTb is displayed. In addition, as shown in FIG. 56(b), when a special effect is executed while a call for attention regarding immersion is being executed during the occurrence of a jackpot game, the character image CG displayed in the special effect is a warning image. The special effect may be limited so that it is displayed on the back side (rear side) of GTa. At this time, the special effect may be restricted such that the character image CG displayed in the special effect is displayed on the back side (rear side) of the attention calling image GTb.

・If a special game (symbol variation game) whose execution is suspended includes a special game that will win a big win when a warning about addiction is being executed, the special effect is limited. good too. For example, as shown in FIGS. 56(a) and 56(b), the special effects may be restricted. In this way, by restricting the special effect when a warning about addiction is executed, it is possible to effectively call attention to addiction by suppressing the special effect from interfering with the alert about addiction. It is possible to suppress immersion.

・When the gaming state at the time of winning the jackpot is in the low probability/low base state (normal gaming state), and there is a special game that wins the jackpot among the special games (symbol variation games) whose execution is suspended. , the special effect may be restricted. For example, as shown in FIGS. 56(a) and 56(b), the special effects may be restricted. In this way, when a warning about addiction is executed, the special effect is restricted, thereby effectively calling attention about addiction while suppressing the special effect from interfering with the alert about addiction. It can be executed and restrained from immersion.

・The special effect may not be the effect that is executed when there is a special game that will be a big hit among the special games whose execution is suspended. For example, the special effect may be the effect that is executed within the ending period. . For example, it may be an effect (for example, promotion effect) that informs that it is controlled to a high probability state (so-called variable probability state) after the end of the jackpot game, or it is controlled to a high base state after the end of the jackpot game. It may be a production to notify that. Further, the special effect may not be executed by displaying the character image CG. It may be an effect that is executed in a manner of outputting the sound of. Then, when the attention regarding the immersion is being executed while the big win game is occurring, for example, an effect for notifying that the high probability state is controlled after the big win game is over, or a high base is displayed after the big win game is over. It may be configured so as not to execute an effect for notifying that the state is controlled. In addition, when the attention of the immersion is being executed while the big win game is occurring, for example, an effect to inform that the high probability state is controlled after the end of the big win game or a high base after the end of the big win game It may be configured such that the effect for notifying that the state is controlled is restricted.

- Even if there is a first special game that will be a big hit among the first special games whose execution is suspended, the special effect may be executed. For example, when applying the fourth embodiment to the gaming machine according to the second embodiment or the gaming machine according to the third embodiment, regardless of whether the game is the first special game or the second special game, It may be configured such that a special effect can be executed when there is a special game that will result in a big win among the special games whose execution is suspended. Also, the fourth embodiment may be applied to a gaming machine configured to be able to simultaneously execute the first special game and the second special game.

- The fourth embodiment may be applied to the gaming machine of the second embodiment. In this case, even if the effect mode controlled at the timing t53 shown in FIG. 25 is any effect mode, after the second special game started at the timing t53, the jackpot game is generated at the timing t54. be. Then, regardless of which effect mode the effect mode controlled at the timing t53 is, the attention-calling image GTa is displayed on the effect display device 25 at the timing t55 within the ending period of the jackpot game generated at the timing t54. It is displayed, and a warning about immersion is executed. As described above, when the fourth embodiment is applied to the gaming machine of the second embodiment, execution of the special game is suspended in the high base state, and the special game ends in the high base state when the second end condition is satisfied. When the special game is executed after the end of the game and the low base state is reached and the special game is a big win, regardless of the type of the production mode, during the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the special game ends. A warning regarding the immersion is executed. That is, the execution of the symbol variation game is suspended in the second game state, and the symbol variation game is executed after the second game state is completed and the second game state is completed and the first game state is entered, and When the pattern variation game is a big hit, the attention about the immersion is executed during the occurrence of the big win game after the completion of the pattern variation game regardless of the type of performance mode. In this way, regardless of the type of production mode, the execution of the special game is suspended in the high base state, the special game is executed after switching to the low base state, and when the special game is a big win, During the subsequent occurrence of the jackpot game, attention is drawn to the immersion. Therefore, it is possible to effectively draw attention to the addiction and suppress the addiction in any kind of presentation mode.

Further, when the fourth embodiment is applied to the gaming machine of the second embodiment, the execution is started at timing t65 regardless of which production mode is the production mode controlled at timing t65 shown in FIG. At timing t66 after the end of the second special game, a jackpot game is generated. Then, even if the effect mode controlled at timing t65 is any effect mode, at timing t67 within the ending period of the jackpot game generated at timing t66, the attention-calling image GTa is displayed on the effect display device 25. It is displayed, and a warning about immersion is executed. As described above, when the fourth embodiment is applied to the gaming machine of the second embodiment, the normal game whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the gate 31 in the high base state is the specified normal variation game. In addition, when the specified normal variation game is assumed to be a normal win, the specified normal variation game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and the second during the execution of the specified normal variation game 2. When the end condition is established, the high base state is ended, the low base state is set, and after the low base state is reached, the specific normal variation game is finished, and then the normal winning game is generated and the first variable member 28 is opened. When the second special game whose execution is postponed by the fact that the game ball enters the second start port 27 when it becomes a jackpot, the second special game is a big win regardless of the type of the production mode. A call for attention to the immersion is executed during the occurrence of the jackpot game occurring after the end of . That is, the normal variation game whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the specific ball entrance in the second game state is set as the specific normal variation game, and the specific normal variation game is set as the normal hit. When the specified normal variation game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, the second end condition is satisfied while the specific normal variation game is being executed, and the second game state is terminated and the second game state is terminated. A game ball enters a second start port when a normal winning game is generated after a specific normal variation game is ended after the first game state is reached and an opening/closing member is opened. When the second symbol variation game whose execution is suspended becomes a big win, regardless of the type of the production mode, attention should be paid to being absorbed during the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the second symbol variation game is finished. Awakening is executed. In this way, regardless of the type of effect mode, the specific normal fluctuation game is executed before the second end condition is established, and the second end condition is established while the specific normal fluctuation game is being executed. After the high base state is ended and the low base state is reached, and after the low base state is reached, the normal winning game is generated after the specific normal variation game is ended and the first variable member 28 is opened. When the second special game, whose execution is suspended due to the entry of the game ball into the start hole 27, results in a big win, it is called attention to immersion during the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the end of the second special game. is executed. Therefore, it is possible to effectively call attention to the addiction and suppress the addiction in any production mode.

- In the game machine of 3rd Embodiment, you may apply 4th Embodiment. In this case, even if the effect mode controlled at the timing t73 shown in FIG. 29 is any effect mode, after the second special game started at the timing t73, the jackpot game is generated at the timing t74. be. Then, even if the effect mode controlled at the timing t73 is any effect mode, the attention-calling image GTa is displayed on the effect display device 25 at the timing t75 within the ending period of the jackpot game generated at the timing t74. It is displayed, and a warning about immersion is executed. As described above, when the fourth embodiment is applied to the gaming machine of the third embodiment, execution of the special game is suspended in the high base state, and the special game ends in the high base state when the second end condition is satisfied. When the special game is executed after the end of the game and the low base state is reached and the special game is a big win, regardless of the type of the production mode, during the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the special game ends. A warning regarding the immersion is executed. That is, the execution of the symbol variation game is suspended in the second game state, and the symbol variation game is executed after the second game state is completed and the second game state is completed and the first game state is entered, and When the pattern variation game is a big hit, the attention about the immersion is executed during the occurrence of the big win game after the completion of the pattern variation game regardless of the type of performance mode. In this way, regardless of the type of production mode, the execution of the special game is suspended in the high base state, the special game is executed after switching to the low base state, and when the special game is a big win, During the subsequent occurrence of the jackpot game, attention is drawn to the immersion. Therefore, it is possible to effectively draw attention to the addiction and suppress the addiction in any kind of presentation mode.

Further, when the fourth embodiment is applied to the gaming machine of the third embodiment, the execution is started at timing t85 regardless of which production mode is the production mode controlled at timing t85 shown in FIG. At timing t86 after the end of the second special game, a jackpot game is generated. Then, regardless of which effect mode the effect mode controlled at the timing t85 is, the attention-calling image GTa is displayed on the effect display device 25 at the timing t87 within the ending period of the jackpot game generated at the timing t86. is displayed, and a warning about the immersion is executed. As described above, when the fourth embodiment is applied to the gaming machine of the third embodiment, the normal game whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the gate 31 in the high base state is the specified normal variation game. In addition, when the specified normal variation game is assumed to be a normal win, the specified normal variation game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and the second during the execution of the specified normal variation game 2. When the end condition is established, the high base state is ended, the low base state is set, and after the low base state is reached, the specific normal variation game is finished, and then the normal winning game is generated and the first variable member 28 is opened. When the second special game whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the variable second start port 27b when it becomes a big hit, the second special game is the second regardless of the type of the production mode. During the occurrence of the jackpot game occurring after the end of the special game, a warning regarding the immersion is executed. That is, the normal variation game whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the specific ball entrance in the second game state is set as the specific normal variation game, and the specific normal variation game is set as the normal hit. When the specified normal variation game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, the second end condition is satisfied while the specific normal variation game is being executed, and the second game state is terminated and the second game state is terminated. A game ball enters a second non-specific start port when a normal winning game is generated after a specific normal variation game is finished after the first game state is reached and an opening/closing member is opened. When the second symbol variation game, the execution of which has been postponed, becomes a big win, the player becomes absorbed in the occurrence of the big win game occurring after the second symbol variation game, regardless of the type of the performance mode. A warning about is executed. In this way, regardless of the type of effect mode, the specific normal fluctuation game is executed before the second end condition is established, and the second end condition is established while the specific normal fluctuation game is being executed. After the high base state is ended and the low base state is reached, and after the low base state is reached, the normal winning game is generated after the specific normal variation game is ended and the first variable member 28 is opened. When a second special game whose execution has been suspended due to the entry of a game ball into the second start port 27b becomes a big win, it is related to getting into the big win game occurring after the end of the second special game. Alert is executed. Therefore, it is possible to effectively call attention to the addiction and suppress the addiction in any production mode.

・You may change the content of the warning about immersion. For example, the content of the warning about addiction is, "Pachinko and pachislot are moderately enjoyable games. ” (character information) and “Let’s be careful not to immerse yourself in it. ] (character information) may be displayed. For example, the attention-calling image GTa and the attention-calling image GT3 are "Pachinko/Pachislot is moderately enjoyable play. ] (character information) and ``Let's be careful not to get absorbed. ] (character information) and an image containing either one of them. In addition, the content of the alert regarding addiction is configured to include alert regarding addiction to a plurality of gaming machines among pachinko gaming machines, reel-type gaming machines, arrange-ball gaming machines, and rock-ball gaming machines. good too. For example, the warning image GTa may indicate that ``Pachinko, pachislot, arrange ball, and rock-paper-scissors machines are moderately enjoyable games. ] (character information) may be included in the image.

・You may change the contents regarding the return of storage media. For example, the warning image GTb may read "Please be careful not to forget to take your prepaid card. ] characters (character information) may not be included. For example, the warning image GTb may read "Be careful not to forget to remove your prepaid card. It may be an image containing characters (character information) such as "Please be careful of theft of prepaid cards. ] (character information) may be included in the image.

・If the mode of alerting is different, the position where the alerting image is displayed on the effect display device 25, the size of the alerting image, the display area where the alerting image is displayed on the effect display device 25, and the alerting image It is not necessary for all of the typeface, character color, and size of the included characters (character information) to be different. For example, the position where the attention calling image is displayed on the effect display device 25, the size of the attention calling image, the display area where the attention calling image is displayed on the effect display device 25, the character (character information) included in the attention calling image. The case where at least one of the typeface, character color, and size is different may be the case where the mode of alerting is different. Therefore, for example, the mode of calling attention to immersion in which the attention-calling image GTa is displayed and the mode of calling attention to immersion in which the attention-calling image GTb is displayed may differ only in the size of each image.

The mode of calling attention to immersion in the standby state may be the same as the mode of calling attention to immersion in the occurrence of a big win game.
- A speaker 18 may be used to call attention to the immersion. At this time, for example, the speech of the voice output from the speaker 18 may be used as the content of the attention on the immersion, and the owner of the voice (for example, the voice actor) may be used as the mode of the attention on the immersion. For example, when a jackpot game is occurring, it is said that "Pachinko/Pachislot is a game that is moderately enjoyed."' and 'Beware of getting addicted. and a voice spoken by the man are output from the speaker 18 to call attention to the immersion. On the other hand, when in the standby state, "Pachinko/Pachislot is moderately enjoyable play. ' and 'Beware of getting addicted. and a voice spoken by the woman are output from the speaker 18 to call attention to the immersion. It should be noted that when the speaker 18 is used to call attention to the immersion, the effect display device 25 may be used to call attention to the immersion, or the effect display device 25 may be used to call attention to the immersion. It may be configured not to execute the alert regarding. In addition, when using the speaker 18 to call attention to the immersion, the speaker 18 can function as an effect executing means.

Similarly, the speaker 18 may be used to call attention to the return of the storage medium. At this time, for example, the speech of the voice output from the speaker 18 may be used as the content of the attention regarding the return of the storage medium, and the voice (for example, a voice actor) may be used as the form of the attention regarding the return of the storage medium. Note that when the speaker 18 is used to call attention to the return of the storage medium, the effect display device 25 may be used to call attention to the return of the storage medium. The device 25 may be configured so as not to call attention to the return of the storage medium.

Also, if an error is detected while calling attention to immersion using the speaker 18, the execution of the attention to immersion is stopped, and a sound based on the detected error (for example, a full error is detected It may be configured so that a voice saying "Please pull out the ball") is output when the player is asked to do so. That is, if an error is detected while the speaker 18 is calling attention to the immersion, the speaker 18 may preferentially output a sound announcing the occurrence of the error. Similarly, if an error is detected while the speaker 18 is calling attention to the return of the storage medium, the speaker 18 is configured to preferentially output a voice announcing the occurrence of the error. good too.

- The content of the alert regarding immersion in the waiting state and the content of the alert regarding immersion during the occurrence of the jackpot game may be partially or wholly different. For example, the alert image GT3 is "Pachinko/Pachislot is a game that can be enjoyed moderately. ] (character information) and ``Let's be careful not to get absorbed. ] (character information) and an image including both. On the other hand, the warning image GTa says, “Pachinko and pachislot are moderately enjoyable games. ] (character information) and ``Let's be careful not to get absorbed. ] (character information) and an image including one of them.

- It is not necessary to call attention to immersion when a jackpot game is occurring. In addition, it is not necessary to call attention to the immersion in the standby state. For example, it may be constructed such that a warning regarding immersion is executed when at least one of the jackpot game is occurring and the standby state.

・Conditions for terminating the alert when the alert regarding immersion is executed while in the standby state, and termination condition for the alert when the alert regarding immersion is executed while the jackpot game is occurring and may be all different. In addition, the end condition of the alert when the alert regarding immersion is executed while in the standby state, and the termination of the alert when the alert regarding immersion is executed while the jackpot game is occurring and may be the same.

・For example, in the first embodiment, even if the gaming state when the jackpot is won is the low-probability/low-probability base state or the high-probability/low-probability base state, among the contents and modes of calling attention to immersion according to the type of the jackpot At least one may be different. For example, when the game state at the time of winning the jackpot is a low base state, the attention calling image GTa is displayed on the performance display device 25 when the first probability variable jackpot is won, while the attention is called when the first non-probability variable jackpot is won. The image GTc may be configured to be displayed on the effect display device 25 .

- At least one of the content and manner of calling attention to immersion in the waiting state may be varied according to the game state. For example, in the case of the low base state, the attention calling image GT3 is displayed on the effect display device 25 in the standby state to call attention to the immersion. On the other hand, in the case of the high base state, an image different from the attention-calling image GT3 (for example, the attention-calling image GTe) may be displayed in the standby state to call attention to the immersion. . In this way, for example, the display content of the effect display device 25 when attention is called for immersion in the low base state and in the standby state, and the display content of the effect display device 25 when in the high base state and in the standby state The display contents of the effect display device 25 when the attention about the immersion is executed may be changed. In the case of such a configuration, it is determined whether it is in the low base state (or in the high base state) from the display contents of the effect display device 25 when attention is called for immersion in the standby state. For example, it is possible to determine which of the first route R1 and the second route R2 the game ball should be shot.

- A plurality of types of blessing images 61 may be used. For example, the type of the blessing image 61 displayed on the effect display device 25 during the occurrence of the first probability variable jackpot game or the second probability variable jackpot game, and the production during the occurrence of the first non-probability variable jackpot game or the second non-probability variable jackpot game The type of blessing image 61 displayed on the display device 25 may be different. For example, during the occurrence of the first probability variable jackpot game or the second probability variable jackpot game, the effect display device 25 is configured to display a blessing image 61 including characters (character information) of "one more time". On the other hand, during the occurrence of the first non-probability variable jackpot game or the second non-probability variable jackpot game, the effect display device 25 may be configured to display a blessing image 61 including characters (character information) of "chance". good.

- When a big win is achieved after a special game is executed a predetermined number of times after the end of the big win game, a warning regarding immersion in the big win game is executed. On the other hand, if a big win is achieved before the special game is executed a predetermined number of times after the end of the big win game, attention may be drawn to the immersion in the big win game. For example, when there are a plurality of types of jackpots, if a jackpot is won after a special game is executed a predetermined number of times after the end of a specific jackpot game, a warning about immersion in the jackpot game is executed. configured to On the other hand, if a big win is achieved after the end of a specific big win game and before the special game is executed a predetermined number of times, attention may be drawn to the immersion in the big win game. The specific jackpot may be a jackpot such as the first non-probable variable jackpot that does not enter a high probability state after the jackpot game is completed, or a jackpot that becomes a high probability state after the jackpot game such as the first variable probability jackpot is completed. There may be.

・On the basis of at least one of the game state when the big win is won, the type of the big win, and the game state after the end of the big win game, whether or not to call attention to immersion when the big win game is occurring, or the big win It is also possible to vary the mode of calling attention to immersion while a game is occurring. For example, it may be constructed such that a specific condition is established based on the game state and the type of the big win when the big win is won. For example, when the game state at the time of winning the jackpot is the low base state and the first non-probable variable jackpot, the user may be configured to call attention to the immersion during the occurrence of the jackpot game. . On the other hand, when the game state at the time of winning the jackpot is the high base state and the first probability variable jackpot, the attention regarding the immersion may be executed during the occurrence of the jackpot game. . As described above, the specific condition may be established based on at least one of the game state when the jackpot is won, the type of jackpot, and the game state after the jackpot game ends.

・When a special game whose execution is suspended while a jackpot game is occurring is a special game that will result in a jackpot and is executed after the jackpot game ends, the jackpot game that occurs after the special game ends , may be configured so that the alert regarding immersion is not executed. For example, when the normal winning game is given during the occurrence of the big winning game and the first variable member 28 is in an open state, the game ball enters the second starting port 27 and becomes a big winning second. If the execution of the special game is suspended, it may be constructed such that the attention regarding addiction is not executed during the occurrence of the jackpot game occurring after the end of the second special game.

- The first standby state does not have to consist of the first early standby state and the first late standby state. For example, the first standby state may consist of only one of the first early standby state and the first late standby state. Further, for example, the first standby state may include another standby state in addition to the first early standby state and the first late standby state. Also, the time for the first pre-standby state may be set to a predetermined time so that the time for the first pre-standby state is not extended based on the input of the out command.

- It may be configured such that the alert regarding the immersion is executed in either the first standby state or the second standby state. For example, the alert image GTe may be displayed in either the first early standby state or the first late standby state to alert the user of the immersion.

The mode of "pause display" of the performance symbols during execution of the performance game and the mode of "pause display" of the performance symbols in the first late standby state may be different. For example, when the "temporary stop display" of the effect symbol in the first late standby state is changed to the "standby stop display", the following mode may be adopted. For example, when the performance symbols are displayed in a standby state, the performance symbols may be displayed in a swaying state, while the character image included in the performance symbols may be displayed as a still image. Further, for example, when the performance symbols are displayed in a standby state, the performance symbols may not be displayed in a swaying state, but the character images included in the performance symbols may be displayed as moving images. In addition, the difference between the "temporary stop display" and the standby stop display of the performance symbols during execution of the performance game is whether the performance symbols are in a shaking state and whether the character image included in the performance symbols is a still image. Not limited to differences.

The first meter CM may not be displayed on the effect display device 25 in the first early standby state, while the first meter CM may be displayed in the effect display device 25 in the first late standby state. good. At this time, the first meter CM may be displayed on the effect display device 25 in the first late stage standby state even if the first sound volume control switch OS1 is not operated. In such a configuration, the effect execution state differs between the first early standby state and the first late standby state depending on whether or not the first meter CM is displayed.

Similarly, the first meter CM is not displayed on the effect display device 25 in the first early standby state, while the first meter CM is displayed in the effect display device 25 in the first late standby state. may At this time, the first meter CM may be displayed on the effect display device 25 in the first late standby state even if the first volume control switch OS1 is not operated. In such a configuration, the difference between the first early standby state and the first late standby state is the difference in the presence or absence of the display of the first meter CM.

When configured as described above, the stop display of the production pattern in the first early standby state (the fixed stop display in the above embodiment) and the stop display of the production pattern in the first late standby state (in the above embodiment, the temporary stop display) and may be the same.

・If the production execution state is different other than the difference in the stop display of the production symbols in the first early standby state and the first late standby state, the stop display of the production symbols in the first early standby state and the first late standby state It may be the same as the stop display of the production pattern at the time. For example, when the first early standby state ends and the first late standby state is entered, the sound output from the speaker 18 is not output and the effect execution state is switched, the first early standby state and the first It may be configured such that the effect symbol is fixed and stopped in any of the late standby states.

・The command specifying the ending effect is control information for instructing the execution of the ending effect, and does not need to be used as control information for instructing the execution of the attention call regarding immersion or the control information for instructing the execution of the attention call regarding the return of the storage medium. . For example, in a situation where the first ending effect designation command is stored in the output buffer, the output buffer may be configured to store the control information instructing the execution of the attention call regarding the immersion together with the ending effect designation command. . Similarly, in a situation where the first ending effect specifying command is stored in the output buffer, the output buffer is configured to store the control information instructing the execution of the warning regarding the return of the storage medium together with the ending effect specifying command. You may When configured in this way, under the circumstances where the second ending effect specifying command is stored in the output buffer, the ending effect specifying command is stored in the output buffer, and the control information and the storage medium instructing the execution of the attention alert regarding the immersion. It is preferable that the control information instructing the execution of the alert regarding the return of is not stored in the output buffer.

- The length of the ending period as the specific period may be varied according to the type of jackpot. For example, when differentiating whether or not to call attention to addiction during the occurrence of a jackpot game or the mode of calling attention to addiction during the occurrence of a jackpot game, depending on the type of the jackpot, the ending period may be changed according to the type of the jackpot. They can be of different lengths. For example, when the jackpot is of a type in which attention is called for immersion while the jackpot game is occurring, and when the jackpot is a type of jackpot where attention is not called for immersion while the jackpot game is occurring. , the length of the ending period may be varied. When configured in this way, the ending period can be set according to whether or not to call attention to immersion, and attention to addiction can be appropriately executed.

- The length of the ending period as the specific period may be changed according to the game state after the end of the jackpot game. For example, depending on the game state after the end of the jackpot game, if the presence or absence of the execution of the attention call regarding the immersion during the occurrence of the jackpot game or the mode of calling attention regarding the immersion during the occurrence of the jackpot game is changed, after the completion of the jackpot game. The length of the ending period may be varied according to the game state. For example, when the game state after the end of the jackpot game is a game state of ``a type in which attention is drawn regarding immersion when the jackpot game is occurring'', and when the game state after the end of the jackpot game is ``no jackpot game''. The length of the ending period may be made different between when the game state is "a type in which attention is not drawn for immersion when it is occurring". With this configuration, it is possible to set an ending period according to whether or not to call attention to addiction, and to appropriately call attention to addiction.

- The jackpot game is structured so that an ending period is included in the jackpot game in the case where a call for attention regarding immersion is executed during the occurrence of the jackpot game. On the other hand, the jackpot game may be configured not to include an ending period in the case where the attention regarding the immersion is not executed while the jackpot game is occurring. For example, if the length of the ending period of the big win game is longer than '0 seconds', the user is alerted to the immersion during the occurrence of the big win game, while the length of the ending period of the big win game is ' 0 seconds”, it may be constructed so that the attention regarding the immersion is not executed when the jackpot game is occurring. In this way, the jackpot game in which attention is not drawn for addiction is not executed, and the specific period is not included, so that the time from the start to the end of the jackpot game can be shortened, and the game can be played efficiently. be able to do it. Incidentally, the case where the length of the ending period in the jackpot game is "0 seconds" corresponds to the case where there is no ending period, that is, the case where the ending effect is not executed.

- The case in which the period during which the high base state is controlled may be different may be the case in which the type of game state is different. For example, when the high base state is controlled until the special game is executed 50 times after the end of the big win game as the upper limit, and when the high base state is controlled until the special game is executed 100 times after the end of the big win game as the upper limit. The game state after the jackpot game ends may be different from the case where the state is controlled. Then, when the high base state is controlled with the upper limit of 50 special games being executed after the end of the big win game, attention to the immersion is called during the occurrence of the big win game, and 100 times after the end of the big win game. When the upper limit of the number of times the special game is executed is controlled to a high base state, it may be constructed so as not to call attention to immersion during the occurrence of the big win game. In this case, it can be said that execution or non-execution of attention calling for immersion differs according to the game state after the end of the jackpot game.

・When a normal game whose execution is suspended when a game ball enters the gate 31 in the high base state is set as a specific normal game, and the specific normal game is to be a normal win, the configuration is as follows. may Execution of a specific normal game is started in a high base state, a jackpot game is generated during execution of the specific normal game, the specific normal game is terminated during the generation of the jackpot game, a normal winning game is generated, and a first win game is generated. It is assumed that the game ball enters the second starting port 27 when the variable member 28 is in the open state, and the execution of the second special game is suspended. The second special game whose execution is suspended at this time (hereinafter referred to as "second special game suspended during big win") is a second special game that will result in a big win. In this case, after the end of the jackpot game, the second special game held during the jackpot is executed, and when the jackpot game is generated after the second special game held during the jackpot is ended, during the occurrence of the jackpot game, It may be configured so that the alert regarding the immersion is not executed. That is, the normal variation game whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the specific ball entrance in the second game state is set as the specific normal variation game, and the specific normal variation game is set as the normal hit. . Further, when the specific normal variation game is executed in the second game state and a big win game is generated during the execution of the specific normal variation game, the normal winning game is generated during the occurrence of the big win game and the opening/closing member is opened. It is assumed that the second symbol variation game whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the second start port when the state is established becomes a big hit. In this case, when the normal winning game is generated during the occurrence of the big winning game and the opening/closing member is opened, the second symbol variation whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the second starting port. During the occurrence of the jackpot game that occurs after the end of the game, the call for attention regarding immersion is not executed. In addition, at this time, if there are multiple types of variable times (game time) of the specific normal variable game, no matter what the variable time of the specific normal game is, after the end of the second special game that is pending during the jackpot. It may be arranged such that a call for attention regarding immersion is not executed in the generated jackpot game. Also, when there are a plurality of open patterns in which the first variable member 28 is in an open state when a normal winning game is generated, which pattern is the first variable member 28 when a normal winning game is generated? However, in the jackpot game that occurs after the end of the second special game that is on hold during the jackpot, the attention about the immersion may not be executed. Further, even if the jackpot game generated during the execution of the specific normal game is the jackpot game which is caused by whichever of the first special game and the second special game results in a jackpot, the second special game is held during the jackpot. In the jackpot game that occurs after the end of , the call for attention regarding the immersion may not be executed.

When the first volume control switch OS1 is operated, even if the first volume flag is not set to a new value, the first volume instruction command is stored in the output buffer, and the first meter CM may be configured to be displayed on the effect display device 25 . Similarly, when the second volume control switch OS2 is operated, even if the second volume flag is not set to a new value, the second volume instruction command is stored in the output buffer, and the second volume instruction command is stored in the output buffer. The meter BM may be configured to be displayed on the effect display device 25 . However, when a jackpot game is occurring and attention is being drawn to the immersion, even if the first volume control switch OS1 is operated, the first volume instruction command is not stored in the output buffer. may be configured so that the volume adjustment by operating the first volume adjustment switch OS1 is restricted.

- When the first volume control switch OS1 is operated while the jackpot game is occurring, the volume control by the operation of the first volume control switch OS1 is restricted by making it impossible to adjust the volume of the character voice. You may In the case of such a configuration, when attention is being drawn for immersion during the occurrence of a jackpot game, the sound volume cannot be adjusted by operating the first sound volume adjustment switch OS1. As a result, when a player's attention about addiction is being called, the player's mind does not tend to operate the first sound volume adjustment switch OS1 to adjust the volume. It is possible to effectively call attention to immersion.

・If the first sound volume adjustment switch OS1 is operated during the period in which attention is drawn to immersion while a jackpot game is occurring, the first meter CM is displayed in a position different from the normal display position, etc. may be configured so that the volume adjustment effect is restricted. That is, as a method of limiting the volume adjustment effect, there is a method of not displaying the first meter CM as in the eleventh embodiment, and a method of limiting after displaying the first meter CM on the effect display device 25. .

・The period during which the volume adjustment by operating the first volume adjustment switch OS1 as the volume adjustment operation means (first adjustment operation means) is restricted is the period during which a warning regarding immersion is executed while the jackpot game is occurring. It may not be all of the period, but it may be a part of the period. For example, during the period from the start of execution of the call for attention regarding immersion during the occurrence of a jackpot game to the elapse of a predetermined time, the volume cannot be adjusted by operating the first volume adjustment switch OS1 as volume adjustment operation means. It may be restricted. Similarly, the period during which the display of the first meter CM corresponding to the volume adjustment effect is restricted may not be the entire period during which attention is drawn regarding immersion during the occurrence of the jackpot game, but only a portion of the period. may be a period of

- When the first volume adjustment switch OS1 is operated to adjust the volume, a predetermined sound effect (hereinafter referred to as "adjustment sound") may be output from the speaker 18. Then, when the volume adjustment by operating the first volume adjustment switch OS1 is restricted, the adjustment sound may not be output from the speaker 18 .

- When the jackpot game is occurring, the volume adjustment by operating the first volume adjustment switch OS1 as the volume adjustment operation means (first adjustment operation means) may be restricted. That is, irrespective of whether or not attention is being drawn for immersion, if a jackpot game is occurring, volume adjustment by operating the first volume adjustment switch OS1 as volume adjustment operation means (first adjustment operation means) is restricted. may be configured to be Further, it may be configured such that the volume adjustment by the operation of the second volume adjustment switch OS2 is limited when the jackpot game is occurring. Then, when the jackpot game is occurring, the volume may be adjusted by operating the volume adjuster OT. That is, including the above embodiment, the volume adjuster OT is used as the second adjustment operation means, and "when a signal indicating the maximum volume set by operating the volume adjuster OT is input, the value based on the signal is set to the first The control of setting the volume flag or the second volume flag can be regarded as the special volume adjustment control. In addition, it may be configured such that the volume adjustment by operating the first volume adjustment switch OS1 is restricted not only when the jackpot game is occurring, but in another situation. For example, when the occurrence of a specific error is notified, the volume adjustment by operating the first volume adjustment switch OS1 may be restricted. When the occurrence of such a specific error is notified, the volume adjustment by operating the second volume adjustment switch OS2 may be restricted. On the other hand, when the occurrence of the non-specific error is notified, the volume adjustment by operating the first volume adjustment switch OS1 may not be restricted.

- The customer waiting effect may not end even if the first volume control switch OS1 is operated while the customer waiting effect is being executed. That is, even if the first volume adjustment switch OS1 is operated in the second standby state, the second standby state may be continued. For example, if the first sound volume control switch OS1 is operated while the caution image GT3 is displayed in the second standby state to call attention to the immersion, the first meter CM is not displayed and the first volume adjustment switch OS1 is operated. The configuration may be such that the volume adjustment by operating the volume adjustment switch OS1 is restricted. In addition, for example, when the first volume adjustment switch OS1 is operated while the caution image GT3 is displayed in the second standby state to call attention to immersion, the first volume adjustment switch OS1 is moved to a position that does not overlap with the caution image GT3. 1 meter CM may be displayed so that the volume adjustment by operating the first volume adjustment switch OS1 is restricted. In addition, for example, when the first volume control switch OS1 is operated while the caution image GT3 is displayed in the second standby state to call attention to immersion, the first sound volume adjustment switch OS1 is placed at a position overlapping the caution image GT3. A 1-meter CM may be displayed. At this time, the first meter CM may be displayed on the front side of the attention calling image GT3, or the first meter CM may be displayed on the back side of the attention calling image GT3.

Similarly, when the customer waiting effect is being executed, even if the second volume control switch OS2 is operated, the customer waiting effect may not end. That is, even if the second volume adjustment switch OS2 is operated in the second standby state, the second standby state may be continued. For example, if the second volume control switch OS2 is operated while the caution image GT3 is displayed in the second standby state to call attention to the immersion, the second meter BM is displayed. may Further, for example, if the second volume control switch OS2 is operated while the caution image GT3 is displayed in the second standby state to call attention to immersion, the second meter BM is not displayed. For example, the volume adjustment by operating the second volume adjustment switch OS2 may be restricted.

When the game state when winning a big win in a big win lottery is a ``low-probability/low-base state'', a call to attention about immersion is executed when a big win game is occurring. On the other hand, when the game state when the jackpot is won in the jackpot lottery is any one of the ``high-probability-low base state'', the ``low-probability-high base state'' and the ``high-probability-high base state'', a jackpot game is generated. It may be configured so that the alert regarding the immersion is not executed when the user is immersed. In addition, when the game state when the big win is won in the big win lottery is the ``low-probability/low base state'', the player is configured to call attention to the immersion in the first mode when the big win game is occurring. . On the other hand, when the game state when the jackpot is won in the jackpot lottery is any one of the ``high-probability-low base state'', the ``low-probability-high base state'' and the ``high-probability-high base state'', a jackpot game is generated. It may be configured such that the alert regarding the immersion is executed in the second mode when the user is standing.

In the case where attention is called for immersion in the first late standby state, the attention calling image GTe may be displayed in a region overlapping the performance symbols in the display region 25r of the performance display device 25. - 特許庁At this time, when the attention calling image GTe is displayed on the front side of the performance pattern, the attention of the immersion is effectively executed as compared with the case where the attention calling image GTe is displayed on the back side of the performance pattern. can do.

When the second hitting-to-right notification effect is executed, the effect display device 25 may be configured to display the hitting-to-right notification image RG instead of the hitting-to-right notification image RGa upon return. In addition, the display contents of the effect display device 25 when the second hitting to right information effect is executed and the display contents of the effect displaying device 25 when the first hitting to right information effect is executed are made different. good too. For example, the display position (or display area) where the hitting right notification image RG is displayed on the effect display device 25 when the first hitting right notification effect is executed, and the second hitting right notification effect is executed. In this case, the display position (or display area) where the hitting to right notification image RG is displayed on the effect display device 25 may be changed. In addition, the size of the hitting right notification image RG displayed on the effect display device 25 when the first hitting right notification effect is executed, and the size of the hitting right notification image RG displayed on the effect display device 25 when the second hitting right notification effect is executed The size of the displayed hitting-to-the-right notification image RG may be different. It should be noted that the display content of the effect display device 25 when the first hitting to the right notification effect is executed and the display content of the effect display device 25 when the second hitting to the right notification effect is executed need to be different. may be the same. For example, when a return command during a big hit is input, the display control CPU 42a may be configured to control the effect display device 25 so that the first right-handed information effect is executed.

The normal hitting to the right notification image RG and the returning to the right hitting to the right notification image RGa share some effect elements, but all the effect elements may be different. For example, while the return-time right-handed notification image RGa includes the characters (character information) of "right-handed", the right-handed notification image RG does not include the "right-handed" characters (character information). You may

- It may be constructed such that execution of the right-handed informing effect is started when a jackpot game is generated in the low base state. Then, until the high base state ends when the second end condition is satisfied, the right-handed informing effect may be continuously executed. That is, when the jackpot game is generated in the low base state, the execution of the hitting to the right notification effect is started, and the execution of the hitting to the right notification effect ends when the second end condition is established. can be configured to For example, when the ending effect designation command is input while the second hitting to right information effect is being executed, it may be configured to switch to the first hitting to right information effect. For example, the display control CPU 42a that controls the effect display device 25 so as to execute the second right-handed notification effect triggered by the input of the return command during the jackpot, is triggered by the input of the ending effect designation command, the first It may be configured to control the effect display device 25 so that the right-handed informing effect is executed.

・The content of the notification when the occurrence of the magnetic error as the first specific error is notified is the same as the content of the notification when the occurrence of the radio wave error as the second specific error is notified. There may be. Also, the content of the notification when the occurrence of the magnetic error as the first specific error is notified and the content of the notification when the occurrence of the radio wave error as the second specific error is notified Each may not contain common contents.

・Although the magnetic error and the radio wave error are used as the specific error, for example, the main board error or the first starting port error may be used. A main circuit board error is a specific error that is detected, for example, when an abnormality is detected in updating the hard random numbers in the main circuit board 40 . The first start hole error is, for example, a specific error detected when the game ball is not detected by a predetermined detection sensor within a specified time after the game ball enters the first start hole 26 .

・Although full error and door open error are adopted as non-specific errors, for example, vibration error or disconnection error may be adopted. A vibration error is, for example, a non-specific error detected when vibration of the game machine is detected by a vibration sensor provided in the game machine. A disconnection error is, for example, a non-specific error detected when an abnormality is detected in a switch or the like on a substrate.

- In the fifteenth embodiment, the occurrence of a radio wave error is notified with priority over the occurrence of a magnetic error. good too.

- A plurality of types of prefetch commands may be used. The look-ahead command is not limited to the value of the jackpot lottery random number, and may be configured to be generated according to, for example, the value of the jackpot type determination random number or the value of the variation pattern determination random number. Then, for example, when it can be specified from the look-ahead command that the execution of the special game for the second probability variable jackpot is suspended, the special effect may be executed. In this way, even if the special effect is not an effect that can be executed when the execution of the special game that will result in a big win is suspended, for example, the special effect will be a special game that will result in a big win and the type of the big win will be specified. It may be an effect that can be executed in the case of a big win (for example, a second probability variable big win). In addition, for example, the special effect may be an effect that can be executed when the execution of a special game for a big win is suspended and executed based on a specific variation pattern. Also, for example, a special effect can be executed when the execution of a special game with a big win is suspended, the type of the big win is a specific jackpot, and the game is executed based on a specific variation pattern. It may be a directing.

· For example, the determination as to whether or not to win the jackpot may be made based on whether or not the value obtained by adding the value of the random number information and the jackpot determination value exceeds a predetermined value. Similarly, the determination of whether or not to win the normal winning may be determined by whether or not the value obtained by adding the value of the random number information and the determination of the normal winning exceeds a predetermined value.

- It may be applied to a slot machine (so-called reel-type game machine). For example, calling attention to immersion when a jackpot game is occurring may be executed when an advantageous state such as an ART or a bonus game is occurring in a slot machine. For example, when the attention-calling image GTa is displayed on the effect display device mounted on the slot machine, the slot machine corresponds to the gaming machine in which the game is played using the first game medium, and the pachinko gaming machine corresponds to the second game. It corresponds to a gaming machine in which games are played using media. In the above configuration, in addition to alerting a player who is playing a game on a slot machine about addiction to the game on the slot machine, it also alerts about the addiction to the game on the pachinko machine. It can be executed, and it is possible to effectively call attention to immersion.

- The above-described embodiment may be applied to a pachinko machine that performs a small win lottery (hit lottery) in addition to the big win lottery (hit lottery). In general, when a small winning lottery is won, a small winning game (winning game) is provided after the special game is finished. Also, a plurality of big winning openings may be provided, and the big winning opening opened in the big winning game and the big winning opening opened in the small winning game may be separated. Further, when a small winning game is occurring, it may be constructed such that a warning regarding immersion is executed. In addition, when the small winning game is occurring, it may be constructed so as not to call attention to the immersion. In addition, when the attention regarding the immersion is executed in the first mode when the big win game is occurring, the attention regarding the immersion is executed in the first mode when the small winning game is occurring. Alternatively, it may be configured such that the alert regarding the immersion is executed in the second mode.

- The number of big winning slots may be plural. For example, as the big winning openings, a first big winning opening and a second big winning opening may be provided. When the big winning game with the first big prize winning opening is occurring, the attention about the addiction is called, and when the big winning game with the second big winning opening is going on, the attention about the addiction is called. may be configured so that it is not executed. In addition, when the big win game with the first big prize winning opening open is occurring, attention to the immersion is executed in the first mode, while when the big winning game with the second big prize winning opening open is taking place. It may be configured such that the alert regarding the immersion is executed in the second mode.

- You may apply to the gaming machine which can perform a 1st special game and a 2nd special game simultaneously. For example, regardless of whether or not the second special game is being executed, the first special game may be configured to be executable when the jackpot game is not occurring. Furthermore, for example, regardless of whether or not the first special game is being executed, the second special game may be configured to be executable when the jackpot game is not occurring. In such a gaming machine capable of simultaneously executing the first special game and the second special game, an advantageous state (for example, a small winning RUSH) using a small winning lottery or a small winning game may be generated. . For example, an advantageous state using a small winning lottery or a small winning game may be an advantageous state compared to the high base state.

· You may define the first game state and the second game state arbitrarily among the low probability low base state, high probability low base state, low probability high base state and high probability high base state. For example, the low-probability-low base state may be the first game state, and part or all of the high-probability-low base state, the low-probability-high base state and the high-probability-high base state may be the second game state.

・As a pachinko machine that can be controlled to a high probability state, a specification to control to a high probability state until the next jackpot game is awarded, a specification to control to a high probability state until the fall lottery is won (falling machine), or There is a specification (ST machine) that controls to a high probability state until a predetermined number of symbol variation games are completed. In addition, the pachinko game machine that can be controlled to a high probability state has a specification (V variable machine) that controls to a high probability state when a game ball passes through a specific area. The pachinko gaming machine of the above embodiment may be embodied as a pachinko gaming machine with any of these specifications. Also, the pachinko game machine may be a pachinko game machine with specifications that mix the falling machine and the V-variable machine described above. In addition, the V-variable machine has a specification that provides a single large winning opening and causes a specific round game. In addition, the V variable machine has a plurality of large winning openings consisting of a large winning opening (V winning opening) opened in a specific round game and a large winning opening opened in a round game other than a specific round game. There is a specification that gives rise to a round of play. Each embodiment may be embodied in any specification of V definite transformer.

- In the above embodiment, a light emission control board for exclusively controlling the decoration lamp 17 and a sound control board for exclusively controlling the speaker 18 may be provided separately from the general board 41 . Also, the general board 41 and the display board 42 may be integrated into one board. In this case, among the signals for controlling the effect display device 25, the signal for executing the ending effect and displaying the right-handed informing image RG, the caution image GTa, and the caution image GTb may be used as the normal control information. Further, among the signals for controlling the effect display device 25, the signal for displaying the image FGa and the right-handed notification image RGa at the time of return and the signal for temporarily displaying the effect symbol at the time of return may be used as the special control information. Further, among the signals for controlling the effect display device 25, the signal for displaying the attention calling image GT3 may be used as the specific control information. Further, among the signals for controlling the effect display device 25, the signal for executing the ending effect and displaying the right-handed notification image RG may be control information different from the normal control information and the special control information.

- The main control CPU 40a of the main board 40 and the general control CPU 41a of the general board 41 may be mounted on a single board. Alternatively, the integrated control CPU 41a of the integrated substrate 41 and the display control CPU 42a of the display substrate 42 may be mounted on a single substrate. Further, the main control CPU 40a of the main board 40, the general control CPU 41a of the general board 41, and the display control CPU 42a of the display board 42 may be mounted on a single board.

- You may combine 1st Embodiment to 15th Embodiment suitably. For example, the fourth, eleventh, and twelfth embodiments may be applied to the gaming machine described in the first embodiment. As described above, the number of embodiments to be combined does not have to be two, and three or more embodiments may be combined as appropriate. However, if there is a technical contradiction, they cannot be combined. For example, even if another specific error is newly detected when the occurrence of a specific error has already been notified, the first embodiment continues to notify the occurrence of the specific error that has already been notified, and the first embodiment continues to notify the occurrence of the specific error that has already occurred. The fourteenth embodiment, in which the occurrence of a newly detected specific error is notified when another specific error is newly detected while is being notified, cannot be combined. That is, within the scope of common general technical knowledge, embodiments that can be combined may be combined.

Next, technical ideas that can be grasped from the above embodiment and another example will be added below.
(b) The content of the alert regarding immersion in the standby state is the same as the content of the alert regarding immersion during the occurrence of the jackpot game.

(b) The first waiting state includes the first waiting state of the previous period and the first waiting state of the latter period which starts after the first waiting state of the previous period ends, and waits after the symbol variation game ends. state, when the first standby state of the previous term is entered after the end of the symbol variation game, the effect execution state before the first standby state of the previous term is maintained, and then the first standby state of the previous term is maintained. After the end of , when the first standby state of the latter period is entered, the performance execution state is switched.

(c) game state control means for controlling a game state, and jackpot type determination means for deciding the type of jackpot, wherein the game state includes a plurality of types of game states, and when a jackpot is won, the A jackpot game is generated according to the jackpot type determined by the jackpot type determination means, and even if at least one of the game state when the jackpot is won and the jackpot type is different, the above-described The content of the attention regarding the immersion is the same when the attention regarding the immersion is executed while the jackpot game is occurring.

(d) A gaming machine in which a game is played using the first game medium is provided with effect control means for controlling effect execution means, and the effect execution means is adapted to call attention to immersion. , the contents of the alert regarding addiction are, in addition to alerting regarding addiction to the game on the gaming machine in which the game is performed using the first game medium, the game is performed using the second game medium. A gaming machine characterized by including a warning about immersion in a game on the gaming machine.

(e) A gaming machine in which a game is played using the first game medium, provided with effect control means for controlling effect execution means, wherein the effect execution means, triggered by the establishment of a predetermined condition, gives attention to immersion. Even if the state when the alert is executed and the predetermined condition is satisfied is different, the content of the alert regarding the immersion is the same, and the content of the alert regarding the immersion is the same as the first game medium. In addition to calling attention to immersion in a game on a gaming machine where a game is played using the second game medium, the second game medium includes a call for attention on addiction to a game on a gaming machine where a game is played using the second game medium Amusement machine.

(f) A gaming machine in which a jackpot game is generated after winning a jackpot, comprising control information generating means for generating control information and effect control means for controlling effect executing means, wherein the control information generating means generating normal control information when the jackpot game is occurring, and generating special control information different from the normal control information when the power supply is restarted after being interrupted, and After the normal control information is generated, the effect executing means executes a call for attention regarding the immersion, and is executed after the normal control information is generated during the occurrence of the big win game. A gaming machine, wherein a mode of calling attention to addiction is different from a mode of calling attention to addiction executed after the special control information is generated.

(g) A gaming machine in which a jackpot game is generated after winning a jackpot, comprising control information generating means for generating control information and effect control means for controlling effect executing means, wherein the control information generating means generating normal control information when the jackpot game is occurring, and generating special control information different from the normal control information when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted, After the normal control information is generated, the effect executing means executes a call for attention regarding the immersion, and power is supplied when the attention regarding the immersion is being executed during the occurrence of the big win game. is interrupted and the power supply is restarted after that, after the special control information is generated, the performance executing means does not call attention to the immersion.

(H) A gaming machine in which a jackpot game is generated after winning a jackpot, comprising: control information generating means for generating control information; and effect control means for controlling effect execution means; and an ending period after the opening period, wherein the control information generating means generates normal control information while the jackpot game is occurring, while power supply is interrupted. When the electric power supply is resumed after the power supply is resumed and the power supply is restored, special control information different from the normal control information is generated, and after the normal control information is generated, the effect executing means calls attention to the immersion. and the aspect of calling attention to immersion executed after the normal control information is generated during the occurrence of the jackpot game is related to immersion executed after the special control information is generated. Unlike the aspect of calling attention, when the attention regarding immersion is executed while the jackpot game is occurring, at least the ending in the period from the start of the opening period to the end of the ending period in the jackpot game A gaming machine characterized in that a warning regarding addiction is executed during a period.

(i) A gaming machine in which a jackpot game is generated after winning a jackpot, comprising: control information generating means for generating control information; and an ending period after the opening period, wherein the control information generating means generates normal control information while the jackpot game is occurring, while power supply is interrupted. When the electric power supply is resumed after the power supply is resumed and the power supply is restored, special control information different from the normal control information is generated, and after the normal control information is generated, the effect executing means calls attention to the immersion. On the other hand, the special control information is generated when the power supply is interrupted while attention is being drawn for immersion during the occurrence of the jackpot game, and then the power supply is resumed and restored. After that, the effect execution means does not execute the attention of the immersion, and when the attention of the immersion is executed while the big win game is occurring, from the start of the opening period in the big win game. A game machine characterized in that a warning regarding immersion is executed at least during the ending period of a period up to the end of the ending period.

(j) A gaming machine in which a jackpot game is generated after winning a jackpot, comprising: control information generating means for generating control information; and display control means for controlling display means, wherein the control information generating means While the normal control information is generated when the jackpot game is occurring, special control information different from the normal control information is generated when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted, and After the normal control information is generated, the display means executes a first effect in which the display contents of the display means include a call for attention regarding the immersion, and while executing the 1st effect for calling attention regarding the immersion, the big win game is generated. After the special control information is generated when the power supply is interrupted while the attention is being called for being immersed in the power supply, and then the power supply is restarted and restored, the display means displays the display means. The game machine is characterized in that a second performance is executed in which a display content does not include a call for attention regarding immersion.

(K) In a gaming machine that enters a standby state when a symbol variation game is not being executed and a jackpot game is not occurring, control information generating means for generating control information and effect control means for controlling effect executing means. and wherein the control information generating means generates the specific control information when in the standby state, and the specific control information and the specific control information when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted generates different special control information, and after the specific control information is generated, the effect executing means is adapted to call attention to the immersion, while in the standby state, the attention to the immersion is executed. When the power supply is interrupted while the alert is being executed, and then the power supply is resumed and restored, after the special control information is generated, the effect executing means does not execute the attention about immersion. A game machine characterized by

(l) It is possible to suspend the execution of the symbol variation game including the first symbol variation game and the second symbol variation game, and the execution of the first symbol variation game is suspended when the game ball enters the first starting port. When the symbol variation game results in a big win, the big win game is generated after the end of the first symbol variation game, and the execution of the second symbol variation game is suspended when the game ball enters the second starting port. In a gaming machine in which a big win game is generated after the end of the second symbol variation game in the case of a big win, a distribution means for alternately distributing game balls to the first start port and the second start port, and an open state. An opening/closing member operable to a closed state, game state control means for controlling the game state, and effect control means for controlling the effect execution means are provided, and the effect execution means is configured to call attention to immersion. When the execution of the symbol variation game is suspended, the symbol variation game is executed in the order in which the execution was suspended, and the game state includes the first game state and the second start port. and a second game state in which the degree of advantage regarding entry of a game ball is more advantageous than the first game state, and the game state control means controls the second game when the game state is in the second game state. When the end condition of the state is satisfied, the second game state is ended, and the end condition of the second game state includes a first end condition that is satisfied when a big win game is generated, and after the big win game ends. and a second end condition that is satisfied when the symbol variation game is executed a predetermined number of times after being controlled to the second game state, and execution of the symbol variation game is suspended in the second game state. When the symbol variation game is a symbol variation game which is executed after the second end condition is satisfied, the second game state is terminated and the first game state is entered, and the symbol variation game results in a big win, the symbol variation. This game machine is characterized in that a warning regarding immersion is executed during the occurrence of a jackpot game occurring after the end of a game.

(W) The execution of the symbol variation game including the first symbol variation game and the second symbol variation game can be suspended, and the execution of the first symbol variation game is suspended when the game ball enters the first starting port. When the symbol variation game results in a big win, the big win game is generated after the end of the first symbol variation game, and the execution of the second symbol variation game is suspended when the game ball enters the second starting port. In a gaming machine in which a big winning game is generated after the end of the second symbol variation game when a big win is achieved, and the second starting port has a second specific starting port and a second non-specific starting port having an opening/closing member, the game is played. Distributing means for alternately distributing balls to the first starting port and the second specific starting port, game state control means for controlling the game state, and effect control means for controlling the effect execution means, wherein the effect is executed. In the means, a warning regarding addiction is executed, and when the execution of the symbol variation game is suspended, the symbol variation games are executed in the order in which the execution was suspended, and in the gaming state, A first game state, and a second game state in which the degree of advantage regarding entry of a game ball into the second non-specific starting port is more advantageous than the first game state, and the game state control means is , when the end condition of the second game state is established when the second game state is established, the second game state is ended, and a jackpot game is generated as the end condition of the second game state. and a second termination condition that is satisfied when the symbol variation game is executed a predetermined number of times after being controlled to the second game state after the end of the jackpot game. Execution of the symbol variation game is suspended in the 2 game state, and the symbol variation game is performed after the second game state is completed and the first game state is entered after the second end condition is established, and 2. A gaming machine characterized in that, when the game is a pattern variation game that will result in a big win, attention to addiction is called during the occurrence of the big win game that occurs after the completion of the symbol variation game.

(f) The execution of the symbol variation game including the first symbol variation game and the second symbol variation game can be suspended, and the execution of the first symbol variation game is suspended when the game ball enters the first starting port. When the symbol variation game results in a big win, the second symbol variation game is generated after the end of the first symbol variation game, and execution is suspended when the game ball enters the second starting port having an opening/closing member. A game state control means for controlling a game state, a performance control means for controlling a performance execution means, and and the effect execution means is adapted to call attention to the immersion, and when the second symbol variation game results in a big win, it is more likely than the first symbol variation game to result in a big win. Advantageously, when execution of the second symbol variation game is suspended, the second symbol variation game is preferentially performed over the first symbol variation game, and the first game is executed in the gaming state. and a second game state in which the degree of advantage regarding entry of a game ball into the second starting port is more advantageous than the first game state, and the game state control means controls the second game state. When the end condition of the second game state is satisfied when the state is the state, the second game state is ended, and the end condition of the second game state is the first condition that is established by the occurrence of a jackpot game. There are a termination condition and a second termination condition that is satisfied when the symbol variation game is executed a predetermined number of times after being controlled to the second game state after the end of the jackpot game, and symbols in the second game state. Execution of the variable game is suspended, and the symbol variable game is executed after the second end condition is satisfied, the second game state is terminated, and the first game state is entered, and the symbols that result in a big win. A gaming machine characterized in that, when the game is a variation game, a warning regarding immersion is executed during the occurrence of a jackpot game occurring after the pattern variation game is finished.

(Y) It is possible to suspend the execution of the symbol variation game including the first symbol variation game and the second symbol variation game, and the execution of the first symbol variation game is suspended when the gaming ball enters the first starting port. When the symbol variation game results in a big win, the big win game is generated after the end of the first symbol variation game, and the execution of the second symbol variation game is suspended when the game ball enters the second starting port. In a gaming machine in which a big win game is generated after the end of the second symbol variation game in the case of a big win, a distribution means for alternately distributing game balls to the first start port and the second start port, and an open state. An opening/closing member operable in a closed state, normal game suspending means for suspending the execution of a normal variation game when a game ball enters a specific ball entrance, and normal winning determining means for determining whether a normal winning will occur. a normal game execution means for executing a normal variation game; a normal winning game generating means for generating a normal winning game in which the opening/closing member is opened after the normal winning normal variation game is finished; and a game state. A game state control means and an effect control means for controlling an effect execution means are provided, and the effect execution means is designed to call attention to immersion, and the execution of the symbol variation game is suspended. If so, the symbol variation game is executed in the order in which the execution was suspended, and the game state includes the first game state and the degree of advantage for entering the game ball into the second start port is the first game state. and a second game state that is advantageous compared to the second game state, and the game state control means, when the end condition of the second game state is satisfied in the second game state, the second game state The conditions for ending the second game state include a first end condition established when a big win game is generated, and a predetermined number of the symbols after being controlled to the second game state after the end of the big win game. There is a second end condition that is satisfied when the variable game is executed, and the normal variable game whose execution is suspended when the game ball enters the specific ball entrance in the second game state is specified. When the normal variation game is set and the specific normal variation game is a normal win, the specific normal variation game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied, and the specific normal variation game is executed. The second end condition is satisfied in the middle of the game, the second game state is ended, the first game state is entered, and after the first game state is reached, the specific normal variation game is ended and then the normal winning game is played. is generated and the opening/closing member is in an open state When the second symbol variation game whose execution is suspended due to the entry of the game ball into the second start port becomes a big win when the game ball enters the second start port, the big win occurs after the second symbol variation game is completed. A gaming machine characterized in that a warning regarding addiction is executed during the occurrence of a game.

(T) The execution of the symbol variation game including the first symbol variation game and the second symbol variation game can be suspended, and the execution of the first symbol variation game is suspended when the game ball enters the first starting port. When the symbol variation game results in a big win, the second symbol variation game is generated after the end of the first symbol variation game, and execution is suspended when the game ball enters the second starting port having an opening/closing member. In a gaming machine in which a jackpot game is generated after a second pattern variation game ends when the pattern variation game results in a big win, execution of the normal variation game is suspended when a game ball enters a specific ball entrance. A normal game holding means, a normal winning determination means for determining whether or not a normal winning will occur, a normal game executing means for executing a normal variation game, and the opening/closing member is opened after the normal variation game as a normal winning ends. It comprises a normal winning game generating means for generating a normal winning game, a game state control means for controlling a game state, and a performance control means for controlling a performance executing means, and the performance executing means calls attention to immersion. When the second symbol variation game results in a big win, it is more advantageous than when the first symbol variation game results in a big win, and execution of the second symbol variation game is suspended. If so, the second symbol variation game is executed with priority over the first symbol variation game, and the game state includes a first game state and entry of a game ball into the second start port. and a second game state in which the degree of advantage regarding the In this case, the second game state is terminated, and the conditions for terminating the second game state include a first termination condition that is established when a big win game is generated, and the second game state after the big win game ends. There is a second end condition which is satisfied when the symbol variation game is executed a predetermined number of times after being controlled, and is executed when a game ball enters the specific ball entrance in the second game state. is set as a specific normal variation game and the specific normal variation game is a normal winning game, the specific normal variation game is executed before the second end condition is satisfied. , the second end condition is satisfied while the specific normal variable game is being executed, the second game state ends and the first game state is entered, and the specific normal game state is entered after the first game state is entered. After the variable game is over, When the second symbol variation game whose execution is suspended is triggered by the game ball entering the second start port when the opening and closing member is opened when the opening and closing member is opened, the second symbol variation game becomes a big win A gaming machine characterized in that a warning regarding immersion is executed during the occurrence of a jackpot game occurring after the second symbol variation game is finished.

(d) The execution of the symbol variation game including the first symbol variation game and the second symbol variation game can be suspended, and the execution of the first symbol variation game is suspended when the game ball enters the first starting port. When the symbol variation game results in a big win, the big win game is generated after the end of the first symbol variation game, and the execution of the second symbol variation game is suspended when the game ball enters the second starting port. In a gaming machine in which a big winning game is generated after the end of the second symbol variation game when a big win is achieved, and the second starting port has a second specific starting port and a second non-specific starting port having an opening/closing member, the game is played. Distributing means for alternately distributing balls to the first starting port and the second specific starting port, normal game suspending means for suspending the execution of the normal variation game when the game ball enters the specific ball entrance, A normal winning determination means for determining whether or not a normal winning is achieved, a normal game executing means for executing a normal variation game, and a normal winning game in which the opening/closing member is opened after the normal variation game for a normal winning is completed. A normal winning game generating means, a game state control means for controlling a game state, and a performance control means for controlling a performance execution means are provided, and the performance execution means is adapted to call attention to immersion. When the execution of the symbol variation game is suspended, the symbol variation games are performed in the order in which the execution was suspended, and the game state includes the first game state and the second non-specific start port. and a second game state in which the degree of advantage regarding the entry of a game ball is more advantageous than the first game state, and the game state control means controls the second game state when the game state is the second game state. When the end condition is established, the second game state is ended, and the end condition of the second game state includes the first end condition that is established when a big win game is generated, and the above after the big win game ends. and a second end condition that is satisfied when the symbol variation game is executed a predetermined number of times after being controlled to the second game state, and a game ball enters the specific ball entrance in the second game state. When the normal variation game whose execution is suspended due to the ball is regarded as a specific normal variation game and the specific normal variation game is regarded as a normal winning game, the specific normal game is won before the second end condition is established. A variable game is executed, and the second end condition is met while the specific normal variable game is being executed, the second game state ends, the first game state is entered, and the first game state is entered. After the specific normal variation game is completed, the normal When a winning game is generated and the opening/closing member is opened and the game ball enters the second non-specific starting port, the second symbol variation game whose execution is suspended becomes a big win. , a gaming machine characterized in that, during the occurrence of a jackpot game that occurs after the end of the second symbol variation game, attention regarding immersion is executed.

(S) A game in which a jackpot game is generated after a pattern variation game is executed when a jackpot is won in a jackpot lottery, and a standby state occurs when the pattern variation game is not being executed and the jackpot game is not occurring. The machine includes specific error detection means for detecting a specific error, and effect control means for controlling effect execution means, and the effect execution means is adapted to call attention to the immersion, and the standby The content of the alert regarding immersion in the state is the same as the content of the alert regarding immersion during the occurrence of the jackpot game, and the specific error is detected when the attention regarding immersion is being executed. A game machine characterized in that, in said effect executing means, the execution of calling attention to immersion is restricted, and the occurrence of said specific error is notified.

(6) A game in which a jackpot game is generated after a pattern variation game is executed when a jackpot is won in a jackpot lottery, and the standby state occurs when the pattern variation game is not being executed and the jackpot game is not occurring. The machine comprises specific error detection means for detecting a specific error, non-specific error detection means for detecting a non-specific error, and effect control means for controlling the effect execution means, and the effect execution means provides a warning regarding immersion. The alert is executed, and the content of the alert regarding the immersion in the standby state is the same as the content of the alert regarding the immersion during the occurrence of the jackpot game, and the alert regarding the immersion is executed. When the specific error is detected when the effect execution means restricts the execution of the attention call regarding the immersion, and while the occurrence of the specific error is notified, the attention regarding the immersion is executed. A gaming machine characterized in that, when the non-specific error is detected, the effect executing means continues to call attention to the immersion and notifies the occurrence of the non-specific error.

(n) In a gaming machine in which a jackpot game is generated after a symbol variation game is executed when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine is provided with a performance control means for controlling a performance execution means, wherein the performance execution means is related to immersion. The period during which the jackpot game is generated includes a specific period, and the specific effect executed by the effect executing means in the specific period includes a first specific There are an effect and a second specific effect, and when the first specific effect is executed in the specific period, the effect executing means executes the first specific effect while calling attention to the immersion. The game machine is characterized in that, when the second specific performance is executed in the specific period, the performance executing means executes a call for attention regarding immersion in addition to the second specific performance.

(n) Effect control for controlling effect executing means in a gaming machine capable of suspending the execution of a symbol variation game and in which a jackpot game is generated after the symbol variation game is executed when a big win is won in a jackpot lottery. wherein the effect execution means is adapted to call attention to the immersion, the period in which the jackpot game is generated includes a specific period, and the effect execution means is activated during the specific period. The specific effects to be executed include a first specific effect and a second specific effect, and when the first specific effect is executed in the specific period, the effect executing means performs the first specific effect is executed, the attention regarding immersion is not executed, and when the second specific effect is executed in the specific period, the effect execution means not only executes the second specific effect but also calls attention regarding immersion. A case where there is a symbol variation game in which a big win is won among the symbol variation games which are executed and whose execution is suspended while the second specified performance is being performed, and when the second specified performance is being performed. The game machine is characterized by calling attention to the immersion regardless of whether there is no pattern variation game that wins a big win among the pattern variation games whose execution is suspended.

(b) Effect control for controlling effect execution means in a gaming machine capable of suspending the execution of a symbol variation game and in which a jackpot game is generated after the symbol variation game is executed when a big win is won in a jackpot lottery. wherein the effect execution means is adapted to call attention to the immersion, the period in which the jackpot game is generated includes a specific period, and the effect execution means is activated during the specific period. The specific effects to be executed include a first specific effect and a second specific effect, and when the first specific effect is executed in the specific period, the effect executing means performs the first specific effect is executed, the attention regarding immersion is not executed, and when the second specific effect is executed in the specific period, the effect execution means not only executes the second specific effect but also calls attention regarding immersion. When there is a symbol variation game that wins a big win among the symbol variation games that are executed and whose execution is suspended, the content of the alert regarding immersion is that a big win is won among the symbol variation games whose execution is suspended. A gaming machine characterized in that the content of the attention calling for addiction is the same as when there is no symbol variation game.

(m) Effect control for controlling effect execution means in a gaming machine capable of suspending the execution of a symbol variation game and in which a jackpot game is generated after the symbol variation game is executed when a big win is won in a jackpot lottery. means, wherein the effect execution means executes a special effect on the condition that there is a symbol variation game that wins a big win among the symbol variation games whose execution is suspended at a predetermined timing during the occurrence of the big win game. At the same time, a call to attention regarding the immersion is executed during the occurrence of the jackpot game, and the specific effects executed by the effect executing means include a first specific effect, a second specific effect, and when the first specific effect is executed, the effect executing means does not call attention to the immersion while the first specific effect is executed, and when the second specific effect is executed In addition to the second specific effect, the effect executing means executes a call for attention regarding the immersion, and when the call for attention regarding the immersion is executed, a jackpot is won in the symbol variation game whose execution is suspended. A gaming machine characterized in that the special performance is not executed or the special performance is restricted even when there is a symbol variation game to be played.

(c) Game state control for controlling the game state in a gaming machine capable of suspending the execution of a symbol variation game and in which a jackpot game is generated after the symbol variation game is executed when a big win is won in a jackpot lottery. means, and an effect control means for controlling the effect execution means, the game state includes a plurality of types of game states including a normal game state and a special game state, and the effect execution means controls the jackpot game. A special effect is executed under the condition that there is a symbol variation game that wins a big win among the symbol variation games whose execution is suspended at a predetermined timing during the occurrence, and attention is called to the attention about immersion during the occurrence of the big win game. is executed, and when the game state when the big win is won is the normal game state, the effect executing means calls attention to the immersion, while the game when the big win is won. When the state is the special game state, the effect executing means does not call attention to the immersion, and when the game state when the jackpot is won is the normal game state, the symbol variation whose execution is suspended. This game machine is characterized in that the special performance is not executed or the special performance is restricted even if there is a symbol variation game in which a big win is won in the game.

(b) In a gaming machine in which a jackpot game is generated after winning a jackpot, game state control means for controlling the game state, jackpot type determination means for deciding the type of jackpot, and effect control means for controlling the effect execution means. and, the types of the jackpot include a first jackpot and a second jackpot, the game state includes a first game state and a second game state, and the effect executing means. In the above, a warning regarding the immersion is executed, and a specific warning regarding an event different from the immersion is executed, and the game state when the jackpot is won is the first game state. , regardless of whether the type of the jackpot is the first jackpot or the second jackpot, while the jackpot game is being played, the attention regarding the immersion and the specific caution are executed while the jackpot is won. When the current game state is the second game state, regardless of whether the type of the big win is the first big win or the second big win, the attention about the immersion and the specific attention are called during the occurrence of the big win game. is not executed.

(b) A game in which a jackpot game is generated after a pattern variation game is executed when a jackpot is won in a jackpot lottery, and a standby state occurs when the pattern variation game is not being executed and the jackpot game is not occurring. The machine comprises a jackpot type determination means for deciding the jackpot type and a performance control means for controlling a performance execution means, and the performance execution means is adapted to call attention to the immersion, and the jackpot is won. There are a first big win and a second big win, and when a specific condition is established, the big win game is occurring regardless of whether the kind of the big win is the first big win or the second big win. When the above-mentioned jackpot game is occurring regardless of whether the type of the jackpot is the first jackpot or the second jackpot when the specific condition is not satisfied while the alert regarding the immersion is executed when . The waiting state includes a first waiting state and a second waiting state. In the first waiting state, the attention is not given to being immersed. 2. A gaming machine characterized in that when it is in a standby state, a call for attention regarding immersion is executed.

(E) An effect control means for controlling the effect execution means is provided, and the effect execution means is adapted to call attention to the immersion. There is a call for attention, and when the switching condition is satisfied when the first attention is being executed, the execution of the first attention is continued, and the execution of the effect based on the establishment of the switching condition is delayed. When the switching condition is satisfied while the second attention is being executed, the execution of the second attention is restricted, and the performance based on the establishment of the switching condition is executed without delay. A game machine characterized by

(h) An effect control means for controlling the effect execution means is provided, and the effect execution means is adapted to call attention to the immersion. There is a call for attention, and when the first condition is met when the first call for attention is executed, the execution of the first call for attention is continued, and the performance based on the establishment of the first condition is executed. When the first condition is met while the second alert is being executed, the execution of the second alert is restricted, and the execution of the performance based on the establishment of the first condition is delayed. When the second condition is satisfied while the first attention is being executed, the execution of the first attention is restricted, and the effect based on the establishment of the second condition is delayed. When the second condition is satisfied while the second attention is being executed, the execution of the second attention is restricted, and the effect based on the establishment of the second condition is delayed. A gaming machine characterized in that it is executed without

(i) A gaming machine in which the volume can be adjusted by operating the volume adjustment operation means, and in which a jackpot game is generated after winning a jackpot, the game machine is provided with a performance control means for controlling the performance execution means, wherein the performance is provided. The execution means is adapted to call attention to the addiction, and during a part or all of the period during which the attention to the addiction is called while the jackpot game is occurring, the sound volume is increased. A gaming machine characterized in that volume adjustment by operation of an adjustment operation means is restricted.

(M) A gaming machine that is in a standby state when a symbol variation game is not being executed and a jackpot game is not occurring, and is a period during which attention is called regarding immersion during the standby state. When the volume adjustment operating means is operated, normal volume adjustment control is performed and the volume is adjusted, while the period during which a warning regarding immersion is executed while the jackpot game is occurring. If the volume adjustment operation means is operated during part or all of the period, the normal volume adjustment control is not performed and the volume adjustment by the operation of the volume adjustment operation means is restricted.

(i) When the volume adjustment operation means is operated during a part or all of the period during which attention is called for immersion while the jackpot game is occurring, the normal By performing the specific volume adjustment control without performing the volume adjustment control, the volume adjustment by the operation of the volume adjustment operating means is restricted, and when the specific volume adjustment control is performed, the volume is adjusted.

(f) Conditions for terminating attention when attention is called for immersion during the standby state include termination conditions that are satisfied when the volume adjustment operation means is operated.

(J) When the pattern variation game is not being executed and the jackpot game is not occurring, the standby state is entered, and when the volume adjustment operation means is set as the first adjustment operation means, the volume is adjusted by operating the first adjustment operation means. A game machine capable of performing adjustment and capable of adjusting volume by operating a second adjustment operation means different from the first adjustment operation means, wherein the game machine is in the standby state. When the first adjustment operation means is operated, the normal volume adjustment control is performed to adjust the volume, and while the jackpot game is occurring, during the period in which attention is called for immersion is executed. If the first adjustment operation means is operated during a part or all of the period, the normal volume adjustment control is not performed and the volume adjustment by the operation of the first adjustment operation means is restricted, and the When the second adjustment operation means is operated in the standby state, special sound volume adjustment control is performed to adjust the sound volume, and when the big win game is occurring, a warning regarding immersion is executed. When the second adjustment operating means is operated during the period, the special sound volume adjustment control is performed to adjust the sound volume.

(d) A game machine capable of adjusting the volume by operating the volume adjustment operation means and in which a jackpot game is generated after winning a jackpot, comprising a performance control means for controlling the performance execution means, wherein the performance is provided. The execution means is adapted to call attention to the immersion, and the effect execution means executes a volume adjustment effect in accordance with the volume adjustment performed by the operation of the volume adjustment operation means. The game machine is characterized in that the volume adjustment effect is restricted during part or all of a period during which attention is called for immersion when the big win game is occurring.

(T) It is possible to suspend the execution of the symbol variation game, and when a big win is won, the jackpot game is generated after the symbol variation game is executed, the symbol variation game is not being executed, and the jackpot game is generated. A gaming machine that is in a standby state when not in progress, comprising predetermined error detection means capable of detecting a predetermined error, sound control means for controlling sound output from a speaker, and display control means for controlling a display means. The standby state includes a first standby state and a second standby state that starts after the first standby state ends, and the display means calls attention to the immersion. When the game is in the first standby state, the attention regarding the immersion is not executed. When the game is in the second standby state, the attention regarding the immersion is executed. In this case, after the symbol variation game ends, the first waiting state is entered, and after the first waiting state ends, the second waiting state is started, and attention is drawn to immersion in the second waiting state. is executed and the standby state is entered after the end of the jackpot game, the first standby state is entered after the end of the jackpot game, the second standby state is started after the end of the first standby state, and the second standby state is started. 2. When in the standby state, a warning about immersion is executed, and when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted in the first standby state, the first standby state is resumed. After the end of the first standby state, the second standby state is started, a warning regarding immersion is executed during the second standby state, and power supply is cut off during the second standby state. When the power supply is restarted, the first standby state is resumed, and after the first standby state ends, the second standby state is started, and attention is given to immersion in the second standby state. When the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted while the big win game is occurring, the game returns to the time when the big win game is occurring, and the pattern variation game is executed after the big win game is over. is not suspended, the first standby state is entered after the end of the big win game, and the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted when attention is being called for immersion during the occurrence of the big win game. In this case, it returns during the occurrence of the jackpot game, and it is stopped during the occurrence of the jackpot game. When the predetermined error detection means detects a predetermined error without calling attention to the entry, the display means executes an effect capable of specifying that the predetermined error has been detected. and even if a predetermined error is detected while the attention is being called for the addiction, the display means continues to call the attention for the addiction.

(a) It is possible to suspend the execution of the symbol variation game, and if a big win is won, the jackpot game is generated after the symbol variation game is executed, the symbol variation game is not being executed, and the jackpot game is generated. A gaming machine that enters a standby state when not in progress, comprising sound control means for controlling sound output from a speaker and display control means for controlling a display means, wherein the standby state includes a first standby state, and a second standby state that is started after the first standby state ends, wherein the display means is adapted to call attention to the immersion, and in the first standby state, the attention to the immersion is given. While the call is not executed, when the game is in the second waiting state, the call for attention regarding the immersion is executed. A first standby state is established, the second standby state is started after the end of the first standby state, a call for attention regarding the immersion is executed in the second standby state, and the standby state is established after the end of the jackpot game. In this case, after the jackpot game ends, the first standby state is entered, and after the first standby state ends, the second standby state is started, and when the second standby state is reached, a warning regarding the immersion is executed. When the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted while in the first standby state, it returns to the first standby state, and after the end of the first standby state, the second standby state. is started, a warning about immersion is executed in the second standby state, and when the power supply is restarted after being cut off in the second standby state, the first standby state, the second standby state is started after the end of the first standby state, attention is drawn to the immersion during the second standby state, and when the big win game is occurring. When the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted, the game returns during the occurrence of the big win game, and when the execution of the symbol variation game is not suspended after the big win game is over, the game is executed after the big win game is over. In the first standby state, when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted while attention is being called for addiction during the occurrence of the big win game, the game machine returns during the occurrence of the big win game, During the occurrence of the jackpot game, attention to immersion is not executed, and the jackpot While the game is occurring, the display means is capable of executing a special performance capable of specifying that the subsequent development will be advantageous, and during the occurrence of the big win game, a warning regarding immersion is executed. The game machine is characterized in that the special performance is not executed at times.

(M) It is possible to adjust the volume by operating the volume adjustment operation means, and when attention is being drawn regarding immersion in the second standby state, and during the occurrence of the jackpot game, regarding immersion The volume can be adjusted by operating the volume adjustment operation means both when the attention is being called and when the attention is being called, and when the second standby state is in the second standby state, the attention is called for being absorbed. The gaming machine according to technical idea (Te) or technical idea (A), wherein a volume adjustment effect related to volume adjustment is executed when the volume adjustment operation means is operated while is being executed.

DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 10... Pachinko game machine 17... Decorative lamp 18... Speaker 22... Information display panel 25... Effect display device 26... First start opening 27... Second start opening 27a... Non-variable second start opening , 27b...variable second starting opening, 28...first variable member, 29...large winning opening, 30...second variable member, 40...main board, 40a...main control CPU, 40b...main control ROM, 40c Main control RAM 41 Integrated board 41a Integrated control CPU 41b Integrated control ROM 41c Integrated control RAM 42 Display substrate 42a Display control CPU 42b Display control ROM , 42c... RAM for display control, 50... Sorting device, ES... Error detection sensor, GT1 to GT6, GTa to GTf... Attention calling image.

Claims (1)

In a gaming machine that is configured to be able to enter a standby state and that can be controlled to an advantageous game that is advantageous to a player,
a control information generating means for generating control information;
and a display control means for controlling the display means,
The display means is adapted to call attention to the immersion,
The standby state includes a first standby state and a second standby state,
In the case of the first standby state and the case of the second standby state, the manner of calling attention to immersion or whether or not to call attention to immersion is different,
There are multiple types of advantageous games,
Depending on the type of the advantageous game, the mode of calling attention to immersion executed upon completion of the advantageous game, or whether or not to call attention to addiction upon completion of the advantageous game,
The control information generating means generates normal control information when the advantageous game is played, and special control information different from the normal control information when the power supply is restarted after the power supply is interrupted. to generate
After the normal control information is generated, the display means executes a warning regarding immersion as the advantageous game ends,
When the power supply is interrupted while the attention about the immersion is being executed at the end of the advantageous game, and the power supply is resumed after that, the display means after the special control information is generated. , the alert about immersion is not executed,
Power supply is interrupted when the attention regarding the immersion is executed with the end of the advantageous game and before the attention regarding the immersion is executed after the normal control information is generated , and then the power is generated. A gaming machine characterized in that, when the supply is resumed and returned, the normal control information is generated after the return, so that the display means calls attention to the immersion.

Images